« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
collaboration with the enemy
Midnight would like it known that he totally wouldn't have done this but he could've if he wanted to
Permalink Mark Unread

"There is," he says to the demon, "a way to travel between worlds without being summoned. I will trade you the knowledge of how to make it for three of them and some help identifying a habitable planet in our new dimension."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...oh, gosh," says the demon. "How big are they? What kinda help?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He gestures. They'll fit in this ship. "They take you to a completely arbitrary location in the new dimension, so you're almost guaranteed to land in vacuum. Then we'll need someone to conjure for Earthlike worlds and help us get coordinates for one so that we can lightleap to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, I like this whole being allowed to talk thing so I'm gonna help you out, technically you said help identifying planets not help getting there," the demon says. "If I'd gone uh-huh to that I wouldn't've had to make you a lightleaper too."

Permalink Mark Unread

And they don't actually need a lightleaper but he's not going to tell her about the teleport. "Okay. I will trade you information about how to travel between dimensions for three of the devices used to do that and then help identifying and travelling to an inhabited planet in a new dimension, is that a deal?"

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You got it," the demon chirps, and she makes three worldleapers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you!" And to Issiak, do you have someone in an escape pod to jump for us or should we have someone jump with her, ask her to make air when they land?

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems less likely to reveal more than we mean to in the latter case.

Permalink Mark Unread

Agreed. "All right, want to jump dimensions with me? I'll need air where we land."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure," says the demon, "how do you do it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The worldleaper detaches; an anchor and a jump component that has a simple activation switch. The current models require you to enter an activation code, but the very first prototypes didn't and that's what they have. 

 

Jump.

Permalink Mark Unread

Air is supplied.

Permalink Mark Unread

Second worldleaper to take them one more dimension out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Air is again supplied.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks so much! Okay, you probably know better than I do how to conjure for habitable planets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've never actually done a search like that before... I'll figure something out."

A lot of fist-sized balls of rock later she's got one.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you so much!. The latest lightleapers have pretty cool targeting, if you can just make me one in the 22 series I can go find the planet myself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure thing." A model 22 appears around them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's all we needed; you happy to go home?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You could maybe make it a little easier to find documentation on the leapy things?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"For sure. They're called worldleapers, Fëanáro Curufinwë invented them in Year of the Peace 7, the blueprints are all chiplocked but prototypes you should be able to grab."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cool, thanks!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My pleasure." He sends her home. He teleports to the new planet and verifies that the air is breathable and the gravity tolerable. He parks the lightleaper in space somewhere in the intervening dimension so people can teleport through it without a ship. He bounces back to Issiak. "Got one, two-off from here, taking the ship there now, someone should check whether it's not by sheer bad luck neighbors to a discovered dimension. How long does Yeerk reproduction take?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"New Yeerks are full size in under a year and can take hosts in half that time if there's a reason, though they won't have as consistent a hold on the host. Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We need demons, we can't infest them, people who are conceived adjacent to the daeva worlds will be daeva when they die."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Conceived is not really the - but all right, we can get together a cluster in a world adjacent to the daeva worlds."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might not work, it seems worth trying. This ship's now in orbit over our new habitable planet. You want to go get spellbinders next. Not the Bell, they'll never stop chasing you if you take the Bell and she's indestructible anyway, but at least fifty others, you need thirty-six for indestructibility and I don't know if all of them can learn the charts. I am going to go move my kingdom somewhere out of their way while you do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Could cluster a batch on the spellbinder planet as well," Issiak says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should but you may run into timing problems there, I doubt it'll take more than a few hours for your hosts to be noticed missing and once they are they'll definitely conjure for Yeerks in known dimensions who aren't in your native universe. ...is it too late for you to impersonate your host, or is he spending too much time around people with flat Elf osanwë -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's a fork and doesn't have much in the way of established behavior patterns that aren't just his original's," says Issiak, "but it would be a substantial risk. It's probably worth trying for a batch of spellbinder Yeerks; clustering doesn't take long. I'll take the daeva batch -" He gestures at Yomenië, who collects a separate set of would-be parents.

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Now, as it stands, if they fork your hosts to try to use them to follow us to the new dimension I don't think they'll get anything, you didn't see the dimension we passed through. You should probably always use me or the Hork-Bajir hosts as your ride through that intermediate dimension, unless you've got a way of making sure the hosts can't see anything that'd let them identify the dimension for targeting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you send us and not the hosts the mental images of the destinations literal blindfolds will suffice. We know what they know; it doesn't work the other way."

Permalink Mark Unread

He sends a mental image of the lightleaper he parked in the intervening dimension to the Yeerks and not their hosts. "All right. I will meet you back here once I've moved my kingdom. I'll be identifying people who will make suitable hosts, do you have Yeerks who can be agreeable enough towards their hosts that an Elf I order to cooperate is likely to not die?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Agreeable here meaning?" (Yomenië and her tank skip off.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Willing to at least pretend to adopt a posture of 'I am impressed with you and it speaks well of you that your King chose you for this, we are allies working together', willing to let them sing occasionally. I think that'd be enough to keep someone alive indefinitely but it's probably the minimum."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Many of them should be able to adapt to that arrangement."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great. I can also less complicatedly get you humans. Good skill." And off to Shadow.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

When they reconvene they have a bunch of baby Yeerks in the shipboard tank, some future daeva and some future spellbinders.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Shadow has been hopped minus its Valar - Edda - Space - Hell - Revelation - Buffer - to their new dimension. It survived the jump wholly intact and without its sun and moon at all inconvenienced, what with them being flying fruit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Has anyone checked that we're not accidentally adjacent to any of the peal's known worlds?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes; we're clear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great. Do you all want to come live in Shadow, which I'm renaming Independence, for the time being? Once you have daeva you can make planets more suited to your needs, but for now -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be much more convenient for the time being, yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

Pop. "These are my people. I would be delighted to provide hosts in the spirit of this alliance, but if you take them without my leave that would damage the trust between us. Unrelatedly, your host's crying and shrieking is likely to be vaguely upsetting to everyone within ten miles."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even if you have difficulties producing hosts in a short time we'll have demon Yeerks who can leave us completely self-sustaining," says Issiak. "Is there a particular reason for me to be within ten miles of anyone?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"None come to mind."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will want him replaced before he dies, does that seem feasible?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, certainly, unless you think you have less than a day left."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I have several."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have preferences for Elf or human?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Humans are lower-maintenance but if you have a particularly tractable Elf available the osanwë benefit may outweigh that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect to eventually have sufficiently tractable Elves available but am uncertain if I'll have them in a few days. I'll send you the best option available in forty-eight hours."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. My lieutenant could also use a replacement in a similar time frame but is more likely to be convincing with the being impressed and tolerant of the occasional singing and such."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "If I find you an Elf who'll do it for a decade, are either of you likely to get attached and disinclined to move on in a decade?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're neither of us the type; some of the lower ranks might be susceptible."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

 

 

And he considers for a while and calls someone into his office and tells them that he's been hiding from his people for a long time the activities of the interdimensional collective which has been wavering on whether to oust and execute him, and that Independence is now safely out from under them by coalition with another people subjected to the same treatment, a people who innately have no senses and cannot see or sing or experience the beauty of the world without taking a host. And it is in the interests of this kingdom to help the Yeerks in this brief time before they are independent through the use of daeva, and to help them especially by lending eyes and hands and expertise, and is he willing to give the budding alliance a decade's service as a Yeerk's companion? 

 

It does not take forty-eight hours to find two convinced Elves. He teleports them over to Issiak.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Ehtelion and Yomenië can be carefully exited and stunned while it's assessed if the new hosts are sufficient to allow the Space Elves to be put out of their misery.

Permalink Mark Unread

Issiak's new host is nervous, but he served on the front lines of the war against Melkor, facing a fate infinitely worse than death, for King and country, and he keeps reminding himself of this, and he is certainly regarding himself as a volunteer for an onerous duty and not as a prisoner. He promised the King a decade's service and he can do that, assuming they go pretty places and sing occasionally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, yes, osanwë will save enough time to be worth it. (Issiak does not put it in these terms to his host.)

The Yeerks get to work building a Kandrona generator; they don't have an infinite supply of the vegetative substitute and it would be nice not to cut it too close waiting on the demons.

Permalink Mark Unread

Independence throws a festival. Elves are actually more willing than humans to be hosts, both because they're more obedient to their King and because they can keep talking to their friends and working on their projects. Someone determines that you can even enchant metal while a host and at that point there's a great deal of demand for Yeerks, assuming said Yeerks are willing to keep to-be-enchanted rings on their fingers, so the inventors can focus on their enchanting and not worry about sustenance and maintenance of their house and home. Elves are mostly interested in decade-long contracts; the interested humans are mostly not willing to commit that much time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It does not inconvenience Yeerks at all to have rings on their hosts being enchanted and do the host maintenance they'd have to do anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Midnight writes the peal. Letter to Cam: there's a recording of me swearing to the truth of the contents of this letter. We have no designs on you and yours. We would simply like to live independently of you. If you escalate our peaceful departure from your realm into a war, that war would harm many innocents; if you do not do that, we have no intention of disrupting your governance of people who want to live under you. 

And he finds a audio recorder in the lightleaper and swears to the contents of the letter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

There's no response, but then, there wouldn't be.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a lack of an invading army, but that might mean the peal is trying as hard as they can and just hasn't found them yet. Once the daeva Yeerks are grown they'll be able to check. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a ways off. (They could kill off the daeva Yeerks now, but Issiak prefers to have some opportunity to evaluate their personalities before granting them magic powers and indestructibility.)

Permalink Mark Unread

What a reasonable preference. Issiak has osanwë and can get a great deal of insight into their personalities.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very handy, osanwë.

Permalink Mark Unread

Independence would love some Yeerk help getting modern technology.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeerks can totally do that, although z-space transit won't work here.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's okay, they're happy just to be getting computers and non-magic heavier-than-air flight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Those are all totally doable. It'll be easier when the demon Yeerks are grown and dead and summoned.

Permalink Mark Unread

To Elves that seems a short time away.

 

They move the lightleaper out of the buffer dimension in case Joy can target for a lightleaper. They can teleport with it when it's necessary to interact with the multiverse, which it isn't, desperately curious though Midnight is.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Two strangers appear in an empty field near a Yeerk pool. Humans, tall ones, a man and a woman, holding hands, both wearing obviously-magical glowing pendants. He's got a coily green thing like a very abstract snake, that tells onlookers about his warm heart and cynical, fatalistic sense of humour; she's got a ripply orange-pink rectangle that tells onlookers about her insatiable curiosity.

Permalink Mark Unread

People are not supposed to suddenly appear near Yeerk pools, especially not with strange magical powers. They are promptly stunned. It's mildly surprising when that works. In go some Yeerks.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

When the strangers wake up, they are confused and alarmed!

Their names are Sehana Irtezi Daeredh and Oravith-kelinre Aliharno Tyela. They are from a world called Nuime, which has never heard of the peal, although it's heard of an Arda. They are dimensional scouts. Sehana Daeredh - 'sehana' means refuge or sanctuary - was supposed to keep his wife safe from assorted strange hazards while she hopped them from world to world looking for interesting new places. He has no idea how the stun got past his defenses. He's pretty sure the world is doomed. Tyela, meanwhile, is too panicked to even think about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's interesting.

The Yeerks report to their superiors. They poke the souls to make sure that this won't be a telltale problem-of-some-kind, poking them through the host to whom they belong. They make sure they can use all the soul powers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sehana Daeredh's soul has a major passive shielding effect that protects him and anyone he touches against all sorts of things, not including the stun effect the Yeerks got him with but including most kinds of bodily harm and mind-affecting magic. He, or a Yeerk working through him, can extend the effect into a green-glowing aura with a radius of about six feet, but it takes serious concentration. His active soul powers are minor telekinesis and the ability to make sounds louder or quieter within about ten feet of him; both are Yeerk-accessible.

Tyela's soul has a teleportation power which only recently extended to work between dimensions. Her Yeerk can operate it as well as she can. Her soul also gives her a perfect memory and enhanced vision, which her Yeerk can access just as well as she does, although the Yeerk does not get a perfect memory of its own just from inhabiting her. She doesn't see quite as well as an Elf, but it's close.

Daeredh keeps himself entertained by imagining all the possible ways this unexpected development could lead to the world being doomed. It's not hard to think of a few. If the Yeerks took Emperor Esarkan, they'd have Nuime, and the Emperor's security arrangements take into account the fact that he considers assassination a form of peaceful protest. (Emperor Esarkan is very immortal.)

Tyela's chosen coping mechanism, once she gets past her initial panic, is to remember all the facts about rocks that she knows. She knows so, so many facts about rocks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, this is promising. If the peal is chasing them then having magic powers the peal doesn't know to expect is pretty important.

The Yeerks send the King a courtesy notification and Issiak puts together a small strike force with which to collect Emperor Esarkan. The fact that the souls world knows of a Flat Arda complicates matters - osanwë does Yeerk detection - but should be possible to work around.

Some peaceful protestors with stunners and little sloshy containers make their way to Emperor Esarkan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Emperor Esarkan does have security.

Emperor Esarkan's security is not prepared for stunners.

He is mildly surprised when the peaceful protestors break into his office. He is just as susceptible to stunning as everyone else they've encountered so far.

Permalink Mark Unread

When he opens his eyes, he isn't the one opening them, or the one sitting up, and he definitely isn't the one making eye contact with the Elves lurking in his office. Presumably there's some conversation going on there but he is not party to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

If he could operate his body, it would be laughing.

I suggest you surrender immediately, he thinks in the direction of whoever is trying to conquer his empire.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh? says someone.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you start doing this sort of thing to my subjects, I'm going to be increasingly annoyed with you. I can afford to be forgiving, but my mercy is not infinite. I have no idea of your numbers or your capabilities besides what you have demonstrated to me, but I will be very, very surprised if anything you've got can hold up against Dawn-shining Taliar.

He can guess that they've got the scouts - he should've sent Nezhefena; Nezhefena would've been safe - and he's pretty sure they got this notion from Sehana Daeredh's tendency to catastrophize. Well, as a counterbalance, he can point out to them that Elaneth-imire Kazaryne Taliar swats gods like flies. If these people want to try capturing Taliar, they are welcome to do so. Esarkan expects to be highly entertained by Taliar's account of their defeat.

Permalink Mark Unread

If his occupant is nervous, it doesn't display that to Esarkan in any way.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's all right. Esarkan is very patient. He can wait for them to surrender or be destroyed, whichever comes first.

His soul's powers are almost universally passive; the immortality takes up most of it, and the rest is a sort of general sense of how his empire is doing, with an attentional boost that lets him keep track of it all. When his occupant doesn't respond further immediately, he turns his attention to contemplating the input from that sense. He is completely unworried.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Yeerks want soulbearers. Soulbearers will make everything else easier.

Esarkan has pretty good wherewithal to collect them and the Yeerks can whisk them away to be stunned and infested.

Permalink Mark Unread

This works for the first fourteen soulbearers they try.

 

And then the fifteenth one wakes up just like the rest, and screams internally much like the rest, and is promptly engulfed in white-hot flames, which is new and different. The Yeerk pool where this operation is being conducted is vaporized in the blast. Outlying buildings are scattered across the countryside in molten flaming pieces. For twenty miles in every direction, the heat cooks birds in the sky and fuses soil into glass.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

The Kandrona generator range is not actually that big. That's all the pools and all the Yeerks in them at the moment boiled away. There's still the ship tank with the vegetation supply, and anyone who was in a host and farther away than that; that's all. They scramble to figure out what happened; they send someone to summon the baby daeva-Yeerk casualties; they send the King word -

Permalink Mark Unread

He hops over to somewhere within Elf-sight of her but well outside the apparent radius. He's also outside osanwë-range, inconveniently. He watches her anxiously. There's that other habitable planet to teleport her to if she looks likely to blow up his kingdom.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is presumably a soulbearer somewhere inside that enormous white fireball. It shrinks slowly; molten glass begins to cool at the edges, pingpingping.

 

And then, abruptly and without warning, a lightning-fast lance of flame darts out toward the King, obliterating everything in its path. It's a mere sixty feet in diameter, so there will at least be less collateral damage on this one.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't have Yeerk spellbinders to make people indestructible yet; this is fatal.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there is anyone left with teleportation capabilities, they might want to do something about the giant fireball rolling across the landscape at a human's walking pace—

Permalink Mark Unread

—oh, never mind, looks like someone already did.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Nezhefena?" asks the fireball.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Please cool off so I can reunite you with your husband," says Nezhefena. "If you melt this island I don't have another one lined up."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

The flames dissipate. Aeleva stands at the center of a crater. Nezhefena is next to her, untouched by the heat. "...I suppose I can trust you," she says. "Your soul wouldn't let - whatever that was - happen to you, would it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Corino sent me to figure out where all the disappearing soulbearers were going. Can you shed any light on that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't know soulbearers were disappearing until they disappeared me. They must've got Esarkan. They do something to make you fall unconscious, and then - I woke up and something was controlling my body - and that fucking—"

Permalink Mark Unread

Her son chooses that moment to contact her.

Hey, is now a good time for a visit?

Permalink Mark Unread

Your husband has been kidnapping soulbearers, she says, and sends him the memories - waking up a prisoner in her own body, blasting everything in range, inhabiting the fire of her soul and finally seeing him show up to watch. If you want to resurrect him and ask why, I won't stop you.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I, um, I feel fairly certain he hasn't, says Taliar, blinking up at the entirely non-incinerated Maitimo in whose lap he is presently sitting.

Permalink Mark Unread

...but someone has, presumably. We should go -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. He tells his mother, Something's very screwy here - I don't need to resurrect my husband, he's right here. Send Nezhefena, we need to be closer to this.

Permalink Mark Unread

...congratulations, says Aeleva.

And aloud, "Please bring me to my husband and then bring us our son."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course."

Shadows enfold them - Aeleva is with Corino, standing on an ice sheet in the middle of the open ocean - she doesn't even unwrap herself from the shadows, just vanishes right back into them to emerge in Arda in front of Taliar and Maitimo.

"I'm to bring you to your parents," she says to Taliar. "Emergency."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've heard. Both of us, please."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadows. Ice.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Esarkan's been suborned somehow and he spent all morning summoning soulbearers into the imperial palace to be kidnapped," says Corino.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They can control your body like it's someone else's," says Aeleva. "If there are any left after they tried to do it to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Taliar reaches out his senses across the planet. He demands detail. What is wrong with Esarkan?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well you see he's got this slug in his brain.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now he doesn't.

Now no one in Nuime does.

Permalink Mark Unread

He lets out a little delighted laugh and then says - "and the world they came from, or do we need to talk to Esarkan first -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Esarkan first, I think. Nezhefena, it should be safe to take us to the palace now. I eliminated the problem from this world at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadows.

Now they are all standing in Esarkan's office. Lucky for them that it's a pretty spacious one.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I told them they should have surrendered," says Esarkan, smiling faintly. "Good to see you, troublemaker."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have anything to add to my picture of the situation, which is 'mysterious brain slugs were using you to kidnap soulbearers to another world to be given brain slugs of their very own'?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He shakes his head.

Permalink Mark Unread

"My love, do you want to come with me and Nezhefena to the world with the other you who was mysteriously in league with the brain slugs?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or, more plausibly, brain-slugged himself" he says, "but yes, let's."

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar realizes that he was assuming the other Maitimo couldn't possibly have been brain-slugged because it seemed too awful to think about. He takes a moment to straighten himself out on that, then nods to Nezhefena.

Permalink Mark Unread

Here they are, near Aeleva's crater while still being far enough away that the heat is merely uncomfortable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar supposes that if he were being maximally merciful he would make some attempt to communicate with the brain slugs before he kills them all -

- but he means to have general resurrection someday and their tactics do not advertise an ability to negotiate in good faith.

He reaches out his senses. He burns slugs.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets all of them except the daeva baby slugs, who are resistant to burning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, none of those are in anyone's brain, so they can wait.

"Time to resurrect the other you?" he asks, looking up at Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, let's."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks for the local Maitimo with his spirit-sense, and—

—those are mind-altering oaths that's even worse than a brain slug my love, what do I do

Permalink Mark Unread

Make them go away -

Permalink Mark Unread

They go away.

He contacts the spirit.

Hi. I'm Dawn-shining Taliar. If you want me to resurrect you, come this way— and a path to follow.

(He is having serious trouble with the notion of a Maitimo under mind-altering oaths - his thoughts keep flinching away from it, it hurts to think about - he needs to get his head together, this is an emergency, but oh that poor Maitimo, no Taliar of his very own and brain-slugs all over his kingdom and mind-altering oaths...)

Permalink Mark Unread

That Maitimo accepts resurrection.

Permalink Mark Unread

A moment later when that Maitimo regains his senses, he is lying in an improbable patch of fresh soft grass amid the charred flaming wreckage that is the rest of this area. The whole area is bathed in a gentle golden light emanating from Taliar's soul, and the light carries the soul's sense-of-personality - his drive to bring freedom and happiness and fulfillment and exaltation to everyone, his cheerful love of accomplishing the impossible, his integrity and insight and compassion and cleverness, his inexhaustible will.

And there must be a Silmaril around here somewhere, or - no, that's the soul hanging around this other Maitimo's neck, the Maitimo against whom Taliar is fretfully huddled; and the sense-of-personality in his soul is faint and slow and subtle, a whisper under Taliar's shout, but still enough to distinguish him as one of Midnight's type.

Also they're married. They are very much married. It somehow shows in Taliar's entirely human eyes, and there's a hint of it in the light of his soul too, if that wasn't enough.

He's letting the new Maitimo see all his thoughts - it would just feel wrong to do otherwise - and mostly right now his thoughts are concern for the new Maitimo's well-being. He knows one shouldn't rush newly reembodied Elves, but he so desperately wants this impossible duplicate of his husband to be okay, how can he help him be okay...

Permalink Mark Unread

You can explain what happened, you can get me another necklace -

Permalink Mark Unread

He organizes his memories of relevant information: brain slugs captured his Emperor and kidnapped his mother, his mother exploded at them, his mother thought this Maitimo was the one she knows and in her rage concluded that he was in league with the brain slugs and killed him - she's still a little iffy on their relationship because of all the rape and torture, even though Taliar himself is fine with it - and then she got in contact with Taliar and he killed all the brain slugs in Nuime and came here and killed all the brain slugs in this Arda except for the inexplicably indestructible ones and then he erased this Maitimo's oaths and resurrected him. Sorry if he wanted to keep any of those, but some of them were mind-altering and Taliar kind of freaked out. He can re-swear any that he wants back.

...and what do you mean by another necklace?

Permalink Mark Unread

I had an eidetic memory necklace that gave me an interdimensional teleport, I would like to have it back. The genocide in your dimension sounds like it was unavoidable but most of the Yeerks in my dimension were children and all of them were partnered with consenting hosts.

 

Everything else he is still processing and is not going to comment on.

Permalink Mark Unread

I somewhat regret being so hasty about it, but given the information I had at the time, leaving any of them alive wasn't worth the risk.

(They can go on the internal list alongside all the baby orcs from when he cleaned out Angband, and someday when he has general resurrection and has built enough paradises to hold everyone he'll bring them all back...)

I can get you another necklace if you know where to find one that isn't in use, or if you can get me the instruction set I can make you one pretty trivially.

Permalink Mark Unread

The risk being what, exactly? It does not sound like they can affect you. I'll have my people bring me a necklace.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar isn't actually categorically immune to things. He'd be moderately inconvenienced if someone dropped another mountainside on him. But in any case the risk is more about the things he doesn't know: he doesn't know in detail how interdimensional transportation works between any set of worlds that isn't Nuime and his husband's Arda, he doesn't know any of the capabilities of the brain slugs except for taking over people's brains and those strange weapons they knocked people out with.

If they had access to an interdimensional teleport capable of taking passengers, and were willing to sacrifice someone to it or had a way to survive the trip, and were very quick-thinking, they could've put Taliar way out in the airless void between the stars, in this world or some other one, and then they could've grabbed all the dead souls from that crater over there and a couple of soulbearers with resurrection powers and run off to yet another world where Nezhefena wouldn't be able to easily follow them unless they happened to steal a soulbearer she had met. If they had other powers he hasn't even thought of, they could have done other things he can't predict.

They came into his world unannounced and started kidnapping and enslaving his people using terrifying otherworldly powers, and Esarkan suggested that they surrender before Taliar found them, and instead they kidnapped and attempted to enslave Taliar's mother. This implies both that their interests were very fundamentally hostile to his, and that they thought they could take him.

He does regret killing all those people. But he stands by his risk assessment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. The threat to your world has been eliminated. Do you have additional business here?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

(he doesn't have a Taliar - given the circumstances of their meeting he probably doesn't want one but Taliar is nonetheless strongly tempted to ask his soul for some kind of self-duplication power - it's painful to know you could make someone so happy, if things were just a little different - )

I guess I don't, he says. Where's Nezhefena - ah, she's over in the crater, picking up the souls of the soulbearers Aeleva incinerated and taking them back home to be resurrected. We can go as soon as Shadow-cloaked Nezhefena finishes collecting the dead. If you're interested in further contact with Nuime, and I don't blame you if you aren't, you can visit Esarkan's palace or send a representative - will your interdimensional teleport take you there without trouble? He's visited the palace with Maitimo, he has crystal-clear memories of it, it looks like so. Esarkan won't hold a grudge even if he thinks you condoned or supported the invasion, which he probably will because he tends to assume the worst of people until proven otherwise.

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances at his alt.

Permalink Mark Unread

You want one. If he does happen to manifest the power for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He murdered my people. If they hadn't been slugs, if you'd been invaded by a human civilization with scary powerful capabilities, would he have popped into their home dimension and turned them all to ash - because if so, I should put him in vacuum somewhere, that's how the Valar reacted when someone tried to invade Valinor -

(he sends this to Taliar, too, because why not -)

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe he should ask his soul for general resurrection first, then.

He doesn't know what he would've done if it had been humans. The nature of the brain slugs was relevant on multiple levels - they're really easy to tell apart from things that are not brain slugs; the population was small; he couldn't actually tell that their children were children, or he would've left those ones alone; given their displayed tactics, once Taliar got over his instinctive aversion to thinking about a Maitimo being enslaved by a brain slug, it seemed rather more plausible that they had invaded this Arda the same way they invaded Nuime than that they were here by the King's leave...

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't put him anywhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't say I was going to, I said I don't want one. The additional safety against interdimensional invasion doesn't seem worth the risk that any attempted interdimensional invaders will be instantly extinguished as a species. Unless their infants are conveniently distinguishable to human senses. I have a lot of work to do; we were in the middle of a lot of important work and most of it's now lost but some might be salvageable. Does his world have computers?

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't heard of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They were teaching us. Please just go away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nezhefena's almost done. Do you want me to come back when I have general resurrection?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's another habitable planet in this dimension, I was going to take whoever had caused the giant horrible fireball there so she didn't hurt my people but then she murdered me - you can put them there - although they'll starve without a generator and no one alive knows how to make one -

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar remembers his mother's perspective on the event. Terrified and bewildered and utterly lost to rage, and there he was looking like a confirmation of all her worst fears... if he wants an apology from her, he won't have trouble getting one, once she's had some time to calm down.

If they'll starve without something that no one alive knows how to make, it sounds like mere general resurrection won't adequately solve the problem of them being dead and I'm going to need something more complicated. Should I go away and assume that if you want to talk about it you can send someone to Esarkan's palace and ask for me?

Permalink Mark Unread

You can assume that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I'm sorry.

He is going to cry on his husband for a good long while at the next available opportunity - no amount of practical necessity is ever going to make killing children feel okay, and it's worse somehow that he didn't even know - at least with the baby orcs he knew he was doing it, and knew for sure that he could bring them back one day... well. Someday he will have general resurrection, and someday he will have a solution to the other practical issues, and that won't make it okay but it'll be a good start. (Are the ones he couldn't burn going to starve to death, that's horrible - well, if this Maitimo wants his help with it he knows how to ask - and he's not going to want his help with it because Taliar is just a Vala to him, and that hurts too, he's failed so badly at such a fundamental part of who he is - he could've made this Maitimo so happy...)

He catches Nezhefena's eye and nods to her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadows.

Esarkan's office.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well? How did it go?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...he clings to his husband and bursts into tears.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That well, eh?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs him. "He killed them all instantly. Turns out that the alternate universe version of me's planet had an agreement where consenting people'd host the slug things and in exchange the slug things, which were from a much more technologically advanced civilization, would teach them their technology. It is unclear if my alt knew that on your planet they were kidnapping unconsenting people, I don't think he had any influence over what they did but he didn't consider himself out from under a threat either. And he can't stand Taliar, which I should have predicted - love, I'm sorry -"

Permalink Mark Unread

he could have made him so happy and he fucked it up—

and he still doesn't know which ones were children

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "We don't even have two of you and if we did I bet it'd work out all right, he can't have the objection that you're too virtuous for his tastes."

Permalink Mark Unread

They could have two of him in three days if Taliar thought the second one would be - accepted in good faith, would have the same chance with the new Maitimo that Taliar did with his husband.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two of you?" inquires Esarkan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sniffle.

"Is that 'one is more than enough' or 'why can't we have five', I can't tell from here..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not entirely sure myself."

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. "I can - try to guess - it might depend if the fork would be as powerful as you -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does my emperor need me for anything else or can I go cuddle my husband somewhere—"

(and he's not actually sure how powerful the copy would be - might depend how he went about it - if they'd met a new Maitimo under more congenial circumstances and he'd looked at Taliar and decided he definitely wanted one, Taliar thinks his preferred approach would've been to sit down with him and explain everything about himself and his relationship with his husband, and then create a copy of himself from exactly the moment before he arrived in Arda, and tell the copy 'hello, I'm you from a year in the future and I'm matchmaking you with this inexplicable duplicate of my husband, I swear on my soul it'll all work out'... that copy would have the same power level Taliar had when he arrived in Arda, he's sure.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, go on. The crisis is over," says Esarkan, waving a hand. "Congratulations on your marriage."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

 

Awwww. I am - deeply flattered and delighted that you'd want to do that for an alt of me. I don't think that approach will work. I bet we can think of one that can, if you're very sure you want that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And now Taliar would very much like to be picked up and carried off to his family's rooms in the palace where he is very sure they will be left alone to snuggle as long as they like.

He's - you, as far as I can tell, he's exactly you but a less lucky you - I want you to be happy and I want other people who are you to also be happy and I have the means to make people-who-are-you very very happy in a way I'm not sure anyone or anything else can. Of course I want to do that. But - I'm not just going to drop a copy of myself in his lap and walk away with no explanation - it'd be a disaster, they have no Melkor to fight, and without that I need him to be actively in favour of the project, the other me won't be able to look past the thing with Findekano if it's still going on - if it's not still going on and I swear on my soul that they're going to be happy together, the other me will stay with him even after finding out, but I can't think of many other ways around that, and I can't swear on my soul that they're going to be happy together unless I genuinely believe it's a sure thing. Which I would if I hadn't completely fucked everything up with the other you before ever meeting him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even if the other you's in love with him, he'd leave if he found out -

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not absolutely certain that he would, but it's pretty likely. And - some of the things that got us to where we are -

Soul-touching, bad days, rape and torture - those are not things Taliar would've agreed to if he'd arrived in a peaceful kingdom with his happily married future self offhandedly suggesting he date the king. If he swears on his soul that it'll work out, that's enough of an assurance for the other Taliar to decide to - put all of himself into the attempt. And Taliar is pretty sure that Taliars who are going to successfully date Maitimos need to do that. Theirs is not the kind of success that can be duplicated in half-measures; it's all or nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other option, though it's not very ethical, is to not give him the means to leave, would he put his whole self into making it work out that way?

Permalink Mark Unread

...he might, but I could also see him, for example, killing himself out of spite... I'm pretty sure it's not feasible to prevent him from doing that, all he'd need to do is want it the right way, wait three days, and then ever be conscious and in his right mind again.

Permalink Mark Unread

I suspect that if we tell my alt that could happen my alt'd be more careful than that - I was, with Findekáno - but I understand why you don't want to rely on my alt's ability to manage him into trying when my alt doesn't like you and might honestly just hurt him for fun -

 

 

- actually, that's exactly what he'd do, my alt'd resent being manipulated and decide to prove that he wouldn't like his you and he could get his you to hate him, just to hurt the real you -

Permalink Mark Unread

...depends how hard he tries, I guess... if I was sending a copy of me into that I'd give him all my memories of you and explain the situation and let him decide whether he wanted to risk it, and if he went in, he would end up either killing himself or succeeding, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

I do not consider that an acceptable risk. I want yous to be happy, I don't want to torture a you even if it does help the me -

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. Aw. I love you. If he didn't kill himself, I'm pretty sure he'd come out of it with no regrets, same as me - but yeah, it would be... different. So. I think we need some degree of cooperation from your alt or we're not getting anywhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't have a Findekáno and he misses him desperately, that much was obvious.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I did not pick up on that. Well. That complicates some things and simplifies others... I wonder what happened to his Findekáno. Dead...? Farther away than that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Dead he'd have been more excited you can do reembodiments.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, figures.

They have arrived in his family's rooms and now he can curl up in his husband's lap. He does that.

Well. How do we get your alt to accept the gift of a me? I could give him all my memories of you, in the hope that he will come to understand the appeal... of course it'll also give him an in-depth guide to refer to if he wants to try to break his Taliar out of spite...

Permalink Mark Unread

I - think what I'd do is say to him - you'll like him, how vulnerable do you need him to be in order to give yourself a chance to like him - and I'm pretty sure I'd know if he meant to break his out of spite.

Permalink Mark Unread

And his Taliar can be made pretty arbitrarily vulnerable. I could make a copy from the night my soul fell apart, if I had to. I'd have some trouble convincing him to go hand his soul to your alt, but I bet I can come up with an angle.

Permalink Mark Unread

That I'm pretty certain would work. If you could convince him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I have all these lovely memories of our relationship to convince him with, he says.

Show him the explanation of why Maitimo is not Nahira, show him both bad days, show him trust songs, show him soul contact from its best moments to its worst - if it works, if he's convinced enough to try it at all, he'll go in with his soul already willing to pretend it is being touched by strangers for Maitimo-alt's benefit. And he will go in competitive, wanting to prove that he can handle anything the first Taliar could.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Then, we could do it. Should we?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I want to. I'm... I guess I'm afraid that it won't work out. I should have more faith in myself. But I - don't feel very successful or brilliant or good at accomplishing the impossible right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

...hug. You saved the world from invading aliens.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then followed them home and murdered their children.

Permalink Mark Unread

They did have an interdimensional teleport, your strategic assessment was entirely sound - they could have taken you and put you in a sun somewhere where you'd die and come back over and over -

Permalink Mark Unread

He shudders. There's a part of him that feels like that would be preferable to having committed near-genocide. But then Nuime would've been vulnerable without him - Nezhefena could've pulled him out of a sun but they might've been able to use some sort of interdimensional trickery to make him harder to find, delay her until they could get away with a bunch of soulbearers to enslave... he was right. It's just that being right doesn't make it okay. If he was really the person he aspires to be, he would've figured out some clever way to guarantee everyone's safety long enough to negotiate a truce.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you and I love the ridiculous standards you hold yourself to and we'll figure out how to really truly win but for that we need my alt in a more cooperative mood and so we need to seduce him.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you too, says Taliar. He hugs his brilliant beautiful husband and manages a smile. So much. Forever. All right, let's plan out exactly how we are going to send my alt to seduce yours. Are you going to wait until he shows up to talk about something and then bring it up - is he going to show up to talk about something...

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet he'll send someone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Be a little awkward to send an 'are you sure you don't want a present' through a diplomatic representative...

...and on a mostly unrelated note, it occurs to him that in the time between creating his alt and sending his alt to go seduce Maitimo's, there will be two Taliars around here... he's pretty sure that being borrowed before he's sent away will if anything help convince the second Taliar to go, if Maitimo would like to indulge himself and if he thinks his alt won't mind...

...also he should come up with a distinguishing name for the second Taliar. A different soulname, maybe, it's the most obvious thing. But his runner-up was Raika-linsi and the connotations seem really unhelpful, not to mention painfully ironic if the copy is going to be created as of the moment when Taliar's soul was the dimmest it's ever been...

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe I should ask Nezhefena for a ride over there so I can make the offer and become more confident he won't just torture his present.

Permalink Mark Unread

You could do that. Would he object?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so. He's lonely and nervous, once he calms down he'll regret not being more civil -

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, luckily for him, I don't mind him being rude to me about me coming to his world and murdering his friends.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, but most people'd mind and so it wasn't very strategic of him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He had all my thoughts the whole time. Plenty of opportunity to notice how I felt about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. I think I'll do that, but I think I'll give him a few weeks first. I think he was sincere about having a lot to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle.

Yeah, okay. Makes sense. And it gives me plenty of time to turn up a self-duplication power, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if you can't convince your self to try it, then better I don't offer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar smiles slightly. Oh, I can convince him. Though I might want you to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will enjoy that tremendously.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I'm so enormously lucky.

 

 

 

And they wait a few weeks. After two of them, an Elf shows up and asks for a meeting with Esarkan on behalf of the dimension of Independence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Esarkan is happy to meet with this Elf.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Elf introduces herself and says that the multiverse is big, hundreds of discovered planets, and most of it ruled by this well-intentioned but very overbearing collection of extremely powerful meddlers, and the collection had decided to deny Independence technologies like space travel and computers (computers are like this) and Independence had decided to skip a couple dimensions over and out of their influence, and they took a few hundred infants with them who would have grown up to have some of the powers that would make it possible to interact safely with the multiverse but, um.

The Elf understands why Taliar decided to just wipe out the whole species but anyway now they have no access to spellbinders and all the useful things they can do and no access to anyone who can explain advanced technology and they're trying to figure out how to reconstruct and would like to let their neighbors know what's going on.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, your neighbours thank you for the courtesy," says Esarkan. "In your opinion, would it be worthwhile for me to send someone looking for these meddlers of yours and see if they'll be more generous to me than they were to you? I'll be happy to pass on the benefits if it works."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Looking for them is straightforward; we can take them to you if you'd like. The path from your world to their collective runs through us, though, and the King tentatively expects they'll execute him on sight at this point, so we'd want a week's warning to move our world again to somewhere they can't find it. Our assessment is that if you don't mention us they will be happy to meet you and probably willing to share computers and almost certainly unwilling to share for example the interdimensional teleport, though that we can share with you ourselves."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd like to do that, then. Take as long as you need to move your world, and let me know when you're settled."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Certainly. They have mind-readers not limited by osanwë's, ah, politeness, but there are no instances known to us of them using it without consent save against known enemies and in the middle of a war. If in a week you have some scouts ready to 'stumble upon' the collective we can arrange for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll have an appropriate scout ready to go. Should we keep quiet about the slug invasion too? Pretend none of it ever happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would you care to meet with the King and get the full context, and thereby decide what cover story best serves our interests?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that sounds like a great idea."

Permalink Mark Unread

So shortly thereafter he teleports in. "Emperor Esarkan."

Permalink Mark Unread

"King Maitimo. Delighted to meet you," he says dryly. "Again. I haven't actually heard an explanation for why there are two of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, it's much worse than that, there's ten of us. The multiverse has recurring patterns, and Arda is one such pattern. About one in every fifty worlds you land on if you go world-hopping is an Arda, and they have all the same people in them. I've never heard of a parallel for Nuimë or any other versions of you, but my access to information about the multiverse was extremely restricted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ten of you. Oh my," says Esarkan. "Well, what can you tell me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Quite a lot. Here are the worlds in the multiverse; here is their magic, which they won't give out to prevent acquiring unwanted competitors for power, here is how they met, scared the evil god Maitimo had a ceasefire with into running off to a torture dimension, asked Maitimo to dismantle his kingdom so they could execute him without disrupting anything, backtracked on that after a couple years and said they'd only do that if they had a superior solution for running his country. And then an anxious decade while they tried to learn anything at all about the technology and magic their world was being denied.

"Then they encountered the world to which the Yeerks were native and decided to go to war with them. I know almost nothing of the war, and knew nothing at all of it until a Yeerk controlling an Elf with the teleport spell arrived, asked to see me, and asked if I would ally with him in escaping the peal. I agreed, teleported my world over here, helped them give birth to a few hundred spellbinder-potential Yeerks and a few hundred daeva-potential Yeerks, and resettled us in Independence. The Yeerks had agreements with consenting hosts in my kingdom. I was notified that scouts from your dimension had landed on top of them and that they were sending people after them, and then a giant fireball swallowed most of them and Taliar killed the rest, which I would say would teach them a valuable lesson but they are not around to learn it.

So the peal knows that I aided the Yeerks in departing their jurisdiction and might suspect, if they hear about the Yeerks, that I'm somewhere to be found, but I don't think that'd color their impression of you too badly if you did decide you preferred to share it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I find that it's generally simplest to tell as few lies as possible," he says. "So, the brain slugs showed up and tried to conquer my world, and Dawn-shining Taliar dealt with them. This made me curious and cautious, which is why I'm sending Shadow-cloaked Nezhefena scouting to find out where they might have come from and whether there might be any more on the way. Does that sound to you like it'll hold up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They'll be excited to have someone with tracking abilities that work across adjacency and they may want her to demonstrate them to track down other people who've escaped their jurisdiction."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nezhefena can only track people she has personally met," says Esarkan, smiling slightly. "As far as they know, you don't qualify."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How are you claiming she's tracking the Yeerks, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She spoke with me while they had me. Briefly, but it doesn't take much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Should work. I apologize if your experience was an unpleasant one, by the way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," he says. "It was no more than mildly frustrating, but my subjects suffered much worse."

He sighs slightly.

"I really wish they'd surrendered when I suggested it. It would've turned out better for everyone involved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am mildly surprised they didn't. They hadn't independently been doing any conquering, they must have realized they had more to lose than to gain - I think they had a very unhealthy incentive structure back in their original universe, the commander-executes-you-for-failure sort, and perhaps they never shook themselves out of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's unfortunate. I prefer when people don't need to die, generally."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your, uh, subject Taliar seemed to think he could bring them back - he can't, because of the spellbinding, but he was under that impression."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What does the spellbinding have to do with it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Spellbinders when they're born have a sort of - phantom spirit animal, who only they can interact with, and who they can instantiate in the real world once they're older. No magic resurrection method known to me gets a dead familiar back or restores someone with their familiar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't see what difference that's supposed to make to Dawn-shining Taliar," says Esarkan. "Accomplishing the impossible is his favourite pastime."

Well. Second favourite, these days, but never mind that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yes, I - noticed that. Is the story public, there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What story are you referring to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"How he met his husband. How they have a marriage considered metaphysically impossible in my home world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are details of the first part that aren't common knowledge, because they would tend to alarm people. The second thing, I'm told, has to do with them both being soulbearers. The metaphysics of Elven marriage don't interest me especially, so I declined to ask for details."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would tend to alarm people -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not the best source on this; you might do better to ask your alt, or Taliar, or Taliar's father, or apparently my granddaughter for some reason. But I can tell you what I know if you're curious."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I caused Taliar some injury when speaking to him and would hesitate to talk to him again without a little more context, but if you'd advise me to speak to one of those other people I can certainly do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You'd know better than I would whether you want to talk to your alt. I can promise you won't injure anyone by speaking to Corino, and I'm sure he'd be happy to talk to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Excellent. Where do I meet him - also, in the case interdimensional contact goes poorly, do you want or is there someone you would designate to have the teleport? It can pick up a whole planet or anything less than that, fairly good specificity, and it has a range of anywhere in this or adjacent dimensions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If the supply is limited, I want Nezhefena to have it. If the supply is slightly less limited than that, Nezhefena and myself. If I get three, the third will be Taliar. Corino spends most of his time at the Elven settlement these days, but I expect he'd prefer to meet you here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a total of three, the rest were destroyed in the blast. I'll get Nezhefena one; the process takes about three hours. When would it be convenient for me to meet Corino?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can have him here by tomorrow, if that's convenient for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That works fine. It's been a pleasure. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Likewise," he says, smiling. "You're just as much of a joy to talk to as the other you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles and pops home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Esarkan contacts Corino. Corino is at the palace the next day.

Permalink Mark Unread

He meets him. "Hello. I was discussing with your emperor how to share our resources, and it became apparent I'll be running into your son a fair bit, and last time we met I think I hurt him. I'd - like to have enough context to avoid doing that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm happy to help," says Corino. "What happened between you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Yeerks in my world had an agreement with me that they'd take only consenting hosts, for fixed durations of time, and they'd teach us the technology of their lost homeworld. That works better in our world than yours because everyone has osanwë and a non-consenting host could easily make themself known. There were also a lot of Yeerk children. The, ah, explosion killed many of them, and Taliar on arriving killed all the rest. He then resurrected me, and was - concerned for me - and I told him that however strategically defensible the genocide I had friends to grieve and hoped he'd go away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was upset," says Corino. "But he doesn't blame you, if you were worried about that. What kind of context are you looking for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I know what I'm looking for. My approval was important to him; why? Why was he upset?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think it's your approval he was looking for, exactly," says Corino. "You're more or less the same person as his husband. He wants you to be happy. He regrets bringing you grief. Separately, he also regrets killing the Yeerks and especially their children. He grieves any time he finds himself in a situation where not everyone can come out alive and happy and safe; he grieves more when he has to harm someone to protect someone else. And then he does his best to make sure that next time he'll do better and no one will need to get hurt at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And how did the two of them end up married?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They met when Taliar was inexplicably transported from Nuime to my son-in-law's Arda. They were having a problem with an evil god. Taliar offered to help. Then he fell in love. I'm missing some of the details, but they had been together for some time when Taliar found out that Maitimo's other boyfriend was being kept against his will. He didn't take it well. And... Do you know what happens when someone touches a soulbearer's soul?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's considered the worst imaginable form of torture. People who have had it happen to them usually can't even describe the experience afterward, but they all tend to agree that they'd rather die than experience it again. While it's happening it's completely incapacitating; the soulbearer can't move or think or use their magic at all."

He smiles slightly.

"I don't know exactly what the shape of the dilemma was, although I could guess. I do know that Taliar's solution was to take off his soul-necklace and throw it at him."

His guesses are hard to put into words, so he sends them as thoughts. He's got it about right; he knows his son very well.

"After that, well, Taliar hasn't told me how they got to where they were when I first saw them together—" he sends the memory "—but I know that it involved a lot of that same willingness to make himself overwhelmingly vulnerable, and I know that Taliar doesn't regret any of it in the slightest. He's made that very clear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And so he was hoping I was - what, on the market -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He was thinking about how he could make me happy if I wanted one which I wouldn't - he was upset -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. My son and his husband are... very, very good for each other. I don't think it would be a stretch to say they are each the best thing in the other's life. And I expect that when Taliar saw you, he wanted to give you a chance at that same happiness, and he regretted making such an awful first impression because it meant that you'd have every reason to reject the gift."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"All right. Thank you. I'm - glad that they're happy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So am I," he says. "And I'm glad I could help you understand my son a little better. It's funny how you can have someone's whole mind to look at and still not be able to get a clear picture, isn't it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm also not used to people letting me read their minds. Is that conventional here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it's just Taliar being Taliar."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I see. Thank you. That's all I wanted to ask about."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "You're welcome. Anytime."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What did your son end up doing about Maitimo's boyfriend?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"After the war, Maitimo had Taliar erase Findekano's oaths, resurrect his family and a hundred or so of their friends and associates, and send them all to live in Nuime. They're settling in nicely; I'm working as their liaison because I'm two thousand years old and therefore just about patient enough to avoid rushing them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's enjoyable work."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anything I can help you with while I'm here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not that I can think of, but thank you for offering."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are very welcome." Pop.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He relates this conversation to his son near-verbatim.

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

I honestly can't tell what he thinks of me at this point.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't like you but you can do resurrection and he doesn't otherwise have a way to do that and he's mildly curious about the soul-touching thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

...it's weird that there's a you who doesn't like me. I mean. I get why. But it's weird.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I'm sorry. I bet we can figure out how to fix it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not even really upset about it for its own sake, Da called that one right - what upsets me is that I could make him so happy, and - he doesn't want me to - and I don't want to disregard that just because I think I know better, but, well, we definitely know better...

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know that he's unhappy. He seems - tired, more than unhappy.

Permalink Mark Unread

I could make him happier.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes you could.

Permalink Mark Unread

He grins.

Well. Think it's time for you to go talk to him yet?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle.

Let me know how it goes, I guess...

His self-duplication power has come in by now. It fits in his marriage-expanded soul with plenty of room to spare.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he goes off to meet his alt. Hello, he says once he's secured a meeting. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello.

Permalink Mark Unread

I ended up deciding to have him because he'd spent weeks wandering around my castle bubbling with how much he was in love with me, and Findekáno'd been out for a year and a half, and I thought, well, why not, he's easy to please and so obedient and he adores me - and he was, he was a delight, uncomplicated - his world doesn't have any taboos on it - and new to everything and convinced he was the luckiest boy in the world - and then he found out about Findekáno and his soul magic collapsed on him - it runs off how virtuous he thinks he's being. He was completely helpless. He's willing to give you one at that point, if you won't give him a try unless he's helpless. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not actually on the market.

Permalink Mark Unread

Doesn't need to be serious. Truth be told I think you'll get attached but it's not - I'm not offering you a replacement for your loved ones, I'm just saying you'll really enjoy him.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you want to give me a powerless version of your boyfriend and the artifact to torture him with then I'll listen to him think for a while and decide if I think he's worth fucking. I'm not promising anything other than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

All he wants is for you to give him a chance to make you happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

I see. Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

If I do want him I'm not going to cater to his every whim just so I can have someone around who loves me.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not expecting to be catered to, he's expected to be tortured.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I just want you to be happy and I think having someone around who adores you like that will make you happy. And he's a useful resource.

Permalink Mark Unread

That did not escape me.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he goes home and reports this to his husband.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I genuinely can't imagine where he got the idea that I might want to be catered to, says Taliar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might've just picked up that I was nervous about how he'd treat you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww. Taliar snuggles him. Love you. Okay. So how do you think he's going to treat me - I think I need a pretty clear idea of the possibilities before I can start figuring out how I'm going to sell it to my alt...

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm guessing he's going to be a bit cold, and pointedly opposed to you regaining divine powers, but probably less inclined to torture you than I was because you don't fascinate him yet -

Permalink Mark Unread

That's actually not very promising; I handle torture a lot better than I handle rejection... my alt won't necessarily need yours to love him or even like him at first, but he's going to have a really hard time if he's not appreciated on some level.

Permalink Mark Unread

Squeeze. I am absolutely certain he'll be listening to him constantly and spending most of his time trying to figure him out, he just may not give any outward signs of that -

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he'll have a really hard time unless he knows that, but it might not be worth telling him if it'd annoy your alt. It's not like mine will be expecting a walk in the park.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe we can - I don't know - I can be attentive enough that he infers that my alt will be, you can at least tell him that I listen to you every waking minute -

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe, yeah... I'm definitely concerned with making sure not to tell my alt anything that'll end up making it harder for him when yours inevitably reads it in his head. Like, I have the feeling that if I show my alt the night my soul acknowledged you, I might as well not send him at all. I don't know how right I am about that, though, your alt is really hard for me to predict.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're probably right about that. If my alt feels that we're doing this to redeem him, or because he's unacceptable to us and you can change that -

Permalink Mark Unread

If my alt thought we were trying something along those lines, he'd get enormously offended and refuse to go. Or he'd go but he'd be trying to prove he could make your alt happy without changing him at all. I actually don't think I can stand to let my alt think that about me, though, even if that turned out to be the right attitude to send him with.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you. Okay, so - with reasons to stick with someone who's going to at best torture him and at worst pretend to ignore him, without telling him the actual reasons in more detail than 'both of us are happier than we imagined possible'?

Permalink Mark Unread

The way to get him there is to tell him that we are both happier than we imagined possible, and we think he has a chance to find that same happiness with your alt, so we want to give him to your alt as a present. And we have to warn him that the possibilities range from torture to being apparently-ignored-occasionally-analyzed. He'll tell me he should tell us both to go fuck ourselves, and then... I send him some memories of our relationship, to make the point about how happy we are and to give him a foundation for being able to love your alt the way he is, and I tell him that no matter what he thinks he's strong enough to handle whatever your alt does to him, and I maybe challenge him to prove it, and -

- he starts giggling.

If he does turn us down, how would you feel about keeping two of me? Because I am absolutely the sort of person where if I can honestly offer him that option, he'll look at the choice between being happy with us forever and going off to suffer enormously for a chance at maybe having the same sort of thing with your alt, and he'll want the second one more. I am so hopelessly myself, Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am happy to commit to keeping two of you if you make another one and he doesn't want to go to my alt.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar kisses him. I love you. Okay. So we tell him that, and I bet he'll want to try being yours to see what it's like, and then I bet he'll be dissatisfied because there's another you out there who doesn't have one of him and all he has to do to fix that is go hand your alt his soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

You are a delight. Okay, sounds like a plan. From when are we forking him?

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar considers his memories.

...Has to be from between the moment my soul failed and the moment you told me you loved me. Anytime after that would make it much harder for him, and if there's anything after that point that we need him to know I can send him the memory and it won't be the same as having actually experienced it. Maybe I'll take him from right before he woke up that morning, and have him wake up in Nuime somewhere with me right there to explain things and you a short distance away to come in and meet him when he's ready for that...

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...if we tell him what Nahira's flower was, is your alt going to want to use it...

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm honestly not sure. Probably better to tell him, unless you think that'll hurt your alt too much for him to want to keep going with this -

Permalink Mark Unread

If we tell him what Nahira's flower was and your alt decides to torture him with them, he'll get very me about it and it'll actually be easier for him to handle overall than if your alt just ignores him for weeks. It'll be awful but - it'll give him something to push against. Have I mentioned I am very hopelessly myself?

Permalink Mark Unread

You have. All right, let's tell him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Although that does bring up a question of... how your alt is going to react to various levels of knowledge my alt could have about the ways you've tortured me. If I tell him nearly everything and my alt goes in convinced he's emotionally invincible, is yours going to try to prove him wrong - if I tell him hardly anything and he goes in knowing I've been through some shit but not what it was, is your alt going to end up giving him a nasty surprise - I think it was ultimately good for me that you undershot my first bad day, and if your alt isn't going to undershoot, I want mine to be prepared for that, but I don't want him to go in neatly wrapped up and labeled 'bet you can't break him', you know?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think my alt has the investment to make a particular attempt to break him at this point.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not right now, but I'm assuming there's going to be torture at some point or why are we even bothering...

He pauses. He reviews what he just said.

...I mean - not that the torture is the point, but the degree of investment that leads to it - if he never cares that much, the gift will have failed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Agreed. And by the time he cares that much he'll prefer not to break him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, all right then. Okay. So I can tell him what Nahira's flower was and, hmm, I could see him going either way on how much he wants to know about all the torture, I can ask him about that...

He tries to build a mental list of all the things he's going to need to tell his alt. He should tell his alt about the identity song so his alt's soul will let Maitimo's alt inflict imaginary strangers on it and they won't ever have to use actual strangers. He should tell his alt that trust songs get him high because the context that got Taliar willing to try that at all was really specific and they might not stumble on it by themselves particularly not if Maitimo's alt is being really distant with him at first. He should tell his alt what Maitimo said about what he wanted, that first day, because it'll help put his alt in the right mental place to decide to hand the other Maitimo his soul.

Can you think of anything I could tell him that seems like it'd particularly help your alt figure out what the appeal of having a Taliar is...?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe that - there's nothing as healing as being trusted and loved by someone who knows the absolute worst about you? 

Permalink Mark Unread

...awwwwwwww.

Taliar hugs him.

You can tell my alt that, then, I think it'll be better coming from you. Also, I love you so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you too. Let's make another you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Let's!

They should definitely do this in Nuime, for immediate and tangible proof that Taliar's fork is not waking up in the same situation he went to sleep in. Taliar internally debates whether to use his childhood home or his family's rooms at the palace, and finally decides that the house in the mountains runs too high a risk of encountering his grandfather. The palace suite will do. He can tell his father they shouldn't be disturbed and his father will arrange for them not to be.

So he sits on the edge of his bed in the palace, and closes his eyes, and remembers...

Permalink Mark Unread

...and the light of his soul collects and solidifies into another Taliar, curled up sleeping right next to him. He is close enough to hug and he looks like he could use one.

As tends to happen with people embodied by the power of Taliar's soul, he isn't wearing any clothes. He was created with nothing but his body and his... soul...

...which is surely around here somewhere...

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar opens his eyes and blinks and - it occurs to him that as of this moment in the past, his soul was hanging around Maitimo's neck -

Permalink Mark Unread

And still is. Or, briefly; it doesn't have a necklace, and it falls to the floor. He's careful not to touch it. Well.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I should've thought of that, says Taliar.

He looks at his sleeping alt. He fills the room with his healing aura.

"Hey. Me," he says. "Wake up."

Permalink Mark Unread

He wakes up.

And - this is his bed in his room in the imperial palace in Nuime.

And that's - him? That's his healing aura, that's his soul, blazing like a tiny sun -

"What the fuck is going on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The war is over, everything is fine, I killed Melkor and married Maitimo and it all turned out better than you can possibly imagine," he says. "But don't get excited just yet, because I'm about to convince you to do something nobody in their right mind would willingly do."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Okay so you're definitely me," says the fork.

Permalink Mark Unread

(He loves his husband. He sends his husband this.)

Permalink Mark Unread

(His husband loves him too. So much.)

"I definitely am," he says. And he's about to go on, but -

Permalink Mark Unread

- his fork takes one look at the smile on his face and says, "Where's Maitimo?"

And hardly a moment after that, "Relatedly, where's my soul? That one's clearly yours."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"He's in the sitting room and your soul showed up with him because I wasn't paying attention and it - went where it would've been."

Permalink Mark Unread

He has... complicated feelings about this. That's definitely a version of him who is deeply, happily in love - and Maitimo must be a soulbearer because that affectionate hint of Silmaril-light in the married Taliar's soul couldn't possibly have come from anywhere else - but his last memory of Maitimo is -

"Why me in particular, why this moment in particular? What do you need a maximally powerless Taliar for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, fuck it.

"We encountered another Arda and it has its own Maitimo and I want to give him a present because I think we're the best thing that can possibly happen to them but he hates me because he had some allies who invaded Nuime and I killed them all."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"All right, let's hear your pitch," says the fork.

Permalink Mark Unread

He should've expected something like this. Convincing his fork to do things was never going to be like rearranging his own head - his own head tends to more or less hold still for him while he messes with it; his fork is definitely not doing that - but he's keeping on top of it, it's just surprising.

"I succeeded beyond my wildest dreams. Maitimo and I are happier than either of us could've imagined being. And I want to give that to the other one, but he won't take a me who's a sun-bright god-killer, he's a Maitimo, and he doesn't like me. So if you're lucky he'll torture you, if you're not he'll ignore you, listen in on your head once in a while to try to figure out how you're put together, decide in his own time whether he wants anything to do with you. And I can't even tell you for sure it'll work, he might decide he doesn't - we don't think so, but it's not a sure thing. And if he does want you, it'll be better than you're refraining from imagining, but not necessarily by much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm thrilled," the fork says dryly. "I'm ecstatic. Sign me up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well," says the original, "if you don't feel up to it, you can always stay with us. My husband would be delighted to have two of me. He's amazing, we're amazing, you'll be inconceivably happy forever."

Permalink Mark Unread

...He thinks about it.

He should obviously just say 'fuck you both', get dressed, pick up his soul, find his mother, and tell her to keep both these lunatics away from him by any means necessary. If they're in as good a place as they say, they won't stop him, and if they do stop him, he'll know what to expect from their lovely vision of eternity.

But.

But fuck it all, he loves Maitimo, deeply and truly, for very good reasons. No matter how much that hurts, it's still true.

He nestles into the blankets and looks up at his - creator - and says, "Anybody ever tell you you don't play fair?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably not as frequently as I deserve."

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes his eyes.

A thought half-occurs to him and it's insane it makes no sense he's not supposed to be this self-destructive but he can't get it out of his head - what the fuck does he think he's doing -

- he says to Maitimo, I would like you to bring me my soul, please.

Permalink Mark Unread

He grabs a pillowcase and picks it up and carries it in. "It appeared without the chain." His own soul says that he loves people and loves making them happy and should not be pushed around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," he says, sitting up and taking it from the pillowcase.

He honesly expected Maitimo to just pick it up with his bare hands, but this works too, in a way - he turns and offers it to the other Taliar, saying, "We'll never live with ourselves if we don't find out what happens. And I assume yours is self-protecting already."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are me," he says.

He touches the misty silver soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It's not like having his soul touched by an entirely different person, but it's - definitely not nothing - he's half out of his senses, but only half - his suspicion and admiration and envy and affection and annoyance and trust for his other self are all filling up his soul but he can still see and think and breathe - "wow," he says hazily, "wow."

Permalink Mark Unread

He lets go.

"I should show you a few things before you hurt yourself," he says. "If you wanted to know more about what soul-touching is like, you could've just asked me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where's the fun in that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There is a quite astonishing lot of fun in soul-touching even when he knows exactly how it'll go."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

The fork looks at the original.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Okay, I'm not quite Da, but if you're accusing me of asking my husband to be unusually nice to you for strategic reasons, I absolutely did not do that," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I decided not to torture you just so you'll be likelier to get curious and go find my sad alt, I decided that all by myself and didn't tell him about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm," he says.

And he tosses his soul at Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, fine. He catches it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Amusement and affection and triumph and fear and uncertainty and a lingering trace of an awful trapped feeling and envy and love, and love, and love...

Permalink Mark Unread

He tests if his ability to make it feel like strangers are touching Taliar's soul works on the new Taliar.

Permalink Mark Unread

It does not.

Permalink Mark Unread

What a shame. Mood-altering songs?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, by the nature of soul contact, he'll have to let go to find out if they worked. The fork's soul doesn't visibly object, at least.

Also, his husband is over there giggling with his face in his hands, insulated from the songs by a touch of silver light. I should have expected this, why didn't I expect this, everything is going to work out exactly the way I planned but in the meantime he is going to fuck with us at every turn, there was no way that was ever not going to happen...

Permalink Mark Unread

We were kind of vaguely unethical to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, that's true. He doesn't mind, though, if he actually minded he wouldn't have thrown his soul at you. He's just - being very me.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a good thing I love you. Since he asked for it I'm tempted to leave him like this all day, want to go get dinner? We were going to have me meet your mother but perhaps that's complicated by recent events?

Permalink Mark Unread

Were you in fact refraining from torturing him so he'd get curious and go find your sad alt?

He gets up and goes and kisses his husband and is kind of tempted to touch his alt's soul to see what happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds it out. Yes, but not even consciously - I rarely consciously decide to manipulate you, I often have instincts for how to act to get the reaction I want -

Permalink Mark Unread

That's - why is that adorable, he really doesn't know, but wow he loves his husband so much.

He kisses him again and puts his hand on his alt's soul. What's it even like for him, he's not sending me all his private thoughts...

Permalink Mark Unread

He sends them.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's like -

He really really wants to be a part of this amazing relationship. He wants it so much. He envies them both - adores them both - and he's wryly aware that he's almost certainly going to take the other choice, but in the meantime he is so deeply fulfilled and delighted by being wrapped up between them like this - he was not expecting this outcome when he threw his soul at Maitimo, he just instinctively knew that if Maitimo was deliberately refraining from touching his soul the only way he was going to get him to do it would be to throw it at him instantly the moment the impulse crossed his mind - having his alt in the mix seems to pull him out of it a little, give him slightly more affordance for complex thoughts, although he hasn't exactly done this very often so he isn't sure - it's nice, it's lovely, the soul-contact intimacy feels like a warm hug, is this how good it gets, no it isn't, if it can be this good he bets it can be so much better -

Permalink Mark Unread

...you actually can't leave him like this all day, says Taliar, there's a background risk that his soul will acknowledge you like mine did and then you will have two sun-bright god-killers and no nice helpless Taliars to give your alt and my alt will be making fun of us for months - it's not going to happen under most circumstances but the thing that'll do it is if he either decides to definitely stay with us, or gets so wrapped up in being in love with you that he forgets there's another one out there waiting for him.

He takes his hand off his alt's soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

He floats on adoration.

Permalink Mark Unread

Exactly like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He drops his soul, shaking his head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His husband laughs and hugs him.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He only stays dazed for a few seconds, and the first thing he does when he recovers his senses is dissolve into helpless giggles. He actually won - he loves Maitimo so much, he loves them both so much - and he has independently figured out that he needs to make sure he doesn't let his soul get carried away on that, and it's kind of difficult because getting carried away is so tempting, but he's managing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So obviously you'd rather stay here and be happy than go be tortured by a desperately unhappy and lonely version of me," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Still giggling too hard to speak, but luckily Maitimo can read his mind!

If only I were that sensible.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you just the way you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know you do.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Were we always this adorable?" wonders Taliar. "I think we might always be this adorable, but wow, it's much more visible from the outside. My love, what if I'm tempted to keep him?"

He is totally tempted to keep him. The three of them, forever - it would be amazing. But his alt is going to go try his luck with the other Maitimo, that's pretty clear by now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you're tempted to keep him, clearly I should pick up his soul at once and hold him until he forgets my alt exists, I doubt there's any other way to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He is getting such a clear picture of what they're like together and he has no idea how they got there - well, he knows one of the prerequisites, but how the hell they managed it is a total mystery.

"I need a soul necklace," he says. "Sun-bright, use your godlike power and get me a soul necklace."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No," he says, pointing at him, "I'm not changing my soulname, you are changing your soulname."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine," he says. "I'll be Sun-dark. Dawn-shining, use your godlike power and get me a soul necklace."

Permalink Mark Unread

...that's amazingly appropriate.

He goes to the window and leans out it and uses his land-shaping power to summon up a chain and setting more or less like his, and then he comes back and attaches them to Sun-dark's soul and hands him the resulting necklace without touching the soul at any point.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have fun, little one!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds up his soul on its chain and looks contemplatively at it for a few seconds and then puts it on the bedside table.

"I know what I'm going to decide but I haven't actually decided it yet," he says, "and I'm sure I've thrown all your careful plans for how to shape me into the perfect gift completely off-course, and there's no way I'm passing up the opportunity here. Much as it will tempt me to make the sane and reasonable choice. You were planning to have us both at some point during this carefully planned campaign of manipulation, weren't you?" he asks, grinning up at Maitimo (and never mind the sudden sharp pain of remembering just last night - how long ago was it really, he wonders - when Maitimo wanted to indulge himself with both of his boyfriends...)

Permalink Mark Unread

"We thought it'd take you longer to be persuaded that 'be happy with us both forever' was an option. But, you know, since I don't know how long my alt'll make you wait -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs.

"I observe that you're happy. It could not possibly be clearer that you're happy. I have no fucking idea how you pulled it off, but," he gestures at Dawn-shining's soul, bright-blazing evidence of their happiness. "If I were sensible and prudent I'd wait to understand it before I accepted it as an option, but if I were sensible and prudent I would've climbed out the window and fled by now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you were sensible and prudent you wouldn't have forked yourself and therefore wouldn't exist!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, you win that one," snorts Sun-dark.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I win everything; I have a permanent Taliar and a temporary Taliar with no idea of what I can do to him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well how about that sudden jolt of pure terror.

 

He smiles.

"Oh, you're all talk," he says merrily.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Dawn-shining splutters with slightly horrified laughter.

"Is this what it's like to watch me from the outside?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Isn't it astonishingly compelling?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose that's one word for it," he says, shaking his head in amazement. "Wow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I get fed up with you I can always make you collapse to the floor writhing in agony. That makes it way more adorable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that so?" says Sun-dark.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you skeptical that I can make you collapse in agony or that the ability contributes to my finding you adorable?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd say less skeptical and more intrigued, on both counts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Darling," he says to his husband, "give me your soul."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles and kisses his husband and sits on the bed and takes off his soul necklace and hands it to Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he cradles it and then imagines pressing him into the bed and kissing him.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cascade is glorious - he loves Maitimo so much, so much, so much...

Permalink Mark Unread

...that is not agony. Sun-dark watches, fascinated and envious.

Permalink Mark Unread

He adds ten imaginary strangers.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cascade is - still glorious - but oh oh oh oh it hurts -

Permalink Mark Unread

"How are you doing that," breathes Sun-dark, utterly mesmerized.

Permalink Mark Unread

"His soul gave me powers, and then the marriage added new ones - I can make it feel like an arbitrary number of strangers are holding his soul, I can make it feel like I'm touching him, I can set off these cascades that way - I'll have to be more creative with you but I somehow think I'll rise to the occasion -" He lets go of Taliar's soul but leaves the imagined strangers in place.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sun-dark watches his alt lie there on the bed utterly insensate, consumed by agony. He can tell that it hurts more than he can even conceive of, and it's terrifying, and - the way Dawn-shining looked at Maitimo when he gave him his soul - he knew this was coming and he wanted it, looked forward to it -

"I want to learn how to do that," he says. He's obviously capable of that same depth of - strength, of acceptance-of-pain - and he has no idea how to get there and he really badly wants to and he suspects that it involves getting tortured until you don't care anymore and there's something so enthralling about the way Dawn-shining looks right now...

He looks up at Maitimo and - he just wants, without even any clear idea of what it is he's wanting. It almost doesn't matter.

Permalink Mark Unread

(He takes Taliar's soul again so he has something to hold onto.)

And he picks up the new one and presses him to the bed the non-magic way and says you are definitely going to learn how to do that, you're a Taliar, you're a miracle, and kisses him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes I am, he says, smiling into the kiss, and wow he's definitely still terrified and kind of starting to like it that way, and Maitimo is so beautiful and so - compelling, like a flame to a moth, and he very much feels like he has already caught fire.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he starts singing to him, softly, the trust song -

Permalink Mark Unread

It's lovely, of course, Maitimo singing is always so lovely.

And it's soothing.

...kind of suspiciously soothing actually.

Songs can do that?

Okay admittedly this feels fucking amazing but - "hey," he says with half-joking indignation, "give that back, I was having fun with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I'm going to, just you wait. Give me your soul."

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like a great idea.

A substantial part of the reason why that sounds like a great idea is probably literal mind control, wow.

"You can't have sprung this on him like this," he muses, "he has to have agreed to it, how the fuck did you manage that, you can't possibly have known ahead of time that it'd get us this high - did you? I'd be very impressed... wow. Wow. This is amazing. And I will never be able to look my emperor in the eye again if I follow objectively terrifying suggestions made while I'm high on artificial trust."

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes his soul anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Soul contact on trust songs is amazing. He wants to stay wrapped up in this forever, this lovely warm-blanket feeling, it's so cozy, love and trust filling him up like sunlight...

Permalink Mark Unread

He kisses him and holds him and stops singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...so that's what he meant by a cascade -

Fear and amazement and love and delight and confusion and back to fear, and the determination to win by not letting the fear take over, and all of these things going off like fireworks and feeding on each other and looping back around and chain-reacting and none of it ever goes away he can't handle this he's going to fall apart - he's a Taliar he's a miracle he will be okay -

Permalink Mark Unread

He lets go. He waits for him to come back to his senses. He kisses him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He notices, sort of distantly, that he's shaking a little.

 

Oh come on, he thinks, with affectionate half-joking disappointment, that was your one opportunity to talk me into something while I was high on trust songs without having known they existed beforehand, I can't believe you didn't even try -

Permalink Mark Unread

I can talk you into anything I want anyway, and I. Care about consent now. It makes people happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

You still picked up my soul, he points out. I love you.

And he has to be careful about loving him - he could easily let himself get carried away on the wings of that revelation, it's not like he couldn't have guessed but it's very different to hear him say it - has to keep in mind that there's another Maitimo out there who presumably does not have this quirk and might not ever and Sun-dark is going to go seduce him anyway because he is stupidly, dangerously, gloriously in love with this absolute marvel of a person.

Permalink Mark Unread

You begged me to show you, I was taking that as stronger permission than 'my emperor would scowl at me' was dispermission. Anyway, I want to fuck you on trust songs, you'll like it, sound good?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes and that's exactly what makes it silly that you didn't try to talk me into it and now I'm never going to know how well I would've done. It's fine, I'll get over it. Please fuck me on trust songs that sounds amazing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, you're upset because you think you could have thought around it to refuse me? Kiss. Of course you could have. 

And he starts singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I actually think I could've thought around it to get a genuinely accurate idea of whether I would've agreed without the trust songs and then gone with that, which is much more impressive and also trickier to predict without trying it, he says, laughing softly. I love you.

Listening to the trust song and knowing what it means is its own kind of fascinating - he feels nervous and he feels the nervousness fade away and he is gloriously high on this, it's amazing, he wonders if it even is this good for Dawn-shining, who actually trusts Maitimo very deeply and entirely independently, whereas Sun-dark trusts him mostly by proxy, it's a much bigger jump from one state to the other...

Permalink Mark Unread

Perhaps you'll have even more fun with one of me who you can't trust at all. 

And he tugs him closer and pins him comfortably and kisses him and stops torturing his husband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Bet I will, he says dreamily. It's lovely, it's perfect, Maitimo is amazing, he actually can't imagine anything better than this... it's fascinating how he wants Maitimo right now, intensely but not urgently, his patience is infinite, he is content to just lie there and be kissed and touched, to move only when Maitimo tells him to move...

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's a lovely sight to wake up to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Isn't it. This is such a nice arrangement.

Permalink Mark Unread

Catch me up on what I missed, my love?

Besides, evidently, trust songs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Your fork is disappointed I didn't try to talk him into sex on trust songs before explaining what they were, because he thinks he could have thought around them. He is as fun to torture as you are. He is trying very hard not to inconvenience us by falling in love with me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Watching you two is even better than I thought it would be, and my expectations were high, he says. Also my fork is adorable, and you can count me in on being disappointed, if I'd been awake I'd've suggested you try it, as long as you had him on trust songs without warning anyway. How many opportunities are we ever going to get for you to have a Taliar on trust songs without warning? As soon as we've heard of the concept while sober it gets much easier to think around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, there's no reason to think there's precisely two of me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough.

He watches them some more. It is unquestionably true that Dawn-shining Taliar has the most beautiful husband in this or any world, and the sight of him with Sun-dark is mesmerizing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliars are miracles. He's so happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dawn-shining is contemplating trying to talk his soul into branching a power for reading his fork's memories just so he won't have to interrupt Maitimo to ask for a more complete summary. He needs it for strategic reasons, arranging his alt into the right shape is delicate work and he has to have as much information as possible, but Maitimo is busy right now and Taliar is extremely reluctant to substantially divide his attention. It's so beautiful, they're both so beautiful - the look on Sun-dark's face is amazing, is that what Taliar looks like on trust songs, he's so - he can't even think of a word for it, in any language - he looks like he's having the time of his life, but in a really calm dreamy way, and yet at the same time intensely focused -

Permalink Mark Unread

He hasn't even noticed that Dawn-shining woke up. All of his attention is on Maitimo. Maitimo is perfect and beautiful, Maitimo is amazing, Maitimo can do such incredible things to him... this was the best idea, sex on trust songs is unbelievably good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is his husband feeling neglected because he can make his husband feel whatever he wants and 'neglected' is not what he wants.

Permalink Mark Unread

His husband is not feeling neglected in the slightest. His husband is enjoying himself immensely. That's not to say that some attention wouldn't be welcome, of course, but he is entirely content to just watch Maitimo fuck Sun-dark.

Permalink Mark Unread

He will hold him still, then, with just a fraction of his attention, and distract him occasionally.

Permalink Mark Unread

His husband loves him so very much.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. ...exactly how much can he tease him and still get him to hold still.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is that a challenge?

Permalink Mark Unread

That does seem to be the way to get his husband to do literally anything, doesn't it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar has held perfectly still for an amazing variety of tortures, and he can hold perfectly still for this.

...with some difficulty.

...he loves his husband so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

And his husband loves him too, so much he's giving another one to a version of him who doesn't even want one. Yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Speaking of which, guess who finally noticed his alt is awake? He has no idea what's going on that put that look on Dawn-shining's face, but whatever it is, he wholeheartedly approves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo. It's Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well then he wholeheartedly approves of Maitimo. Not that he didn't already. Trust songs are amazing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sex on trust songs is amazing. Post-coital cuddling on trust songs is amazing. Idly teasing his husband during same is amazing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sun-dark cuddles Maitimo contentedly and watches his alt be pleasantly tormented.

The song fades.

"Well, that was even more incredible than I expected," he says. "And apparently Dawn-shining agrees!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pleased to be surpassing your expectations. You sure you don't just want to take the easy road and stay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks up at Maitimo with fond exasperation, and then kisses him.

When in my life have I ever taken the easy road? he asks, holding the memory of the emotion cascade in his mind until his pulse races with suppressed terror.

Permalink Mark Unread

I adore you.

Permalink Mark Unread

He giggles delightedly, which interferes with both the kissing and the deliberate cultivation of fear, but that's all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he relaxes happily for a while and then decides it's really cruel to keep teasing his husband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's nice of him.

Permalink Mark Unread

...wow, Sun-dark can immediately see the appeal of watching oneself with Maitimo, no wonder Dawn-shining was having such a good time with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

How delightfully unlike the events that the fork remembers as having occurred yesterday.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes very much so. He is mostly managing not to think about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dawn-shining Taliar loves his husband sooooo much. His husband is the best.

And then it is time for cuddles again. The Taliars snuggle up happily.

Still a few things I need to tell him, muses Dawn-shining, trying to decide the best way... do you want to explain what you used to get out of not caring about consent, or would it be better if I sent the memory of what you said?

Permalink Mark Unread

Why don't you tell him -

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

He reaches over and ruffles his alt's hair. Prepare to be enlightened, he says, and then sends the memory, with approximate context of when it was being said and what they'd been talking about beforehand. He stops short of including what he did after Maitimo finished speaking.

Permalink Mark Unread

His breath catches.

"Oh," he says quietly.

It's - it makes perfect sense - and if the Maitimo of the past was in front of him right now, Sun-dark would want to kiss him - would want to put his soul in his hand and drown in loving him - and that Maitimo is not here, and the Maitimo that Sun-dark is going to seduce doesn't even want his undying devotion - but the war is over and there's another entire Taliar to go around being Dawn-shining at things, and Sun-dark can afford to go hand his soul to Maitimo's sad alt and love him undeterrably.

Permalink Mark Unread

And it'll help him. Even if it takes him a while to admit that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, yeah. If I didn't think I'd do him any good, I wouldn't even be considering it. He reflects on this assertion for a moment, and then adds, Well, not seriously, anyway. There's definitely a part of me that just wants to find out how badly he can fuck me up, but that is not the part that gets to call the shots.

Permalink Mark Unread

What a perfect time to mention, Nahira's flower is daffodils.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

In context, and in that tone of voice -

I thought you said it was going to be less bad than I wasn't imagining!

Permalink Mark Unread

It is! You can handle it, he says cheerfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...show me, says Sun-dark. Show me how you handled it.

Permalink Mark Unread

So Taliar sends him just a flash of the moment he stopped feeling safe.

That's the night of the first time I encountered daffodils in Arda. And it went just about as badly as it could've gone, and I handled it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's surprisingly easy to extrapolate the parts of the context he isn't being directly told - there's enough substance in the brief memory to get across the concept of hypothetical consent, and it all falls into place neatly from there.

Sun-dark contemplates the feeling in the memory. Like being made of nothing but willpower and pain.

He observes that he is really extremely tempted to get competitive about it. Anything his alt can handle, he can handle just as well. Better, with an example to learn from.

I am crazy, he announces. You're crazy. We're both crazy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you are - I don't know what," he says. "But whatever it is, I like it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Appropriately appreciative of my toys.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds about right."

He gives Maitimo a kiss.

"It is really very tempting to stay," he says. "There's no way I'm going to do it. But it's tempting. It's... this," he gestures at the three of them snuggled up comfortably together, "this is what I want to have. But being a present for your alt is what I want to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet you can get both, if you're determined enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm. No, I don't think so," he says. "Going off to seduce your alt means giving up the option of staying with you two, and I'm genuinely losing something there, it really won't be the same even if we end up just as adorable. But that's okay. It's hardly the most significant thing I'm giving up."

Implicit in his choice to go be the other Maitimo's present is the possibility that he might never regain the full power of his soul, and the other Maitimo might never decide to start respecting his consent. That's why his chosen soulname embraces the loss of power. He is the Taliar whose soul is in eclipse, and he'd better be okay with that, because if he isn't okay with that he should definitely stay.

Permalink Mark Unread

But you want to go?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, he says. Between what I want to have and what I want to do, the second one always wins.

'Have', in this context, is about things that are rewarding on the level of personal enjoyment. 'Do' is about things that are rewarding on the level of challenge and accomplishment, difficult things that work toward valuable goals. And he's a Taliar. The outcome is inevitable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then - have fun. Be a delight.

Permalink Mark Unread

I certainly will.

Snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dawn-shining thinks back to all the things they wanted to say to his fork. They've hit most of them, but - the imaginary strangers thing is just so absurdly perfect and convenient - he wonders if it's worth trying the identity song on Sun-dark, to make sure his soul gets the picture.

Permalink Mark Unread

You know, they might discover things we haven't thought of, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure they will. I hope they're kind enough to share.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Raika-seren, my husband thinks I should torture you a little more before we send you off, in case my alt doesn't think of the specific method."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean, far be it from me to turn down torture, but couldn't you just tell me about it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure I can. I can even show you. The trouble is - well, here."

He sends the memory.

"I have a perfect memory for everything related to Maitimo and I still can't remember it right because it fucks me up that much. And it's what prompted my soul to figure out how to do the imaginary strangers thing, and the imaginary strangers thing is amazingly convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Wow," says Sun-dark. "Uh. Wow."

He's actually not entirely sure this is something he wants to try.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, now you know about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's immediately obvious why Dawn-shining wants to do this to him. If his soul doesn't have the imaginary strangers thing, the other Maitimo will just go have his soul touched by actual strangers if he wants to produce that effect, and doing it with a soul power is obviously preferable on a multitude of levels, it's more convenient and does not require involving strangers in one's sex life - but wow, the way that memory felt -

- on the other hand, if there are kinds of torture he's too afraid to try, perhaps he should reconsider his decision -

- but no, there's a difference between what he's willing to sign himself up for and what he wants, and he does not want to get that fucked up right now. So he doesn't have to.

On yet another hand, there's something he wants to do before they send him off...

He looks at Dawn-shining.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. That's definitely a look.

"Sure," says Dawn-shining, and kisses him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwww.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kissing himself is new and different and interesting! And very enjoyable! He's not sure exactly how far they're going to take it, but it's nice. They're not reading each other's minds but they almost don't have to, they can just guess, there's no deficiency in communication.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits back and enjoys watching them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have a delightful time together.

There is an unspoken question of who is going to take the role normally reserved for Maitimo. It stays unspoken, because the answer is perfectly obvious to both of them: if it turns out to be something they like enough to end up missing it the rest of the time, Dawn-shining is better placed to handle that. Sun-dark is going to be dealing with quite enough already in the genre of Things He Might Like His Sex Life To Include Which For The Forseeable Future It Won't, and there's no call to risk adding another one, however trivial.

He does turn out to like it, but not that much. It's new and different and interesting and fun, but in a way that's not substantially different from the rest of the being-with-one's-alt experience. He will be just fine if it never happens again, or only happens again the next time he needs a fork for something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Afterward, they curl up together and snuggle, and Sun-dark finds himself running his fingers over the scars on Dawn-shining's back. They're really something, those scars. Exquisitely beautiful, and - evocative of a deep commitment. He kind of envies them. He suspects that if the other Maitimo ever does that to him, he is going to feel intensely validated and triumphant.

Permalink Mark Unread

This worked well, even if it didn't work exactly as planned.

Permalink Mark Unread

It did! Dawn-shining is proud of himself for handling his alt this well and proud of his alt for managing to be so extremely Taliar at them. Both in the sense where he messed with their plans and expectations, and in the sense where he ultimately cooperated anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

How do you want to be delivered?

Permalink Mark Unread

I dunno, he says. You're the expert in the preferences of the recipient.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's going to be difficult either way, I'm worried - maybe best if I bring you -

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

If Maitimo's worried then Sun-dark is definitely worried but, well, he is deliberately doing a very worrying thing. Some worry is to be expected.

For hard-to-articulate reasons, he wants to hand his soul to the other Maitimo himself. He has no other delivery preferences he can think of.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. We'll ask Nezhefena when she's ready, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

And in the meantime... hmm. He probably shouldn't go anywhere near his mother—did she set you on fire, or just threaten to—

Permalink Mark Unread

She murdered the other me but Taliar stepped in before she set me on fire. We were going to try to get to know each other but events got ahead of us.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should stay far away from her because I really don't want to argue with her about my choices, and same with Grandfather, but I want to catch up on what's been going on since my point of departure and I want to talk to Kelora. Unless she's going to argue with me about my choices.

Permalink Mark Unread

She really, really isn't. We can catch you up on current events and you can talk to Kelora.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kelora gave me suggestions.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Sun-dark is stunned speechless.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dawn-shining takes one look at his alt's face and starts giggling uncontrollably.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was pretty funny.

Permalink Mark Unread

I clearly really need to talk to Kelora!

Permalink Mark Unread

That can be arranged.

Permalink Mark Unread

He kind of wants to snuggle his alt and his alt's husband for a while longer and maybe have sex with them again and generally luxuriate in there not being a war on. But he's done plenty of that already. If he lets himself get too comfortable it'll be that much harder to go through with his decision.

Should he take that as a reason to get comfortable? Should he spend a few weeks living his life and then revisit the question when he's more settled?

He thinks about it, and concludes: no. All the reasons for his choice will still be true in a few weeks, and they'll still outweigh the lure of effortless comfort, but the lure of effortless comfort will have a stronger pull. He'll have a harder time with it but he won't have any useful new insights that he should fairly be taking into consideration. Given that, it's better to go as soon as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dawn-shining hugs his alt and then kisses his husband.

Okay, let's get dressed and go find Kelora.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kelora, predictably, is in her study.

 

She raises her eyebrows at the Taliars.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Raika-seren Taliar," he says, touching his misty silver soul where it hangs around his neck. "Pleased to meet you, Princess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's... certainly an evocative soulname," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you hear? There's another me. So Taliar decided there should be another him. Only - it wouldn't work if we were betting it'd work out wonderfully."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods slowly.

"Yes. After how his first encounter with Nuime went, I imagine it wouldn't. Well."

She goes over and hugs Sun-dark, and hugs Dawn-shining, and then looks at Sun-dark consideringly and hugs him a second time.

"Good luck," she says. "Though I have every expectation you'll make your own."

Permalink Mark Unread

He leans on her and smiles. Kelora is such a good friend.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So what's this I hear about you giving Maitimo suggestions—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought it would be interesting. I was right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She has developed a new hobby and it is making me blush," says Dawn-shining, blushing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I find myself envying you again. That keeps happening. I had probably better get used to it," says Sun-dark.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't worry," says Kelora, "I would be happy to make you blush too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And yet, I don't appear to be blushing," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

She regards him consideringly.

Then, keeping an utterly straight face, she sends him her memory of Dawn-shining's memory of the first time he had sex with Maitimo on trust songs.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Well now he is definitely blushing.

"Where did that come from?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know!" says Dawn-shining. "I needed someone to talk to about - everything - when I got home after the war, and she volunteered, very emphatically, and now she's - whatever this is. It's amazing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Kelora smiles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's whatever you need because you were busy being whatever I needed. It's lovely."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," says Kelora. "When you've accumulated some horrifying stories of your time with the other Maitimo and you need someone to understand how much you don't regret any of it, come and talk to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will definitely do that."

He hugs her again.

"So the other thing I wanted was to learn about what's happened since I've, uh, I suppose 'been gone' isn't quite right..."

Permalink Mark Unread

There follows a discussion of politics in both worlds, the war against Melkor, thirty hours under a rockslide, the Yeerk invasion, and so on. Occasionally Kelora sends Sun-dark a moment of Dawn-shining's sex life, always when he least expects it. He's so cute when he blushes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwww.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Nezhefena is ready to take Tivarante Maitimo and Raika-seren Taliar to Independence.

And for some reason Dawn-shining Taliar is nervous. This makes no sense at all. He's not the one going off to do deeply ill-advised things.

Permalink Mark Unread

But someone you care about is.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, he says.

I love you. I - want your alt to be happy. I want that very much.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs his husband. He hugs his alt.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they go to Independence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Independence has been moved. He's not satisfied the peal won't look for him so with the help of the daeva Yeerks Independence has been moved a lot, six hops over and with some false trails spiraling off in different directions. He should notice if anyone's coming for them. He notices their arrival and sends someone to greet them.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's so convenient having the eidetic-memory teleport. No more engulfing her passengers in shadows. Much tidier this way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sun-dark Taliar looks around and smiles slightly. He can see the... Maitimo-ness of the kingdom everywhere he looks.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was the same kingdom, when Elspeth dropped modernity on them. He has them escorted in. "Hello," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow he is really nervous.

"Hi. Raika-seren Taliar," he says. "Nice to meet you."

And in his thoughts, the full context of the soulname:

In Atialemain when he manifested his soul and went to war with Seofar, the first soulname he thought of was Raika-linsi, 'Sun-bright'. He decided against it, because the context made it too aggressive; by itself, it could mean anything in the range between 'the light that brings life to the world' and 'the fire that scours my enemies from the earth', but his mother Linsi-kelen ('bright flame') Aeleva is well-known for the destructive power of her fiery soul, and he was at that very moment preparing to go kill a bunch of people, and destructive wrath is not an aspect of himself he wants to advertise or encourage in the slightest. So he went with Elaneth-imire, 'Dawn-shining'; softer, prettier, more hopeful, evoking the kind of strength that lifts people up rather than the kind that burns them down.

And then he won the war and went around healing people and solving problems for a while, and he was transported to Arda and met Maitimo and agreed to fight his Enemy and got to know him and fell in love with him and found out the soul-shattering truth about him—

—and woke up the next morning in the imperial palace in Nuime, where his alt told him that the war with Melkor was over and he'd won and married Maitimo and everything was going to be great forever and oh by the way the reason you exist is as a present for Maitimo's alt who hates me, which is why you come from the moment in our life when our soul was at its weakest.

The obvious way to differentiate was to pick different soulnames. The obvious person to pick a different soulname was him. His soul does not shine like the dawn, and it won't for a while, it might not ever; in choosing to be this Maitimo's present, he is choosing to take that risk. So he is Raika-seren, Sun-dark. Eclipsed. The exact opposite of aggressive or powerful.

Permalink Mark Unread

He raises an eyebrow. "Can you explain - why you'd do that? Instead of staying home, I mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

He considers how best to explain. This Maitimo doesn't know him - that might be the weirdest part of the whole thing - and therefore he can't just say 'because I am very hopelessly myself' and be understood, he has to actually start from the beginning...

"It's relevant that there's another one of me," he says. "Elaneth-imire is all set for soul power, he can - fulfill all the functions of my existence that rely on it. I'm not abdicating any responsibilities. There are no evil gods nearby that I need to fight and if there were, my alt could handle them. And he and his husband are rather magnificently happy together, so - in a sense I have a share in that, he's fulfilling that function of my existence too. I don't need to be powerful or happy or safe because Elaneth-imire has those angles covered. But what he can't do is make you happy the way he makes his husband happy. That's my niche, I'm the only Taliar who's got a chance at it."

He pauses, trying to articulate the next part in a way that sounds remotely sane. There does not appear to be such a way. He shrugs and says it anyway.

"And they told me that I could either stay with them and be powerful and happy and safe forever, or come here and be your present and be probably ignored and maybe tortured if I'm lucky, and - when you put it like that, there's no way I could've done anything but this. Because staying with them would be nice but being your present is - hard work toward a meaningful goal that I care very much about and that almost nobody else could conceivably accomplish as well as I can. I have a thing about challenges. I find them almost impossible to pass up." He smiles wryly. "And I love you and I want to make you happy. You're not the Maitimo I know, but you're a lot like him, you're - you're all the things I fell in love with. So. Does that explain it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe." He looks at him consideringly. He looks at his alt. "Leave."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

So Nezhefena takes Tivarante Maitimo back to Nuime.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Sun-dark Taliar walks up to Maitimo and takes off his soul necklace and holds it out to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is the thing that tortures you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's one way to put it, I guess," he says. "If you touch it—" he remembers the feeling, the few times it's happened to him, and the ones he got secondhand from Elaneth-imire. It's torture by default, because the circumstances required to make it not torture are kind of particular, but what it really is is just - soul contact. An unbearably intense sense of intimacy, an overwhelmingly vast magnification of everything you feel about the person who is touching your soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it by the chain and puts it in his pocket and says "I have a tactical problem. There are people trying to find me, and they have a lot of resources. Sit down, you need more detail than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits down. "Okay, what's the problem?"

Permalink Mark Unread

And he describes the people trying to find them, the resources they have - "I don't know if you can just wish for a way to track people across dimensions but you very well might be able to -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Somebody somewhere might have a soul power that can make you untraceable," is his first thought. "Or my alt might be able to do it. Our souls have a three-day turnaround on major powershifts, which in my case means very little because my soul can't do much and is using most of its space for things it would be reluctant to give up, but in his case it means that if you want something done and don't think it's otherwise possible, 'tell Elaneth-imire and wait three days' is always an option, alongside 'ask Esarkan if he can find a soulbearer who happens to have something relevant'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'll mention to him that it's a problem. What's yours devoting its space to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Healing aura, about six feet in radius but very robust; lie detection, completely passive; osanwe, with a branch for manufacturing magic items very quickly and another branch for enforcing his mental privacy and a sub-branch from there that prevents him from ever hiding any thoughts from Maitimo; a little bit of space probably in reserve for protection from hostile mind control in case he ever needs that; a little bit of space probably in reserve for letting Maitimo make him feel like his soul is being touched by imaginary strangers in case Maitimo ever feels like doing that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...'powers' is sort of an interesting word for it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Half those things disable you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're still - capacities my soul has, so, soul powers. Anyway, I'd argue that the privacy exception is more beneficial than otherwise. There is nothing I want to accomplish that could be accomplished better by hiding thoughts from you than by not doing that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can see why my alt was -

 

 - I do not feel secure enough in my life and the protection of my people right now to pursue a relationship."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay," he says, "so - does that mean 'go home' or does it mean 'stick around and consult on tactical problems and maybe do some magical engineering', or?"

Also, this is a Maitimo. Elaneth-imire will resurrect him as many times as it takes, fight as many gods as it takes; if the interdimensional meddlers come for him, they're going to have to go through Elaneth-imire first, and they will find that prohibitively difficult. But Raika-seren appreciates that he doesn't have a good reason to believe that and there wouldn't be a whole lot of point in trying to convince him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You think you can make yourself helpful? I can use trustworthy helpful people. I can give you the recipe for eidetic memory necklaces."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would be delighted to make you eidetic memory necklaces. If I'm remembering right, in the current state of my soul I can do a year's work in three or four hours," he says. (Secondhand memories of a past/future that never happened to him are weird but useful.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is a computer," he says, "I don't think Nuimë has them yet -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't! What's a computer?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's like all of the books in all of the libraries in several worlds, written very very small - it's why we were working with the Yeerks, consenting hosts for the knowledge of how to do this -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh," he says, fascinated.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." He pulls up a window. "Eidetic memory necklace instructions. They don't even take a year."

Permalink Mark Unread

He grins and leans forward and reads them. Probably he should wear the first necklace he makes, he has a really good memory but it's not literally perfect and if he's going to be making a lot of artifacts the lost time from occasional mistakes will add up eventually...

Permalink Mark Unread

That works. "I promised your emperor three once I had more."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What for?" he wonders.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The teleport."

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh, that's right, Shadow-cloaked Nezhefena was wearing an obviously-Elven necklace and the way she brought them here was... not very soul-flavoured. "Useful," he says. "I bet Esarkan will appreciate it."

He also bets Esarkan likes the Maitimos a lot. Although depending on exactly how much he likes them, that may be difficult to pick up on without assistance from someone who knows Esarkan really well.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's been very easy to work with but he has lots of incentive, there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

Most emperors could manage civility towards someone who shows up to say 'we were halfway through learning how to make computers and can guide you to a multiverse civilization and give you magic teleports'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, yes. Although I'm sure he could find the multiverse civilization without your help if he felt like it. Which flavour of easy to work with was he? If he starts every conversation from the perspective that you both want to help each other and should figure out the most efficient and mutually beneficial way to do that, he respects you. If he also makes a lot of sarcastic comments, he likes you and wants to be your friend.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't recall sarcastic comments. And what he wanted was advice on whether to try, actually.

Permalink Mark Unread

What'd you advise him?

Permalink Mark Unread

I said to go ahead. They'll - they may not do anything for him but they might and they won't take things - they kidnapped my Findekáno but your emperor doesn't have anything similar -

Permalink Mark Unread

...how kidnapped is kidnapped? Does he need rescuing?

Permalink Mark Unread

He didn't consent to being taken in the first place but I was told he has a teleport by now and I have no reason to think they lied about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. ...Are they going to try to kidnap Elaneth-imire, I'm sure it won't work in the long run but he'd find it really frustrating...

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know - it won't necessarily matter that he's consenting, I'd sworn by then never to touch Findekáno without his consent and that didn't help, but if he's insistent enough about wanting to stay - Findekáno was terrified by there suddenly being a dozen more of me around and he wasn't about to start expressing preferences about how they treated him -

Permalink Mark Unread

What a mess. Yeah, Elaneth-imire will insist. We Taliars can get very insistent. If there were a dozen more of you why did they kidnap your Findekáno - I'd think alts would tend to cooperate well - actually if there were a dozen more of you why are the interdimensional meddlers like that at all...

Permalink Mark Unread

They're not like me. In their Ardas Elves are naturally - exactly how the Valar want them, really really peaceable and virtuous - so the Valar don't even bother meddling - and my alts didn't have to deal with a civil war and they're mostly happily married to their Findekános and they all consider me an embarrassment and want to execute me so they can - avoid reminders - that they turn out like me under less idyllic circumstances.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

That's fucked up, he says. Maybe Elaneth-imire will talk some sense into them while he's arguing his way out of being kidnapped.

Permalink Mark Unread

Doubt it. They are talkable into not killing me because they don't have anyone better to run the country - though now that I tried to leave their jurisdiction I don't know if they could be talked down again - but they're never going to get to 'the way I am is, once it's not hurting anyone, an okay way to react to the world I came from'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Elaneth-imire will try.

And accomplishing the impossible is sort of what Taliars are for. Accomplishing the impossible, solving problems, fostering safety and health and happiness and cooperation and exaltation.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very annoying, really. I don't know why my alt likes it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...what's annoying, exactly?

Permalink Mark Unread

The just constantly loudly being what they think everyone should be -

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I am constantly loudly being what I think I should be," he says. His hand goes to his chest but of course his soul is in Maitimo's pocket. "If 'they' is the Valar, I don't exactly conform flawlessly to their standards and I am glad not to because their standards are insane and their enforcement is unconscionable."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, did I hurt your feelings?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

I find you annoying and I hope my alt's not just sappy over the first person to throw himself at his feet.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't help himself; he starts laughing. He's not even sure what's funny. It's just - he loves Maitimo, and Maitimo thinks he's a pest but will be useful for making eidetic memory necklaces and consulting on tactical problems, and maybe this is going to be it forever and honestly it's not nearly as bad as he would've expected, and - it's so bizarre how this Maitimo doesn't know him...

If you want to know what your alt sees in his husband you'll have to ask him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe once my kingdom's safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he leaves him to the necklaces.

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes necklaces. So many necklaces. It's a good thing his soul is the kind that doesn't need to be in his hand to use its active powers.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes two more of them to Esarkan once he has them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," says Esarkan. "Those will be useful to have around. Does your alt get one too?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd certainly like him to but if you're giving Elaneth-imire one I take it that'll have nearly the same effects. You need either me or him - or, I suppose, again his husband - to transmit the contents of the actual teleport - should I stay around for that, or will you ask them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Having Dawn-shining Taliar extract the teleport from Shadow-cloaked Nezhefena and then pass it on seems more efficient than asking it of you," says Esarkan. "You have more demands on your time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, he struck me as quite busy." Half a smile. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"More productive demands on your time, then," he says, with a faint smile of his own. "Anything else to discuss today?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was also recommended I pass on to Taliar that I would be tremendously aided by a power of being not magically traceable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll mention it. And if he doesn't come up with anything, someone else might."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. Take care." Pop.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dawn-shining Taliar puts on an eidetic memory necklace, immediately branches a soul power for eidetic memory from his relevant marital sense, takes off the eidetic memory necklace, and passes it along to his father, who was next on the list to get the teleport. He gets the teleport from Nezhefena and distributes it to Esarkan and Corino. He asks his soul for a power to render the other Maitimo and his planet and his people and so forth all magically untraceable. It isn't immediately obvious whether he's going to get one; he'll just have to wait three days and see.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sun-dark Taliar contentedly produces large numbers of magical artifacts very quickly. He passes along some of the minor theoretical advances that his alt happened to mention to him while he was catching up on what he missed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. He listens to his thoughts all the time but does not acknowledge him otherwise.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's in love with Maitimo. Being ignored is kind of hard on him but he has useful important work to do so he's handling it fine; he's just sort of aware in the back of his mind that if he gets less busy he's going to start having emotional problems. He thinks about magical engineering a lot. He's really, really in love with Maitimo. He can see the shape of Maitimo's influence on everything in the kingdom - the architecture, the people, the city planning, the way things are organized - and it feels comfortingly familiar and sort of bittersweet. This state of being is not indefinitely sustainable, but right now he's fine to keep making necklaces and not doing much else, and he is serenely confident that when he starts having trouble he'll figure out how to deal.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Elsewhere:

Here is a person who, while not apparently a soulbearer, advertises herself almost in the way of one, who would like to speak to Emperor Esarkan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Here is a representative.

"Hello," she says. "I am Shadow-cloaked Nezhefena. The Emperor is moderately wary of unexpected visitors given recent events."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's reasonable," says Elspeth, "especially if by recent events you mean Yeerks. My name is Elspeth and I am not nor do I contain a Yeerk."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting magic you have there," she says. "Is Yeerk the proper name of the brain slugs? They made a short-lived but very inconvenient attempt to conquer the planet. They weren't especially talkative about it and Dawn-shining Taliar didn't stop to chat before he killed them all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, the Yeerks are the brain slugs. The interdimensional alliance I belong to recently conquered their empire and remanded the population to the custody of a friendly anti-slavery faction of Yeerks. The ones who came through here were the only escapees and we've been trying to find them; they can be very dangerous to unprepared worlds."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We managed. The Emperor has been considering sending me to track them to their source, but hasn't done it yet. By what means did you find them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"One of the magic rocks finally turned up with a better teleport-tracking power and finessed the maze they left on their way out." Magic rocks, it magically transpires, are a class of people with powers that are wished into place according to a certain magic system.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I see," she says. "Would you like to declare a lack of intent to conquer Nuime? And then would you like to declare to a lie-detecting soulbearer that your power is as charmingly friendly as it wants me to think?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't intend to conquer Nuime and I don't mind describing how friendly my power is to anyone who wants to hear it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just a moment, then."

She goes. She comes back.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is accompanied by a lie-detecting soulbearer! His soul has a lot of things to say about his personality and attributes. And it glows very brightly indeed.

"Dawn-shining Taliar. Hi. What's this about a truth-telling power?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My power is telling the truth! It doesn't let me lie convincingly to anyone who's heard me ever say anything true and I'm not even that good at it to people who haven't. It is not harmless, if I tell the truth too hard it can be damaging, but I don't plan to damage anybody here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"For our peace of mind can you demonstrate what you lying sounds like?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cactuses can fly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, she passes, you can put me away. Nice to meet you," he says to Elspeth.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You were the one who killed the Yeerks who invaded here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes I was."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How did you do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I have a god-slaying power that doesn't mind smaller targets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you happen to have a list of them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Depends what you mean by a list."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Names, ideally."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm afraid they didn't take the time to introduce themselves while they were kidnapping and enslaving my friends and family. Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have resurrection. They wouldn't be a high priority, but it would be useful to have the record of who they were."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That's not a limitation I'm planning to include when I go for general resurrection," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also if they're going to be resurrected we'd like them to be in the jurisdiction of Tide, which is the friendly anti-slavery Yeerk polity."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that seems reasonable. I sure wouldn't want them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tide can take them. Your magic might have an adjacency limit; a lot of them do. So if you resurrect them instead of us you might need to do it here or near here and then they'd have to be transported to Tide."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds pretty manageable, unless mass interdimensional transportation is a lot of trouble for some reason."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not, we'd just need to know when to pick them up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, what's the standard in interdimensional communication?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Crystal balls installed in all intervening worlds. They can process and transmit information. We also have compatibility with several sorts of computer if you have or acquire those."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Crystal balls. Sure, okay. I don't suppose you'd like to tell us all about the standards in interdimensional everything, for that matter?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Access to a lot of the fancy stuff is pretty high-trust because if the wrong people get it we have problems like teleporting loyalist Yeerks, but if you just want to know about it I can tell you without further vetting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yeah, I wasn't expecting handouts, just information."

Permalink Mark Unread

So Elspeth explains things! She's good at that! Crystal balls and computers and adjacency and wishes and the Tesseract and Materia and Earths and Ardas -

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wait what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ardas? There's a lot of them. We think one of them ran away with the Yeerks, actually, but it's much less of a problem than the Yeerks themselves. Have you seen anybody from it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My husband is from an Arda, he is not in any way connected to the Yeerk invasion, Arda is the reason why I have a god-killing power, do you have any Melkors in need of killing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not in known locations. There's one that ran away from the same Arda that disappeared with the Yeerks, but we don't know where he went and unlike Yeerks he's not safe to follow by tracking power. Especially since he may be in Materia or one of its accessory dimensions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right, well, if you dig up any more please let me know immediately, unless you have a preexisting way to trivially swat them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Only in some neighborhoods. Our only portable solution isn't trivial."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I can hold the continent together afterward, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, our portable solution doesn't do that part at all, that's great."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm very convenient!"

And according to his soul, he is also clever, charismatic, wise, resilient, insightful, loyal, determined, competitive, and married. His soul is very forthcoming about these things. If his soul can be believed, it makes for a pretty excellent recommendation.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What year is your Arda in and when did you meet it? Is it a Flat Arda?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"401, I met it about a year ago, and are there nonflat ones? What are the kinds of Ardas?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's one nonflat one, where Valinor was a spherical planet and Endorë a different spherical planet and instead of Trees it had actual suns and everything is higher-tech. And there's an evil one where the Ainur are worse than usual and this had cascade effects on the population; that's the one that ran off with the Yeerks. I should fix your Valar as long as I'm nearby, it turns out that if incarnates are explained to them really thoroughly they become much less terrible at everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do they get less terrible at? Because the Valar have some weird priorities and I'm not sure I want them more effective at pursuing those," says Taliar.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, the Halls become less unpleasant to be in and easier to talk people out of and they become able to understand problems people are having in terms more complicated than 'people are sad' and respond more sensitively to those and they become easier to reason with even for people who aren't me and they develop some concept of incentives. I don't make them more homophobic or anything. I don't make them that much less either, since Eru did actually tell them things and that's one of them and we are pretty sure his deficit is not a matter of not understanding what he's doing in the first place, but they get less disproportionate about it and learn to distinguish between 'stay dead or do this thing' and 'actual consent'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. I'll ask my husband what he thinks," he says.

Da needs to come back from Independence with an answer about whether or not we can mention that we know them. It's getting to the point where it'll be really awkward to keep concealing our knowledge with true but misleading statements.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are they looking trigger happy? If not, just go ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

They aren't looking trigger-happy at all. But if I were them I wouldn't necessarily give Honesty Girl all relevant information. Hmm. My instinct is that she's representing their position accurately, but there's that power of hers potentially interfering...

"You're clear to talk to my Emperor, by the way, and it might be simpler to include him in the conversation," he says to Elspeth.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Where is he?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll take you there," says Nezhefena.

Now they are in Esarkan's office.

Permalink Mark Unread

Esarkan has been receiving regular updates from Dawn-shining Taliar on all this fascinating new information.

"Hello," he says, looking up from his desk. "What is the stance of your organization with respect to the Arda that ran away with the Yeerks?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Its nickname is Shadow to distinguish it from all the other Ardas," she says helpfully. "It's not actually worse than most planets, it's just much worse than most Ardas in terms of people being antisocial, which isn't really the inhabitants' fault as such but most of them were not directly mind-controlled, just made worse people than they would have been indirectly, so there's no obvious way to act on it not being their fault. At least we're pretty sure now they're not contagious. Shadow really upsets regular Maitimos, who are heavily represented in peal affairs and don't like their Shadow alt 'Midnight' or having to think about him. And there are enough other planets-full-of-mediocre-populations-we-can't-trust-with-heavy-duty-stuff-but-do-want-to-help that it hasn't come to a point where the obvious next priority if not for that would be doing anything much with Shadow. So the strategy lately has been lightly supervised neglect because all the palatable non-neglect options keep turning out to be terrible ideas. Except then it skipped off with a bunch of Imperial loyalist Yeerks and that's a really big deal and we need to find all of those Yeerks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All of those Yeerks are dead and their infrastructure destroyed; the Yeerk daeva children are in the care of the Arda in question, which is known to me as Independence," says Esarkan. "Apart from the Yeerk invasion, which I understand was not under their control, they have been impeccably good neighbours. And it would be relevant to tell Dawn-shining Taliar how your explanations affected their Valar in particular."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They didn't bring their Valar," blinks Elspeth. "The Shadow Valar were left floating in vacuum and very confused." (Shadow shall henceforth refer to the world between Aurum and Edda and Materia while Independence shall refer to the planet, her magic helpfully footnotes.) "Uh, we'll want to unsummon the daeva Yeerk children and then have them resummoned by someone working with Tide and brought back there, or maybe to Luster, which is an Arda with a small Yeerk population for irrelevant reasons in a neighborhood that would be easier to set up safely-with-respect-to-daeva. The Shadow Valar had different questions from a standard set but my results were ultimately similar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The relevance lies in the fact that our preexisting neighbouring Arda is another of the same type," Esarkan clarifies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thoughts on having your Valar fixed, my love?

Permalink Mark Unread

I suppose if it makes them worse you can always just murder them for me?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah," says Elspeth. "Well, I should fix its Valar anyway and possibly also its Melian if she's still around."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shall I tell her she has your permission?

Permalink Mark Unread

Certainly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"My husband says you may fix our Valar," he says to Elspeth. "I can take you there if that's convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it one hop from here? If it's farther than that I'd like to know the intervening steps."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, just one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then sure. Who's your husband?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maitimo is my husband," he says. And now they are standing at the Valinor-facing end of his covered road across the Helcaraxe. It's stunningly beautiful, all sweeping curves and graceful arches.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where's his Findekáno?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"In Nuime, with his family resurrected and his oaths erased."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, good. Should I meet you somewhere after I talk to the Valar? It'll take a few hours, Valar start out very confused."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can inquire at the imperial palace in Nuime if that's convenient," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

And she writes a little note to Cam and then teleports to the local Taniquetil and introduces herself and explains things.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are pretty much exactly like the Shadow Valar were when Elspeth first spoke to them, except that with the Enemy dead they're more relaxed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile:

Almost immediately after the unexpected interdimensional visitor arrives, Corino goes to Independence and says he has urgent news for the King.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can immediately find the King.

Permalink Mark Unread

"A representative from the interdimensional meddlers showed up in Nuime asking to speak with the Emperor," he says. "Esarkan would like to know if we have your permission to admit we've met you. If it comes up unavoidably before I return with an answer he's planning to consult Tivarante Maitimo."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect it to be unavoidable. Any sense of their inclinations? Are they being friendly?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're being friendly to Nuime; how friendly they feel about you wasn't clear as of my departure, but I could go back and check. There's a day and a half left before my son either comes up with an untraceability power or doesn't. Besides waiting for that, and Esarkan making it clear that he considers you a neighbour and ally, what can we do to help you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Their preferred method of permanently killing Elves is to put them in a black hole, which Taliar could probably undo if he pleased; they have others which I doubt he could counter."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Others such as?"

Permalink Mark Unread

This is the Tesseract, with which Loki smears the Valar across the cosmos. He sends it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I acknowledge that my son might have a little trouble with that one," says Corino. "Esarkan can send soulbearers with protective powers if you'd like some." If all such methods of extremely aggressive murder would require Maitimo to be removed from this universe against his will, protective soulbearers can almost certainly prevent that; it's been tested.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I trust his judgment. If he thinks they're murderously inclined I'd appreciate protection; if he thinks they're trying to stay on friendly terms then he need not expend lots of resources conspicuously protecting against trouble unlikely to happen."

Permalink Mark Unread

Corino nods. "I'll pass that along."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

At this time a nondescript human appears at the door of the palace and knocks.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are invited in. How can Independence help them?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're a representative of Tide, a non-enslaving-people polity of Yeerks, and would like to be introduced to the daeva Yeerks' summoner or summoners and be told all the daeva Yeerks' names so that the children can be taken elsewhere. They would also like a list of the dead Yeerks if one is available.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Yeerks lived separately and they don't have a list. They'll ask the daeva Yeerks if they would like to be taken to Tide; they expect that'll be a yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

If any of the computer systems are still intact it may be possible to extract a list. The daeva Yeerks are all children too small to have ever taken hosts and learned things that way, and while Yeerks can in fact fend for themselves without parenting it is really not a good idea to have them grow up without any adults in the pool with them, they may already have pulsecoding deficits and nobody knows how having been summoned and gotten a non-pulse language that way will affect it; they appreciate the sentiment of asking the children but there is a serious child welfare concern here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some adults are more than welcome to come live in the pool here if the presence of adults is essential to the wellbeing of the children and the children decline to move.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tide is kind of stretched thin and does not have trustworthy role models handy to export for this purpose. Aren't Elves supposed to care about kids going with their relatives or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

These kids don't have relatives, everyone in their society is dead, and Elves don't have any particular opinion that being raised by your own species is so essential as to override personal choice.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kids are weeks old and have language deficits and just because they don't have parents doesn't mean they don't have aunts/uncles/cousins.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who are all dead. They can arrange immediate resurrection?

Permalink Mark Unread

They have living aunts and uncles and cousins. In Tide. Yeerks have very large extended families and scatter around. The Visser who ran off with all of these Yeerks was Sovereign Ristrell's sibling. This very Yeerk talking to them right now is second cousin once removed to the daeva babies.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay, in that case they can have the kids.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. The representative goes off to talk to the summoner and get the kids explained-to and unsummoned.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are happy to help. 

Permalink Mark Unread

By this point Corino has been to Nuime and back and can update Maitimo on the peal's attitude toward Independence.

"Not particularly murderous, it seems," he says, bouncing Dawn-shining Taliar's memories of the conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then we should be fine. Thank you for alerting us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're very welcome," he says. "While I'm here, do you mind if I say hello to my son?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not at all. I think he's downstairs." He sends the location.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

He goes downstairs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where his son is just finishing up another necklace.

"...What are you doing here? Is everything okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

"It is now. The peal showed up, and Esarkan sent me to warn the King, but it looks like they're not interested in further intervention here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good." Hug. "Anybody try to rescue Dawn-shining?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not that he saw fit to mention."

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you doing all right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He raises his eyebrows. "What would you do if I said no?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

(That means: you should know better than to think I'd interfere in your life without your approval, and I know better than to think I'd have your approval to interfere, however badly you were doing.)

"Love you," he says, hugging his father again. "I'm doing fine. Lots of magical engineering. A little less theory work than I'd like, and it's going to get lonely sooner or later, but I'm all right for now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. Enjoy your engineering," he says. "I'd better be going."

And another hug and off he pops.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elspeth appears at the palace again a few hours later.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello! You must be Elspeth. How did the fixing of the Valar go?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"As usual. They'll run Valinor better now, it seems they were already pretty irrelevant to the rest of the world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, they were. So will you now set up your preferred means of interdimensional communication here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not the person who installs those, but someone will be by to do that if you don't object."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't object at all. We're very interested in further contact with the multiverse at large."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you happen to know if Independence will want its hookup fixed too?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't happen to know that, but I can pass on the question if you like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could also ask myself, my most recent information being that Midnight likes me for some reason, but he still might not appreciate it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'For some reason'?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's pretty unclear to me how somebody who can read minds and who I don't like at all can like me, but he does anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And he dislikes my son, who's very fond of him. Although that's much more understandable, considering the circumstances of their meeting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My son is Dawn-shining Taliar," he explains. "When the Yeerks invaded, they took the Emperor, then used him to collect soulbearers for kidnapping. One of them was my wife, Linsi-kelen Aeleva. When she awoke with a Yeerk in her head, she lashed out with her soul's fire and destroyed everything within twenty miles, killing most of the Yeerks. Midnight showed up to investigate the enormous fireball, and she saw him and mistook him for Tivarante Maitimo, since we didn't know about alts at the time. She assumed he was collaborating with the Yeerks and killed him. Then I noticed that soulbearers had been disappearing into the palace all morning, and summoned Taliar to investigate, and he discovered the Yeerks and killed all the ones in Nuime and went to Independence and killed all the remaining Yeerks there, except for the daeva children. And then he resurrected Midnight, because Midnight is an alt of his husband. 'Disoriented and grieving and immediately confronted with the killer of many of the people you're grieving for' is not a set of circumstances conducive to forming a good first impression."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. We'll be able to resurrect most of the Yeerks but don't yet have a solution that extends to people from Hex."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If there's somewhere for them to go where they will be well taken care of and will not have the opportunity to launch more invasions, my son would be happy to try resurrecting the ones that you have trouble with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeerks are pretty harmlessly containable in pools as long as no one removes them and won't be able to perform the ritual to bind their spirit animals without a host - it's possible they'd have trouble even in a host; they might need to personally adopt humanoid forms for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then Taliar can attempt to extend his resurrection power, and we'll see what comes of it. I think overall it will probably be more convenient for everyone if I am the one who asks Midnight about his crystal-ball-related preferences," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My name is Corino," he adds. "Lovely meeting you. Is that all for now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks at her computer - "Unless any of you have any questions for me, yes, that's all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right then. Goodbye."

Out he pops, back to Independence. He'd like to speak to the King again but this time it's not particularly urgent.

Permalink Mark Unread

The King can speak to him in a little while.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The peal wants to know whether you would like a crystal ball installed, and I thought you might prefer to hear the question from me rather than from their representative."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thoughtful of you. I continue to prefer to be outside their jurisdiction."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll pass that along. Are you going to want to move again if Elaneth-imire does pick up a power with which to make you untraceable?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I'd be happy to tell you how to find me."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "I hope his soul manages it. If it doesn't, Esarkan is still looking for other soulbearers who might be able to help, but we haven't found anyone yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How did my alt get a soulbearer soul?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's possible for anyone to become a soulbearer if they visit Nuime. The process takes a few hours on average, although some people find it prohibitively difficult."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm. Thank you for the update. I'll be in touch."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "You're welcome. I'll let you know as soon as we find out whether the untraceability power is coming in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I appreciate it. How's your son? The new one?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's doing well. He correctly anticipates that he's going to get restless soon if he stays in this pattern of not doing much other than make magical artifacts, but he also correctly anticipates that he'll find a way around that before it gets to be too much of a problem. He is... very thoroughly aimed in the direction of emotional self-sufficiency. I don't think he realizes how thoroughly. But it's a necessary first step in his plan to avoid exalting his soul. The reason why Dawn-shining Taliar is so much more powerful than any other soulbearer is because he gains unprecedented amounts of power from having friends, knowing them well, caring about them, being invested in their happiness and personal growth. Raika-seren is going to isolate himself to avoid that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That does not sound healthy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He'll find his balance with it. When Elaneth-imire was recovering from the same state Raika-seren is in now, he needed to befriend hundreds of people specifically selected to maximize compatibility before his soul started looking like its old self again, and it was still very weak compared to its former strength. Raika-seren doesn't need to categorically avoid making any friends."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I didn't ask them for him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I've heard," he says. "My son makes his own choices. Both of him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome. Anytime."

Permalink Mark Unread

And after he's left he has someone bring his Taliar to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's new and different. Okay.

"Hi."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're going on a trip," he says, and then teleports them, one-two-three-four-five-six-seven-eight-nine times. They land in what is obviously the interior of a spaceship.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has no idea what's going on, but it's interesting, whatever it is.

"What's the occasion?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have any more daeva on hand but we got them to make us some things while we did, including the morph technology the Yeerks' enemies have - this is a Yeerk ship, decommissioned -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh."

It's certainly a fascinating environment. Taliar has not been around spaceships very much.

He still doesn't have any good guesses about what might be going on here, but he's not trying particularly hard. Too many unknowns for guessing to be very useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a pool. There's a setup for doing exactly this. But the pool's drained, and - "do you need an explanation in order to do what you're told?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles slightly.

"No."

Permalink Mark Unread

His face changes. Kind of - recedes into his scalp, actually. It takes about two minutes and it's mildly horrifying to watch and -

you hold it up to your ear.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are instincts. He'd read that in a description somewhere but they're strong, not that he's trying to defy them -

 

- and here is Taliar, laid out before him in more detail than he could ever have absorbed from reading his mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is some mild discomfort associated with having a slug wriggle into his ear. Less than he was expecting, and he was expecting it to be pretty trivial.

Okay, Maitimo turned into a Yeerk to go in his brain. That's, uh, terrifying. He observes that he's terrified and he picks it apart in fascination: an abstract fear of loss-of-control, a more visceral fear prompted by being unable to move under his own power, uncertainty about what Maitimo wants from this, uncertainty about what is going to happen next... his alt would go crazy for this. His alt would be burning like a sun right about now. He can feel that reaction at one remove, it's not how he feels right now but it could be, he could go there. Being terrified is... weirdly comfortable, though, and it would feel sort of rude to deliberately ignite himself into a stellar furnace of lust when he has received no indication that Maitimo is interested in him in that way. He'll leave it.

And underneath those surface thoughts:

The entire architecture of Taliar's mind rests on an intricately interconnected set of foundational concepts. One is exaltation. His social skills are built around helping, encouraging, uplifting, giving people what they need to become more themselves, more the people they want to be, the people they aspire to be. And that flows into cooperation - he is highly gifted at analyzing situations from the right perspective to let everyone involved come out ahead, finding ways to bring different people's interests into genuine alignment. From there, integrity: he is able to make utterly unwavering commitments, he is the sort of person who would find it almost impossible to betray a trust. These things are a vital part of how his entire mind functions.

A lot of this information can be picked up by staring at his soul for long enough, but his soul only says what he is; this is a detailed look at how and why.

He is an extrovert. People, their personalities and interests, their loves and hopes and dreams, are a huge part of how he perceives and interacts with and understands the world. He wants to make people happy and safe and fulfilled, he wants to give them the things they want and need, he wants to help them achieve their dreams. He wants to be around them and interact with them and see them flourishing.

He is a problem-solver. He finds immense joy and fulfillment in fixing things that have gone wrong, in coming into a situation and leaving everyone in it better off than they were before he arrived. The very best thing is when he can leave people not just better off than they would've been without him, but better off than they could possibly have imagined being.

It's been said that a Taliar's favourite pastime is accomplishing the impossible. There is some truth to that. Challenges are intensely compelling, the more difficult the better, and Taliar has developed both the skill and the inclination to look at a problem, figure out what the best possible outcome is and what would be necessary in order to bring it about, and then do that. He is intensely ambitious but not quite in any of the ways people usually mean to evoke when they use that word: what drives him is the satisfaction of succeeding at difficult things and the fulfillment of achieving something meaningful, of making a positive difference in people's lives. There's some competitiveness in there too, but it's secondary to the rest.

He has an amazing ability to order his own mind around. It's built partly out of his integrity, the ability to make it absolutely psychologically inevitable that he will do this and he won't do that, to change which things he can even consider doing; partly out of his problem-solving skills, the ability to analyze a situation and figure out which levers to pull to make it go his way; and partly out of the machinery of exaltation, turned inward to act on himself instead of others, that instinctive understanding of what to do to help people be more of the things they value about themselves.

Right now he's in the middle of a major overhaul. He's pulling together the bits and pieces he's seen or heard from his alt's life into a model of how being his alt works, and he's expanding on that and tweaking it to better serve his own purposes. Corino was right that he's reaching for emotional self-sufficiency, and right that he's getting there even faster and more successfully than he thinks. He expects to spend an unknown amount of time getting absolutely no support, suppressing or redirecting several of his fundamental drives in order to avoid exalting his soul, being ignored or tortured by someone he really deeply loves and admires who dislikes him and finds him annoying; and with serene confidence and unwavering determination, he is figuring out how to turn himself into someone who can get through that, who can not just survive it for a little while but be genuinely okay that way indefinitely.

He speaks his native language with surpassing eloquence and Quenya almost as well. He's been riding and caring for horses since he was a tiny child. He's really really good at every strategy game he's ever played. He's good at learning; he picks up new skills easily and is quick to come to a deep understanding of new subjects and disciplines. On the strength of that talent he has learned enough magical engineering in months to keep up with people who've been doing it for centuries. There are all sorts of other tidbits of skill in here too, things he found it useful to do or interesting to try. He can knit, he can sew, he can play cards, he can pick locks.

All this information about the inner workings of his mind makes it overwhelmingly obvious why he decided to come here and be Maitimo's present. Everything he said and thought when he was trying to explain it was true, but there were details missing, things that he didn't think of or couldn't articulate. Inside his head it all fits together into a picture of perfect inevitability. He made this choice freely, but he was never going to do anything else. He loves Maitimo. He admires him and adores him and wants to make him happy, and as far as he knows, there is only one way to arrange for a Maitimo to have a chance at the kind of unbelievable idyllic happiness Elaneth-imire Taliar and Tivarante Maitimo have found together, and that is for a Taliar to make a gift of himself to that Maitimo, unreservedly, and just keep pouring himself into it for as long as it takes, even if that's forever. So if this Maitimo wants him to, Raika-seren is going to do exactly that.

It is going to be difficult and arduous and he is going to suffer and he is okay with that, he is looking forward to being tortured because he has had a taste of what it's like to be tortured by a Maitimo who is magnificently thrillingly fascinated by the things it does to his head, and it is fucking amazing and he knows exactly why his alt loves it so much. He has seen bits and pieces of Elaneth-imire's bad days and he feels the pull of wanting to prove himself like that; he's watched Elaneth-imire hand his soul to his husband in cheerful anticipation of being tortured with it, he's seen the look on Tivarante Maitimo's face, watching his Taliar lie on the bed drowning in unbearable agony. His alt showed him what it was like to be raped, and it made him feel competitive, he wants to go through something like that to prove that he can.

Speaking of which - he's got some trauma going on. Atialemain left its marks on his mind. Mostly not the part where he was actually fighting the war; mostly the part beforehand, where he was drifting uncertainly around Seofar's court, getting more horrified by the day. Most particularly that late-night conversation with Nahira. Being confronted with that much overt cruelty, so intense and so intensely personal, directed right at him from close range, with her soul radiating all the relevant parts of her nature right at him, and being completely trapped and helpless while she told him what she wanted to do to him, was terrifying and overwhelming and it really thoroughly fucked him up to the point where he has vivid immersive flashbacks if he smells the flower whose scent she wore that night. (It's daffodils. His alt told him so.) He really really does not like to think about Nahira. He hasn't had a nightmare about her in a while but he gets the impression from his alt that they're by no means gone for good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Teleport. Beijing, it's the capital of this world, and in Taliar's body he won't stand out. He has two hours but Taliar doesn't know that, and watching Taliar rearrange his mind to be all right with the thought that it might be much longer will be fascinating, and - you can convincingly impersonate someone after half a second in their head, that's how they were able to do what they do, you pick up their whole self, all at once - I could think your thoughts for you now -

Permalink Mark Unread

His first thought is bet you can't fool Da; his second thought is that his alt would be even more lit up by this than he initially predicted, he's kind of into it himself and not just by proxy anymore; his third thought is that he's mildly worried for Maitimo, and he hopes that suddenly being able to be Taliar won't make it any harder to be himself, that it isn't annoying or upsetting to be so deeply immersed in someone so - whatever Taliar is. And his fourth reaction is to be sort of shyly pleased that Maitimo decided to do this, glad that Maitimo now knows him.

...then the fear catches up with him again. He is going to spend an indefinite amount of time as a helpless passenger in his own head while Maitimo does whatever he likes with his body. Probably not weeks, Maitimo has a kingdom to run, but days is plausible if he arranged for some time off. Fuck.

Okay. He doesn't need to be okay. He can be terrified, he can feel trapped and helpless and almost-but-thankfully-not-quite reminded of being frozen in place by the power of Nahira's soul. He can feel these things, it is okay to feel them, he doesn't need to be calm right now, freaking out is a perfectly legitimate response to the situation.

And once he's settled into that perspective, it's easy to get back into the state where fear is comfortable, where it's something interesting that's happening in his head, it's not overwhelming him or making it hard to think. It hurts but it's okay that it hurts.

This is sustainable for now. He turns his attention back to what Maitimo is doing with his body. He's curious about what's going to happen. Terrified, sure, but curious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is sitting on a park bench watching what are obviously some Andalite tourists. Maitimo is contemplating whether to find some daffodils to smell. Maitimo is unraveling his way through Taliar's memories.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar grew up half in the imperial palace, half in the Kazaryne family home overlooking Lake Kalas, high in the mountains that separate the western edge of the continent from its center. His family's mountains are stunningly beautiful. He was an incorrigible little shit, but in an inexplicably charming sort of way. His childhood adventures were creative and intricate and occasionally property-damaging. He spent a lot of time in pain as a kid because he bruises really easily, legacy of an assassination attempt on his mother while she was pregnant with him.

He knew from very early on what sorts of things would exalt his soul if he had it in front of him to see, and what sorts of things would debase it. He knew from not long after that that he wanted to be the sort of person whose soul would shine brightly. He has been building the skill of self-creation ever since, learning through practice how to rearrange his head to make himself into the person he wants to be.

(And in the present: he's calming down gradually, enjoying the fascinating sights of this strange planet, listening to languages he doesn't understand and trying to see if he can pick up any words. But every time he absently tries to move and nothing happens, every time his head turns or his eyes shift without his input, he gets another little jolt of fear. He gives his mind a gentle push in the direction of enjoying that, recontextualizes it as a nicely exhilarating thrill, but doesn't send himself all the way into the intense incredible rush of delight and desire that Elaneth-imire would be feeling if Tivarante was doing this to him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He still doesn't talk to him. He pokes at his memories of his relationship with the other Maitimo. He makes up his mind and goes looking for daffodils.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was an incredibly lovely and wonderful time, unquestionably the best thing that had ever happened to him, and then a moment of soul-shattering horror, and the rest, as they say, is history.

He's managing to get used to the experience of feeling himself move and not being the person making it happen. It's, yeah, it's kind of hot once he's less distracted by the fear. Although the fear is definitely a part of the draw. Okay, he can handle this. (So it's probably going to get worse. It's hopefully going to get worse. Torture means interest, torture means appreciation, torture means a chance to test himself.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He can see the appeal, now, looking through it, the light on the horizon of a potential end to the war, its instrument totally open to him and in love with him and expecting nothing in return - it would have felt so delightfully effortless, taking a lover because why shouldn't he -

 

There's a florist. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Raika-seren isn't familiar with the local context, but he manages to recognize the florist. It's not hard to guess what that's about, when his body turns in that direction.

He is abruptly, intensely terrified in a way that is not at all enjoyable.

In his panic, he tries to run, which of course doesn't work, which of course terrifies him more, and he fights and fights and it's no use at all and—

—then he stops. He can't close his eyes or take a deep breath or any of those other little calming rituals, he has to do it all in his head, and it's much harder that way, but he gets ahold of himself anyway, he makes himself stop struggling for control. He can't make himself calm, but he can put himself in a state where even if he could run away, he wouldn't be. And it is important to him to do that. It is important to him to cooperate, even when his cooperation or lack thereof has no practical effect on the outcome of a situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good job, he says to him, because that seems to merit it, and then he finds a bouquet of daffodils.

Permalink Mark Unread

He feels a flash of warm affection, a glow of pride—I love you—and then he smells the flowers and he ceases to have any awareness of the present moment at all.

 

He is just turning the final corner on his way to his rooms in Seofar's castle, and there's a woman waiting for him there, at first anonymous in the low light—he sees her soul and recognizes it—Den-aminde Rysher Nahira, one of Seofar's crowd. She looks at him with an expression he can't quite decipher, and takes a step forward, a little farther into the light. The scent of her perfume begins to reach him, a lovely flower he's sure he's smelled before, but he can't put a name to it.

"Kazaryne," she says, and he flinches at being addressed in such overly familiar terms on such short acquaintance in that tone of voice, and she smiles, and smiles wider when he instinctively recoils. "I thought it was time we talked."

"Den-aminde Nahira," he says respectfully, trying to establish a little social distance without revealing enough discomfort to make her smile like that again. "About what?"

"Oh... let's start with family history," she murmurs, with an ambiguous glitter in her captivatingly beautiful eyes. "I knew your mother, once. Has she ever mentioned me?"

"Can't say that she has, no." Maybe she would have, if she'd had the chance. What's Esarkan's game, sending Taliar here so abruptly? He almost wishes he'd refused. He does not feel like his loyalty is being rewarded.

"No? Nothing? No stories of old times? No warnings?"

She smiles again, at that last part, but her eyes narrow slightly and Taliar reads a profound rage in that small movement. He is getting increasingly afraid. Whatever is going on here, it's on a different level from the awkward and upsetting conversations he has had with the other members of Tekhesin Seofar's court. Den-aminde Nahira means him harm, in a very real and immediate way, and he has no idea what she wants or how to talk her out of taking it - best to assume he can't possibly fight her, with her soul gleaming blood-red on its chain and Taliar seventeen and completely unarmed.

He hesitates too long. Nahira shakes her head and tsks. "Remiss of her. You'd think she'd have a word to spare for an old flame." His first thought is 'what a stupid pun' and his second is 'wait, my mother dated this woman?' and his incredulity must be visible, because she laughs and goes on, "Oh yes, once upon a time, we were in love. Well, I know I was in love. Aeleva was a little less free with her feelings."

"I've never known her to have trouble expressing herself," he says without thinking, and Nahira smiles at him and it's - almost physically painful, experiencing the intensity of how much she wants to hurt him. He flinches, then steadies himself. Maybe he'll be lucky and it'll be as easy as - "And I'm sorry, but it's been a long day and I am not interested in having this conversation right now."

It is not that easy.

He moves to step forward, and she holds up a finger as though rebuking a child for straying off the garden path, and he stops moving. There's no invisible force to strain against, nowhere to set his will and push, he just isn't going anywhere and can't make himself start.

"Let me explain how it's going to be," she says softly. "Tomorrow you join Seofar's household. You will live in our lovely castle, eat our lovely food, and bed our lovely princess. And you will be mine. Seofar promised me that, as soon as the marriage offer came in."

The way she says 'mine' is possibly the most deeply terrifying thing he has ever heard. He can feel her possessive cruelty, he can see it in her soul, hear it in her voice, read it in her eyes. It closes in around him like a suffocating cloud.

"I will hurt you in ways you've never dreamed of, and I will make you thank me prettily for it." She leans closer. The light of her soul glints from her cheek as she tilts her head and smiles, eyes alight with anticipation. "It won't always be awful, mind you. Your mother often came willingly to my bed; I'm sure you will too."

There's no escaping that implication. She has raped his mother and she is going to rape him too and he cannot stop her, he cannot get away, he cannot talk her out of it, she will take no bribe, yield to no charm, she is absolutely irrevocably intent on harming him for its own sake. He can't yell for help, and even if he could, no one would answer. Not in this place.

"I think I'll write her letters," Nahira continues in a dreamy, thoughtful tone. "Beloved Aeleva, today I tied your son to my bed and made him scream for hours until his voice gave out and he could only weep silently into my pillow. His tears are almost as beautiful as yours." Her eyes are mesmerizing. He doesn't know if it's her magic or his own sheer terror that prevents him from looking away. "What do you think? Will she come running to save you?"

Yes. Absolutely. She will petition Esarkan for an army, and he'll deny her, and she will come alone, burning with the fire of her soul, and at that point presumably Nahira has plans for what will happen next that Taliar would really rather not think about.

"I can't wait to see her face. But first, I want you all to myself for a while. I want to break you, Kazaryne Taliar. I want to make you my plaything. I can see in your eyes you don't think I can do it, and I am going to enjoy teaching you differently. You come from a strong-willed family, but you'll beg for mercy before I'm done, proud little Kazaryne."

He is utterly paralyzed in horror, not even trying to move anymore. Her soul shines red, and he can see her self in its light, the incontrovertible truth of her. This is what she lives for. Making people helpless and afraid, tearing them apart and laughing at the pieces. This is her deepest source of joy.

"Do you want to know what I'm going to do first?"

No he doesn't. There's a part of him that wishes he would just drop dead on the spot, it would be better than continuing to listen to her. Something of that reaction apparently shows, because she laughs, a beautiful sound that scares him more than he has ever been scared in his life.

"Seofar won't let me touch his daughter, so you'll have your wedding night undisturbed, if you're willing to use it. Kelora's such a shy little thing, though, I doubt you'll get anything from her you don't take by force."

What - what the fuck - is she really offering him a night's grace before she starts torturing him on the condition that he spend that night raping the princess—?

"No? Suit yourself. No wedding night for you. Tell me, Taliar, have you ever been with a woman?" He doesn't answer, wouldn't if he could. "A man, then?" Again no response. "Have you thought about it, or are you entirely innocent?" He doesn't feel very innocent right now. He feels like every sexual thought he has ever had is on display for her and she's going to take her time picking through them and defiling them one by one. Her laugh is musical, ethereal, terrifying. "Lucky me, having you all to myself. I'll take you to bed and show you every pleasure in the world. Before I ever hurt you, I'll claim you completely. And when there's nothing left of you that isn't mine, when there's no part of your body that doesn't remember my touch, then I will show you pain. I'll cut you and burn you and beat you and if I don't like how you scream the first time I'll heal you and do it over again until you get it right."

He wants to die. He wants to run away and climb the nearest tower and throw himself off of it. He can imagine her doing all these things, so vividly that his skin almost feels the touch of her imaginary hands.

"You'll beg for mercy, and I will not give it," she continues, staring into his eyes. "You'll promise me anything in the world."

Even now, even in this moment of utmost horror, he's pretty sure that isn't true. If it comes to it, he will endure. There's nothing to be gained from begging for mercy; it's clear she owns none. And it would satisfy her, and he finds himself strongly disinclined to satisfy her.

"You have that Kazaryne look," Nahira murmurs. "Oh, this will be lovely. The strong ones are my favorite, they're so much more surprised when I finally make them crack." She shifts, leaning forward slightly, and for a moment he thinks she's going to touch him and he tries with desperate urgency to scream, to run, to move at all, and he can't—and then she laughs her beautiful terrifying laugh, and shakes her head. "Don't worry, pet. The anticipation makes it all the sweeter."

If she's not going to touch him now then maybe he can kill himself before she gets the chance. He hates himself a little for being weak enough to consider it, but she is a walking nightmare, the most terrifying thing in the world, he is already suffering unbearably and she hasn't even started yet - surely there's no shame in escaping that the only way he can -

"Dream of me tonight," she whispers, watching him with devouring eyes. "As I will dream of you. And when we meet again, I'll show you what I dreamed of. I promise you, it will be worse than you can possibly imagine."

His mind immediately jumps to all the worst things he can possibly imagine, which is no doubt exactly what she meant to happen. She smiles, and leans down, and he tries to run again, but she only kisses the air just shy of his forehead. "Sleep well, my darling Kazaryne. I'll see you tomorrow."

Then she steps around him and walks away. The sound of her slippers on the stone floor is soft, and he strains his ears but he loses track of it almost immediately. He can't turn around to look. She could be standing right behind him, waiting. She could grab him at any moment and drag him into his bedroom and - it would be just like her, to half-promise not to touch him for a day, and then turn around and do it anyway the moment he let himself believe it -

Her soul's power releases him. He stumbles, shaking - bruises his hand catching himself on the wall - stands there for a moment, utterly unable to move, terrified that he's going to look up and she's going to be there, and standing around waiting won't help if that's the case but he still - can't - make - himself - move -

He clenches his fists until they ache, and he straightens and deliberately turns to look behind him. There is no one there. He turns back around and does not flinch at the sound of his own footsteps and does not turn back to look for her any of the dozen times it occurs to him as he walks the remaining five steps to his door, and he shuts himself in his room and bars the door from the inside and curls up on the bed and trembles silently for a long, long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

(HIs body doesn't have money to purchase the bouquet; he goes back outside and sits down.)

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

He comes out of it gradually. He is outside, sitting in the sun. He can't move she has him she's going to— no. Nahira does not have him. Maitimo is the one who has him. So that's all right.

It doesn't feel all right.

It occurs to him in a distant sort of way that if Maitimo does anything sexual with him right now, he is going to very messily fall apart. He lets that awareness sit there in his mind, just a fact about the world, somehow not even a frightening one, or maybe it's just that he's so overwhelmingly terrified to begin with that he can't detect variations in response to specific frightening things. He feels sick and awful and shaky, exactly the way he did back then. It's got to be the eidetic memory necklace, making this flashback so much more prolonged and vivid and intense. He should've expected as much.

—he wonders if Maitimo is okay, if the intensity of the flashback might have affected him—he's operating Taliar's body with perfect calm, but Taliar could operate his body with perfect calm under these conditions too if he had to, probably—it's sort of not any of his business but he really hopes Maitimo didn't hurt himself doing this.

And from that genuine concern, he builds a shift in perspective. It is all right. He gave himself to Maitimo and now Maitimo has him and that is exactly as it should be, that is exactly what he wanted. He is here to be Maitimo's Taliar, and that means that whatever Maitimo does to him, however Maitimo hurts him, it's always all right; he will always cooperate, always forgive. He will accept no less from himself than that.

He doesn't even know if Maitimo still thinks he's annoying. He doesn't know if Maitimo finds his pain fascinating or just tedious. It's an awful, desolate feeling, not knowing that. And - he would take a deep breath if he owned his own lungs - it is all right.

I love you, he says, because it's true, he can still feel it, through the sick horror, through the echoing sound of Nahira's laughter. He loves Maitimo for true reasons, reasons that don't depend on being safe from him; it's a fact about their fundamental natures, that Taliar is the sort of person who loves the sort of person Maitimo is.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't waste this much time on things that are tedious. And he doesn't want him, not especially, but Taliar very messily falling apart is so terribly tempting -

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww. He'd smile, if.

Permalink Mark Unread

He lets his move his mouth, prods him so he knows he's done so.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I love you, he repeats, grinning delightedly, soaring on a burst of affection.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Because I think I am going to fuck you, sounds fascinating.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course he is. Of course.

He's terrified, he's going to be utterly wrecked and he knows it, and—he's still grinning, still floating on love, Maitimo is so entirely himself and it is so terrifyingly appallingly adorable.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I wouldn't, if you couldn't handle it.

 

He teleports them back to the ship. He lets Taliar go.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs himself and shivers. The feeling of being respected for his strength is so intense it's almost terrifying in its own right. He can handle it. He knows he can. He doesn't doubt - not exactly. But he's never yet had to prove it, and he is very, very afraid.

Permalink Mark Unread

He changes back. He crosses his arms and regards him consideringly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren looks up at him, and manages a smile.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you want me to take you home to your alt instead, I will. Choose me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't want you to take me home to my alt," he says. "I want you to take me home to your palace."

And - if the history he remembers was one they shared, he'd walk right up and kiss him. But he hesitates. Not because he's afraid, although he certainly is. But because - he doesn't know if this is Maitimo wanting him or just Maitimo wanting to torture him, and if it's the second thing, he'll cooperate and he'll do what he's told but it would feel - wrong - to make spontaneous gestures of affection.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo teleports them. Eleven dizzying hops.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren remembers his alt telling him that he can handle this. He believes it. He is going to get so very fucked up, and then, eventually, he is going to be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Palace. He can teleport Taliar's clothes off; he does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

He's definitely still terrified and definitely not in the good way but he's - he's not down to pure willpower, he's still capable of doing things instead of making himself do them.

He waits for Maitimo to tell him what to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Come here.

Permalink Mark Unread

His breath catches; his heart races; he goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds him still and tilts his head back and kisses him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes a small sound, a half-stifled sob, and tears spill down his cheeks and he feels sick and awful and horrified and - he is going to be okay, they both know he is going to be okay, Maitimo said he wouldn't do this if Taliar couldn't handle it and Taliar trusts that. He closes his blurred and stinging eyes and says, I love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know you do, and I'm going to enjoy that, so much. And he pulls him into bed.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles. He cries. He cries kind of a lot. He is perfectly cooperative and constantly terrified and he loves Maitimo so much and he doesn't regret this, he loses hold of that certainty a few times but it's always there when he goes looking for it, he would rather be doing this for Maitimo than be off with their alts partaking of uncomplicated adoration and happiness.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't get any uncomplicated adoration or happiness. Maitimo doesn't even talk to him much. When he's done he leaves. 

 

He does turn to look searchingly at him on the way out.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is curled up shivering and he looks up when Maitimo pauses but he can't see his expression clearly because of the tears.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes back to work and he listens to his present think.

Permalink Mark Unread

His present thinks:

Yeah he's really fucked up right now. He expected to be really fucked up and here he is, really fucked up. Good job predicting that one. Also, the sun is likely to rise tomorrow and Emperor Esarkan will live forever.

Being tortured by a Maitimo who visibly cares about him is amazing. Being tortured by a Maitimo who only occasionally lets slip an implication that he's interesting or worthwhile is... not amazing. It's pretty awful, in fact. He feels... only just barely appreciated enough, and he doesn't know to what extent that's intentional, but given what Maitimo said about how Yeerking works it probably wasn't as accidental as all that...

...which actually implies he might be more appreciated than Maitimo is letting on, but he's not going down that road. It would be - 'cheating' isn't quite the word, but it would feel unfair, uncooperative, to conclude that Maitimo feels differently about him than he seems to and then try to figure out what he really thinks. If Maitimo wants him to feel just-barely-appreciated-enough then Raika-seren will extend him the courtesy of not making him work any harder for it than he has to. He got all that sort of thing out of his system in his short time with their alts. He is not here to be difficult.

'Only just barely appreciated enough' might not even be the right way to describe it. There's definitely a threshold he is just barely clearing, but if he went below it he'd still make it through, it would just take him a lot more time and effort to recover.

...the thing is, he can't get out the way Elaneth-imire did. He can't go back over what just happened to him and make himself want it. Because he still doesn't know if Maitimo actually wants him, and until he knows that, it would feel - wrong, presumptuous, to deliberately cultivate desire. It would feel like he was making an imposition. He'll do it if Maitimo tells him to, or if Maitimo tells him that it would be interesting or pleasant or otherwise positive, but short of that, no.

Which leaves him curled up in bed shaking with horror and needing to find a new way through that.

And - in Maitimo's bed. He doesn't feel welcome here. He feels like he's intruding in Maitimo's space.

He takes a few deep breaths and then he gets up and gets dressed and makes himself stop crying and goes back to his own room. Then he hesitates, because it feels... weirdly self-indulgent to curl up and shake some more. Instead he sits on his bed and leans against the headboard and wraps his arms around his knees and closes his eyes and tries to keep still.

Okay. Okay. He feels awful. He has excellent reasons to feel awful. Maitimo just gave him the most intense Nahira flashback of his life and then fucked him just to watch him fall apart. Which is... flattering, in a way, and endearing in a way, and also rather intensely traumatic. Particularly given the parallels. He knows Maitimo is not like Nahira, but at the moment he's kind of undersupplied with evidence that Maitimo is not like Nahira, and there is definitely an uncomfortable resemblance between the two situations.

Well. That's an unfair comparison and he should dismantle it regardless of whether or not that'll help, but also, it will definitely help.

He knows better than to think Maitimo is in this to destroy him for personal amusement. Maitimo let him choose, and he chose this. He chose this because he loves Maitimo and wants him to be happy. He chose this because he wants to be Maitimo's present. Maitimo said he wouldn't do this if he didn't think Taliar could handle it, and Taliar trusts him completely about that. Maitimo said it would be fascinating, and the way Maitimo is fascinated by Taliar's pain is flattering and lovely and not at all about wanting to shred him beyond repair and then play with the scraps. So there's that association taken care of. Maitimo is not Nahira.

And now he's - actually now he's sobbing uncontrollably, why is he doing that, he's making progress - and he was half-numb before and now that he's doing better it hurts more, right, okay, that makes sense. Well. He's not going to make much more progress like this; might as well not fight himself over it. He curls up and huddles under a blanket and puts his face in his hands and cries.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives a couple capable people the teleport for famine relief; he composes a letter for Esarkan's attention saying that while the peal would not generally share their teleport, once the teleport is out they might be persuadable to share the healing; depending how easily Esarkan can get a hold of his miracle-worker it could be worth asking.

Permalink Mark Unread

He cries for a while; eventually the tears slow, then stop.

He did choose this. He can get through it. If Maitimo is listening to this, Raika-seren sincerely hopes he's enjoying it. He is here to be a gift. That means that Maitimo can do whatever he wants with him, and Raika-seren will cooperate as fully as he can and then find a way to be okay afterward. It means that his entire purpose - the purpose of him being here, the purpose of him existing - is to bring joy and delight and fascination to Maitimo's life in whatever ways Maitimo wants, so he's going to do that, no matter the cost to himself, and then deal with those costs in his own time.

He loves Maitimo. It hurts a little, loving someone who does such awful things to him, but he does. And... he doesn't mind. He isn't angry, he doesn't feel betrayed. Maitimo wanted something from him and Raika-seren gave it to him willingly and now he is in a lot of pain but he accepts that, he's okay with that, he knew it was going to happen and he did it anyway. He prefers this pain to the pain of being completely ignored. And if Maitimo decides to go back to completely ignoring him, then he'll handle that too.

Elaneth-imire was right. This is something that no one in their right mind would willingly do. By any reasonable standard it's outrageously unfair. But Raika-seren doesn't have to care about anyone's standards but his own, and he thinks it's worth it. It's worth it even if Maitimo never likes him, even if Maitimo treats him like this for a hundred years and then sends him back to his alt; it's worth it just to give Maitimo the chance to have what Tivarante has with Elaneth-imire, even if he rejects that chance.

He sniffles; he rubs his face; he pokes his head out from under his blanket and resettles himself. He still feels very, very fucked up, but he's on top of it now, he could function normally if he had to.

Maitimo clearly has a very high opinion of his resilience. And his regard is clearly justified. That was incredibly awful, and here he is, already putting himself back together, already well on his way to recovering.

He can't tell himself that it won't happen again. He can't even tell himself that he'll get a choice every time; he might not. There's no easy way to make himself feel safe. But he did make a choice. He does think this was worth it. He is glad to have done this for Maitimo, and he hopes Maitimo enjoyed it. From an impartial perspective it's monstrously unfair to suffer so much for Maitimo's entertainment, monstrously unfair to have all his dedication be rewarded with a combination of torture and emotional neglect, monstrously unfair to do all this for someone who doesn't even like him - but it's his own perspective that matters in deciding which of the things that happen to him are okay, and he is okay with this. Really and truly okay with it.

It might happen again, and he might not get a choice next time... and he'll still think it was worth it, he'll still love Maitimo, he'll still - be okay with it, even when he is very much not okay. If Maitimo came into his room right now and handed him a bouquet of daffodils and then told him to take off his clothes, he'd do it. And he trusts that Maitimo wouldn't do that if Maitimo didn't expect him to recover. That's a kind of safety. Knowing that while awful things might happen to him, they will be things he ultimately chose to allow, and they will never be more than he can take.

The feeling of sick horror lingers, but it's lost its edge, it's just an experience he's having, it's not in control of him anymore. He gets up and washes his face and changes into clothes he hasn't spent two hours crying in, and he finds something to eat and then goes back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right, he says. I'm impressed.

Permalink Mark Unread

...he giggles.

I love you, he says happily.

Permalink Mark Unread

So I am very aware. I - see the appeal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well now Raika-seren feels all warm and proud and accomplished.

I'm glad.

Permalink Mark Unread

I do not intend to torture and neglect you for a century and then send you home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

He's glad of that too, of course. But he is serenely certain that even if Maitimo did do that, it wouldn't lead him to regret his choices.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has someone take Esarkan the letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Esarkan sends back a terse note thanking him for the suggestion and expressing an intent to get his hands on the healing and share it with Independence once he has it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This was more or less the expected result. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren Taliar contentedly manufactures eidetic memory necklaces. It's interesting how the trauma and the warm glow of pride and affection can so comfortably coexist, but he sets them both aside to focus on the work.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has him brought to him again in the evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

He could speculate about what Maitimo wants with him. He doesn't. He is presumably going to find out.

"Hi."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have something to eat."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, he can do that.

Maitimo is being very - mysterious? Uncommunicative? Something in that area. But that is fine. Raika-seren doesn't mind. He eats, and he contentedly thinks about how beautiful Maitimo is and how much he loves him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's odd to have someone care more about me than I do about them, I'm used to having it the other way, and you do so much on so little input that I'm disinclined to force any."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles.

"Okay," he says. "That makes sense. I love you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I am very acutely aware. Your criteria are very strange for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are virtuous versions of me out there, didn't you hear about that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, you've mentioned. I would probably fall in love with them too if I met them. Dawn-shining might make a fork for one if any were interested. But I don't prefer them to you, and I don't see why I should."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you actually indifferent to your own happiness?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. "No. I like being happy. It's just that being happy always always always takes second place to being - me. So, sure, I'd be happier if you were nicer to me, if you liked me, if you hurt me adoringly instead of indifferently. I'd prefer that to what I'm getting. But overcoming challenges is satisfying and giving nice things to the people I care about is rewarding and doing my level best to accomplish the impossible is fulfilling, and if I don't do this, who the fuck else is ever going to be crazy enough? No reasonable person would do what I'm doing, and I am deeply proud to be this unreasonable. I would like it if you were nicer to me, but I can handle the fact that you aren't, and it is worth it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And trying not to exalt your soul lest I feel threatened by it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I am doing that, and it is also worth it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I can handle it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

He can stop holding himself back, then. That'll make his life easier.

"Thank you. If you change your mind, I can go back to—" the phrase that comes to mind is 'stifling myself' and he chooses not to say it because the connotations are wrong, it sounds resentful and he isn't at all, but he can't think of a coherent alternative and Maitimo will have heard him think it so he just trails off with a shrug.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If your magic becomes a problem for our relationship it seems itself inclined to solve that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. There is that, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I prefer people not be worse off for knowing me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwwwww.

He smiles.

"I love you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I know."

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren giggles delightedly.

(And another reason why all this is worth it - after adjusting to this baseline, if Maitimo ever does love him, it's going to be a rush the likes of which no other Taliar may ever experience.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"You feeling better?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He considers the question.

Still pretty fucked up, but less so, and contained to the point where he doesn't even notice it most of the time. And meanwhile he is proud and happy and in love. Overall, he is doing all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Come over here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

He gets up and goes over there. And yep, he's still pretty fucked up, but he's also still handling it. He is afraid but he is okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

He pulls him onto his lap and runs a hand through his hair and considers him.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Raika-seren sits and leans on him comfortably and takes uncomplicated joy in the way Maitimo's hand feels in his hair.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a few minutes he says "do you need introductions to people or can you find them on your own?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wouldn't turn down introductions, but left to my own devices I don't have any trouble making friends."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright." And he lets him go and leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Okay. He goes back to his room and goes to sleep.

He's feeling much better in the morning. He goes to work and this time doesn't stop himself from showing interest in the lives of the people around him.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that afternoon, Corino shows up and would like to speak to the King.

Permalink Mark Unread

That can be arranged.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not quite a power to make you permanently magically untraceable," he says. "But it's a power that prevents you from being traced through, or located within, the world Elaneth-imire's soul is in or any adjacent one. If you moved Independence to somewhere one hop past Tivarante's Arda, the peal would not be able to find it even if they randomly hopped into the correct world, as long as Elaneth-imire was at home with his husband at the time they were looking. And if you moved farther away than that but still kept Nuime and Tivarante's Arda between you and the peal, they still wouldn't be able to track you through those worlds or their neighbours unless you went out and were followed home all while Elaneth-imire was elsewhere."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. That sounds useful. I will take Independence back home with you, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. By default, residents of Independence can find it, and so can I and Shadow-cloaked Nezhefena, but no one else can. I'm sure Elaneth-imire's soul could allow him to find you if it wanted to, but for now it isn't. Feel free to suggest a different set of permissions and I can pass it along to Elaneth-imire."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds adequate. Will Taliar's mother not want to visit him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She assumes she would be unwelcome."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can think of less defensible circumstances to murder someone under. She's not likely to do it again?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, this Taliar can't tell her what the first one did—" he sends the memory: Mother, if you kill my boyfriend, I will resurrect him first, and you afterward "—but she regrets acting so hastily and will not do it again without circumstances even more extreme and more urgently so. Separately from that, she doesn't want to meet you just yet, except to offer an apology for killing you if you would like one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not especially. She can also visit her son without meeting me, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not out of the question that she might like me to bring her for a visit at some point, but... she finds this situation more upsetting than I do, and she prefers not to take risks with her temper."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't hurt him. He's - not completely okay, but I didn't sign up for this -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect that if I asked my son, he'd say he's doing perfectly fine. And Aeleva is content to stay out of it, and she bears you no ill will - but it nevertheless makes her angry to think about her children suffering, and she prefers to avoid situations that she knows will make her angry."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Thank you for notifying me of the nature of the protection."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome. Is now a convenient time for me to look in on Raika-seren?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

So he goes and finds his son.

"Doing well, I see."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's either straightforward and about the fact that he's not holding himself back from exaltation anymore, or subtly ironic and about the fact that Maitimo gave him a Nahira flashback and then fucked him - he's pretty sure his father can't guess the exact details but there's no question that he knows something happened with that approximate degree and kind of unpleasantness.

On second thought, he's sure it's both.

"Hello to you too, Da." He gives his father a hug. "What's the news?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Independence has its untraceability now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Elaneth-imire sends his regards."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tell him he should be very impressed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, I will." Another hug. "I'm glad you're where you want to be."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's so nice how he gets it.

"Me too, Da. Me too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Until next time."

And he's off.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he moves them through Nuimë and a few hops over.

Permalink Mark Unread

And thus they are made untraceable.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Raika-seren contentedly works on magic artifacts.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a lot to do to resettle his kingdom after all these recent dramatics. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's in the habit of wearing his eidetic memory necklace around. It's nice.

He has not given sufficient thought to possible failure modes.

He takes an afternoon off and goes on a long walk, because he's starting to feel the first stirrings of future restlessness and it seems like a reasonable experiment as far as changes in his routine go.

He does not give sufficient thought to possible failure modes there either.

He's distracted thinking over a tricky bit of math, and by the time he smells the flowers, it's too late. He's lost in memory. It replays over and over and over again, and he collapses into a bush and does not notice in the slightest.

He does not come back from his walk when he said he would. He does not come back from his walk one, two, three, five, twelve hours after he said he would. He does not come back from his walk at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's taking full advantage of the teleportation to go all over his world, solve problems on the remote continents they are only now settling. He also doesn't listen to Taliar all the time. 

 

When he does check in on him - 

 

- wow.

 

He teleports him back home, in case that helps.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

It has no effect on his mental state whatsoever.

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh.

 

He takes the necklace off.

Permalink Mark Unread

The loop is so burned into his mind by now that the next repetition is almost unchanged, but there's definitely a loss of clarity - a slight blurring of the details - it's not quite so immediate, quite so vivid - and the next one after that starts to fragment a little, overlap with itself, lose a few pieces - he might come out of it on his own, eventually.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes hold of his soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

His mind floods with - terror, definitely terror, but also profound adoration and profound relief. He has absolutely no idea what the fuck is going on but he knows Maitimo is holding his soul and that's one good thing in his experience of the world, which is more than he had a second ago. The sense of overwhelming unbearable intimacy is actively welcome, because it means right now nothing can touch him but Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's -

 

- fuck. 

 

He starts singing something for calm and relaxation, lets go of his soul when the magic should be well in effect.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he drops from the intensity of soul contact directly into a lovely calm state that is definitely the result of mind control - considers, calmly, whether he should therefore be panicking - concludes that this is Maitimo doing him a favour and there is no cause for alarm and he is very grateful and he loves Maitimo very much -

- wonders what even happened...

Permalink Mark Unread

Apparently with the eidetic memory you can just - loop on flashbacks - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

He thinks about this. A hazy memory surfaces. A path. Flowers.

And I went for a walk with it on, like an idiot. I'm sorry. Thanks for pulling me out of it. I love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you know how long -

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't, but after he thinks for a second he remembers who he spoke to when he went out, and if Maitimo asked them when they last saw him that would at least give an upper bound...

Permalink Mark Unread

He asks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They last saw him yesterday when he went off for lunch and mentioned that he'd be going for a walk afterward and might not be back until the evening!

(Meanwhile, Raika-seren is trying to figure out how fucked up he's going to be when this song wears off. The answer is looking like 'very'. If he weren't being mind-controlled he'd be furious at himself for being careless enough to end up in this mess.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds like you left after lunch yesterday."

Permalink Mark Unread

And he wouldn't have wanted to be gone more than a few hours, so that's... definitely all night but not necessarily much longer... of course he doesn't know what time it is now...

Permalink Mark Unread

"Midafternoon. I was on the southern continent, I didn't realize you needed supervision -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He is really sorry about that! He shouldn't have needed supervision, he should've thought ahead and either not gone out or not worn his necklace - if this is a thing that can happen he should get in the habit of only putting on his necklace when he specifically needs it for something, he'll do that -

Permalink Mark Unread

"The teleport's useful if you're ever in danger, though. Maybe you could go ask the subtle artists for help, they're not useless -"

Permalink Mark Unread

The what...?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Therapy magic. They undid what the Valar did to my people, anyone who was interested."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. That does sound useful. On the other hand, Tivarante and Elaneth-imire seem to have been having tremendous fun with their 'rescuing', and Raika-seren doesn't have thirty hours under a rockslide to fall back on if his reaction to daffodils goes away, so the convenience of eliminating it would not be completely without costs... on the other other hand, it's not like thirty hours under a rockslide would be prohibitively difficult to arrange... he'll go ask the subtle artists for help if Maitimo wants him to, and not if he doesn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

I prefer you functional. If I find myself with some urgent desire to torture you I'm sure I'll find a way.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I love you. Sorry I fucked myself up like this.

He feels like he's making kind of a terrible present so far, if Maitimo can't even leave him alone for a day without him immediately stumbling into a disaster that needs Maitimo's intervention to solve. But the effect of the calming song stops himself from being too actively upset with himself over it.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I am not angry with you.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good, he's glad. Making Maitimo angry is the opposite of what he wants. He still feels like he's failed to live up to his own standards, but at least he hasn't failed as badly as he could have.

Permalink Mark Unread

He lets the song wear off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And, as predicted, he is tremendously fucked up.

It would probably be a lot worse if he hadn't had that interval of calm. He knows what's happening, he is aware of his surroundings, he can remember the soul contact and the conversation that followed it and have something in his head other than the lingering effect of almost a day of the worst moment of his life. But wow he is not okay.

He's not sure he'll be able to sort it out anytime soon, either. He'll manage eventually. He'd manage even if Maitimo decided now would be a good time to torture him. He is Sun-dark Taliar and there is nothing he can't manage. But he's pretty sure that, left to himself, he will not be ready to get out of bed and go interact with the world for at least another day.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can put the calm back."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's hard to even evaluate whether that'll help, in this state - he can tell it'll make everything better in the short term, but he doesn't know whether it'll solve the problem or just delay it...

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then how about not. Come over here."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, he can do that.

...or try to. It's unexpectedly difficult to move, not even because he's particularly afraid of what will happen if he does, just because the fog of unrelenting misery makes everything difficult.

He'll figure out a way around it. Somehow. He is not letting the memory of Nahira win this one. He just has to - think of something, get a handle on the problem -

Permalink Mark Unread

He moves closer, picks him up, pulls him into his lap.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you, he says, smiling slightly. It feels so wonderfully safe. He starts to relax and only then notices how tense he's been since the calming song wore off. His hands hurt in the way that means he's clenched his fists to bruising. His emotions are still mostly a bottomless well of horror, but he can almost float on top of it, leaning on Maitimo, safe in his arms...

...and now he's disappointed in himself all over again because he shouldn't have needed this, he should've been stronger than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Stop that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Stop what—?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I clearly haven't acquired a liability here. I do not need or want to be totally extraneous to your functioning or your wellbeing. You needed me. That's fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...okay.

Not being disappointed in himself is a difficult problem, but orders of magnitude smaller and more manageable than the other one. He sets to it. Maitimo is not angry with him, Maitimo doesn't mind that he needed him, he is doing fine, he does not have to be literally flawless—

(of course he does, who does he think he's kidding, he's a Taliar)

—yes, well, Maitimo told him to stop being disappointed in himself, so shut up—

(not even Maitimo's word can make a failure not a failure)

—and why not, he is here for Maitimo and it is Maitimo's standards that matter—

(no one ever holds Taliar to a high enough standard except himself, this is no different)

—yes it fucking is because he is Maitimo's present and if Maitimo says he's doing all right then by definition it is so.

Okay. Fine. Okay. He takes a deep breath, lets it out, tries to chase the distant echo of Nahira's laughter from his mind, fails, sighs, cuddles into Maitimo's lap and closes his eyes and wraps himself in the feeling of safety as much as he can.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand you well enough to impersonate you, I assure you I can hold you to a high enough standard."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not actually entirely sure of that - his father knows him as well or better, and has never managed it, primarily because while his father supports him in his outrageously farfetched endeavours his father has no inclination to demand them of him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems like an important difference."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Then maybe Maitimo can do it, and won't that be new and interesting and different.

(He likes the thought of Maitimo demanding things of him and holding him to his own standards in the endeavour. He'd have more room to like it in if he wasn't still eighty percent trauma, but he likes it pretty well in the mental space he has available.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're here for me. You're here to be exactly what I want, and I don't think much of guilt. You'll hold yourself to whatever standards you like but if you fail, you'll come to me and you will trust me to fix it and you will not feel guilty, because that's what I want."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

All right. I'll— (he smiles slightly) —do my best.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that will of course be good enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He loves Maitimo so much.

Oh now he's crying, that's a thing that's happening. Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

He runs a hand through his hair and hums something nonmagical.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggles. Tears. Love. (A brief shudder when Maitimo touches him unexpectedly - he only thinks of the wrong person for the tiniest fractional instant, but it's enough to make his pulse jump. The lovely soothing feeling of Maitimo's hand in his hair more than makes up for it on balance.)

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad you're mine. I'm going to keep you.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles, and feels a deep ringing note of love with undertones of joy and satisfaction, and - starts crying even harder, well, all right then, he can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds him and hums and waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

He cries. He cries a lot. It sort of oscillates between happy crying because Maitimo is glad to have him and wants to keep him, and utterly wrecked crying because he can't get Nahira out of his head, and happy crying because Maitimo is holding him and it feels so good and safe, and all the way back around again.

Permalink Mark Unread

I assume she's dead?

Permalink Mark Unread

I killed her. I don't really like thinking about it. It wasn't - satisfying or anything - I think most people would probably have found it satisfying -

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I would have.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that seems plausible. Love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, you do.

Permalink Mark Unread

And now he is crying about how much he loves Maitimo, which is vastly preferable to crying because he is irrationally viscerally terrified of someone who's been dead for more than a year now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Hairpetting.

Permalink Mark Unread

He loves Maitimo so much, Maitimo is being so nice to him, it's so good...

(...proud little Kazaryne...)

...ah fuck.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am going to take you to a subtle artist but after you've put yourself together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Too busy with the terrified weeping to respond at first, but after a few seconds -

Okay. I love you.

He is so glad Maitimo wants to keep him. It makes him feel so satisfied and accomplished, he succeeded, not completely but at least he's made a start, and it was difficult and so, so worthwhile.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am proud of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's - incomparably good, to hear that. He loves Maitimo so much.

(And then for just a moment he sees Nahira's smile in his mind, and he flinches and sobs.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Hairpetting and humming.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cuddles. Crying. Love. Trauma.

 

...it might help if you held my soul again, he says, after a while, when this occurs to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He kisses his head and picks it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

And - he is free of Nahira, just like that. He's not even afraid at all. His whole mind and then some is filled with pride and joy and trust and comfort and endless soaring love. Nothing can touch him but Maitimo, and it's perfect, it's the best thing in the world. He loves Maitimo so much. He is so, so glad to be his. The soul-contact intimacy is as overwhelming as ever, but he likes it that way, it's so good and warm and safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. He'd leave him this way for a while but he hasn't eaten in a couple days, so he stops after only a little while.

Permalink Mark Unread

He still feels kind of awful but it's noticeably less awful. He grins and hugs Maitimo happily. Which involves more successful use of his limbs than he could have managed a little while ago!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yay! "Can you eat or do I need to spoon-feed you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um," he says, and then - right, his soul's right there, he's gotten used to being nowhere near it, he can just - golden light wraps around them both and he notices how lightheaded he's been feeling this whole time by contrast with its sudden absence.

...not that the notion of being cuddled in Maitimo's lap and spoon-fed doesn't have a certain appeal, it would be very comforting, but he's less hungry and more able to move now, he does not need to eat as urgently and could probably manage it on his own.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll feed him.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you so much, he says. This helps too, the - being taken care of, it's soothing in its own right and it pushes away the memories because it is so exactly the opposite of anything Nahira would've done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Did your alt explain why it's not - why I'm not -

Permalink Mark Unread

You mean this? and he sends the secondhand memory, with his reaction included.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I suppose I mean that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then yes, he did. Although if you think there's more to explain...

...he has strongly received the impression from his alt that everything he ever learns about Maitimo is going to make him fall a little more in love with him.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I - I want people to be better off for knowing me, all of them, always, what hurt so much about the peal was that just by existing I made all their lives so much worse - I told myself I'd never crossed that line, I don't know if that was true, but now that the war's over I know I'll never have to again -

Permalink Mark Unread

...yep. Look at Taliar, falling a little more in love.

I love you, he says, snuggling him. So much. I want - I don't know - I want to find a way to do something so magnificently good for them that it wipes out all the trouble they've ever had over you - my alt's probably going to be on standby to kill new Melkors for the forseeable future but that seems at too far a remove -

The trouble between the peal and Maitimo is exactly the kind of thing Taliar is built to solve, when he puts it that way. Here are some people whose interests are in conflict, now find a way to bring them into a position of mutual benefit so that everyone is better off than they would have been.

Permalink Mark Unread

By all means be my guest.

 

Before your alt found me I'd sworn to - deeply and searingly regret everything I'd done to Findekáno and hate myself as much as they all hated me -

Permalink Mark Unread

...that sounds like it would've been awful and he's glad his alt got Maitimo out of it. Cling.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was very very unpleasant but I had reasons for doing it, it - helped for a little while -

Permalink Mark Unread

Cling. Snuggle. Helped - with what -

Permalink Mark Unread

Elspeth made it a condition of helping win the war that I let Findekáno go and I - couldn't - so I asked myself under what conditions he might stay and - I knew he'd stay if I regretted it and wouldn't ever do it again and wanted his help making the country a good place - so I swore that and let him go and - when he could trust I'd never hurt him again - he came back and we were working things out. And then the peal showed up.

Permalink Mark Unread

...if it helped then I'm glad you could do it but - I wish you'd had better options - and I'm glad you don't have to hurt like that anymore.

His alt literally couldn't win the war with Findekáno still a prisoner. Somehow he doesn't think Elspeth had that problem. And no, in whatever great cosmic accounting one might imagine keeps track of these things, Findekáno being a prisoner wasn't good, but... Taliar is Taliar and he does his best to always look for the solution that helps everyone. Coercing Maitimo into hurting himself terribly is not a solution that helps everyone.

Next time the peal finds one of you I hope they just tell Dawn-shining immediately.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. Extremely snuggle.

And - Taliar being Taliar - he is of course determined to make it true that he's better off for knowing Maitimo, no matter what happens. It's not even that hard, really. He exists because of Maitimo. All he has to do is live a life that is on balance preferable to never having existed. And of course he is going to wildly surpass that bare minimum, because Maitimo is wonderful and Taliar is his and they are going to be so lovely together.

Permalink Mark Unread

I still sort of hope he'll come back someday.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope so too.

If he comes back of his own accord and is okay about it and he and Maitimo can be happy together, that is exactly the sort of solution that Taliar likes to see. Although he's not sure how this Findekáno will feel about him. He's heard very little about Tivarante's Findekáno, which in retrospect suggests that he and Dawn-shining got along really really badly. Well. If and when it comes up, they will figure something out.

Permalink Mark Unread

I - would expect you two to get along? Tentatively. But he might leave if he felt like I was adequately supervised.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was in love with him - for all of five seconds before I was distracted by my soul imploding, and it turned out he'd been mind-controlled the whole time I'd known him anyway, but. I don't know what happened between him and Dawn-shining after my point of departure but the lack of any information whatsoever tells me that it was pretty bad. I'm - not sure I follow the part about adequate supervision...

Permalink Mark Unread

Part of why he'd come back was to make sure I wasn't hurting anyone, and then he'd stay for that reason, because he knows I wouldn't if I had him. If he's sure enough I wouldn't regardless he might leave, not sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

Snuggle.

That seems - not to bode well for Findekáno coming back, if he'd only do it to prevent Maitimo from hurting people. Also seems to create impressively terrible incentives. Somehow Taliar doubts that the sort of thing his alt has with Tivarante qualifies as 'hurting anyone' in the relevant way, despite the copious torture.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that wouldn't bother him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he'll only come back if coming back is necessary to stop Maitimo from really harming someone. What an awful incentive structure.

...he can't fully endorse this suggestion because it would be unfairly manipulative of Findekáno, but he wonders if it would count if Maitimo was torturing him in unsustainably awful ways - no, it's just a bad idea to engage with this whole setup, if Taliar ever sets out to solve this one he will find a different and less terrible angle where no one is incentivized to hurt people or to be likely to hurt people if not kept in check.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would like him to come back and be so glad he can trust me not to hurt people that he wants to stay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. That would be nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I don't really want to hurt you badly enough you'd actually need rescuing for the next ninety years -

Permalink Mark Unread

Suit yourself, he says cheerfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, I will.

Permalink Mark Unread

...well that's delightfully terrifying, in a way that actually cuts through the background horror for a moment and leaves Taliar afraid of Maitimo and nothing else.

I love you so much, he says, releasing a trapped breath and looking up at him with an adoring smile. The weight of memory settles down on him again, but for a moment it was gone and he cherishes that.

Permalink Mark Unread

When you're done eating I'll hold your soul again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs contentedly. That sounds lovely. You're being so nice to me and I love you so much. If I'd known all it'd take would be having Nahira flashbacks for a day straight I - well, wouldn't have done it because that would've been cheating in the worst way...

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. That's - one of the reasons I feel like I can, you weren't trying for this, this wasn't a gambit to tame me or distract me or cure me -

Permalink Mark Unread

I would never do that to you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I would have sent you home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle.

It's - it would -

He gives up on words. Maitimo can presumably tell what he's getting at.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can. Taliar has so firmly rejected any possible way of thinking where they are at odds that he'd completely fall apart if for some reason he had to. Well, fall apart until he'd found a workaround. He kisses the top of his head absently.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles a little and snuggles him.

Is that the end of the food? That looks like it might be the end of the food.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes his soul again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is filled with love like sunlight, wrapped in it like a blanket. Maitimo is terrifying but it's all in the good way. He makes Taliar so happy. Being inescapably intimately surrounded by his presence is cozy and comforting, overwhelming but still so good. Something about it associates back to the time when Maitimo Yeerked him, and it's a very positive association, he inhabits it gladly. He loves Maitimo and loves being in his power.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, okay, eventually this is going to draw him in, isn't it. For now he leaves Taliar curled up on the bed and goes back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar of course cannot experience any significant changes of mental state while Maitimo still has hold of his soul. So he's just going to be here overflowing with reckless adoration until Maitimo decides to let go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Couple of hours? He's unclear on how much duration affects his mental state afterwards.

Permalink Mark Unread

He comes out of it slowly, a piece at a time - sight, sound, touch, memory, thought. And then he just kind of lies there feeling a weirdly comfortable mix of deeply traumatized and gloriously in love. The aftereffects of a straight day of flashbacks are still there, but more subdued, less intrusive, he can focus on nice things instead and it works.

Permalink Mark Unread

That works. He has someone bring him food.

Permalink Mark Unread

He eats. He gets up and walks around a bit. He considers his mental state and concludes that it's livable, he could go to sleep and wake up in the morning and go straight back to work and nobody not reading his mind would even be able to tell anything was wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not good enough. Get yourself okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

...he grins. All right, I will. Love you.

Going to work like nothing's wrong is a way of starting to be okay, but maybe not the fastest. He can work on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. He still in fact has a great deal of administrative work to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at his eidetic memory necklace.

He observes that he's terrified of putting it on.

Well, he wants to go back to work, and he works better with it on, so he'd better be ready to wear it.

He picks it up and puts it on and the whispers in the back of his mind gain an abrupt clarity, but he's still okay, he's still in control. He smiles with quiet satisfaction. He is going to be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a short time later he says to him do you know what the Internet is?

Permalink Mark Unread

No?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a way of connecting all the computers in the world so anyone can talk to anyone else instantly, and it results in people putting lots of information on computers so everyone can learn from it. I don't know how it works but I want to have it. Set it up. You might need to summon a demon, I think part of how it works is things in space bouncing all the information around. You can only summon a demon somewhere Hell-adjacent, do you know how to get there from here?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

All right, he says, you win this one. You are absolutely capable of holding me to my own standards.

No, he does not know how to get somewhere Hell-adjacent from here.

And he loves Maitimo so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

He flashes him the jumps to get to Revelation from here. I'm looking forward to my internet. Do some reading before you summon demons, it's dangerous. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I will, he says, settling into the lovely solid feeling of facing a really meaningful challenge. You're perfect, you know that?

All right, time to find information on demons. And the Internet. He knows how to look things up on the local computers, he can start there, go bother his parents in Nuime if local resources are insufficient...

May I have my soul while I'm jaunting around the multiverse? he wonders. I don't know what happens if I'm multiple hops away from it for a long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. I'm in my audience chambers.

Permalink Mark Unread

So that's where he goes.

I might look into subtle artists too, while I'm out there anyway, he muses. How much control do you want to have over my schedule while I'm working on this - should I avoid being out of the world for too long...?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like you to check in once every few days, because I worry about the peal hurting you somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fair. Although Taliar himself is... less worried than that. The peal sounds fairly manageable by his methods, from what he's heard.

All right, I will.

Here he is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Here's his soul. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it. He puts it on. He grins at Maitimo with utmost delight and adoration. He's still pretty fucked up, and now he has a big complicated problem in front of him and only the faintest idea how he's going to get from here to solving it, and it's exactly what he needed and it's something most people wouldn't dare to lay on him like this and Maitimo knows him so well and cares about him so much and he's so happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Have fun. You can do it for Nuimë after you understand it, too, I bet they'll like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet they will. I'm going to be so smug at my alt.

And he goes off and reads background information for a few hours and goes to sleep.

 

Predictably, he dreams of Nahira.

It's the worst it's ever been. She stalks him through the halls of Seofar's castle, pins him to a wall, kisses him deeply while he struggles and cries, and then his clothes are gone and her hands are all over him, and he is alone and powerless and no one will ever come to help him—

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Where is Taliar's soul - now it's in his hand again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Intense overwhelming relief. Maitimo has him, he's safe, he's okay, everything's going to be okay - he loves Maitimo so much, he is so glad Maitimo is helping him like this - he wants to burrow into the feeling of his presence and stay there forever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. Taliars are pretty addictive, he will concede that. He asks around if anyone has a ring for dreamless sleep. Couple people do; Angband.

 

 

He brings it in, lets go of Taliar's soul, waits for him to recover his senses.

Permalink Mark Unread

The awful sick shaky feeling comes back first of everything. Then his senses, then his thoughts.

He looks up at Maitimo and smiles wryly. "Hi. Thanks for rescuing me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You may continue to require rescuing if you're going to continue to be adorably grateful about it. I have a ring for nightmares."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I love you," he says, sitting up. "Thank you so much."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ring for nightmares.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ring for n—

—nope.

His soul flares with soft silver light. It tells him that, much as it would be useful to him to have this, and even though it can't spare the power to duplicate the effect itself, being under persistent externally imposed mind-altering magical effects is not a thing that should be able to happen to him. So now he has that protection from hostile mind control power he's been suspecting was waiting in reserve.

"...in hindsight I should've expected this," he says, "there must be some reason my alt doesn't have one of these and 'they think Nahira dreams are fun' is not quite a sufficient explanation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...it's not even mind-altering, it's sound-sleep. I don't understand your soul's objection - would it protect you against drinking tea before bed, it's just a stronger version of the same thing -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can sort of see its point, I think. If it had the power to spare it would just start suppressing my nightmares for me, but it doesn't, and - souls aren't aware, they don't reason, it's not exactly thinking about what it's doing... I hesitate to wonder this in case I end up losing my eidetic memory necklace, but it let me have my eidetic memory necklace, so 'persistent externally imposed mind-altering magical effects' can't be the precise shape of the objection..."

He attempts to interrogate his soul on the matter. Does it just approve of him having trauma reactions for some reason, what's going on here?

 

"...huh."

Apparently dreamless sleep as imposed by this ring would be subtly harmful to him in a way that his soul could avoid if it arranged the same effect. Eidetic memory is just eidetic memory, and its pitfalls are permissible because they're avoidable isolated incidents rather than an integral part of its functionality. But messing with Taliar's dreams like this would in fact mess with his head.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. How or why, can you figure it out?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not easily. I suppose I could ask the subtle artists, they might know something about it or have a way to find out, but my soul isn't a good source of information, it might not have more detail available than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I ask because lots of survivors of Angband use them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The fact that it'd mess with my head doesn't mean it'd mess with everyone's. And it doesn't necessarily have to mess with my head a lot for my soul to deny it - like, if having nightmares about Nahira makes me get over the flashbacks a tiny bit faster, I'd still probably make that trade so I could reliably sleep at night, but my soul wouldn't because it doesn't weigh priorities the same way I do. But yeah, I'll ask the subtle artists."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And in the meantime I guess I will have nightmares," he sighs, handing the ring back.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry. Should I wake you up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, waking up from a Nahira dream with your hand on my soul is one of the best things I have ever experienced, so there's that," he says, smiling up at him with wry affection. "Definitely preferable to waking up from a Nahira dream into anything else. It'll be livable if you don't, though. And if I keep having them all night, which seems plausible, I genuinely don't know whether it'll be better for me in the long run to have a solid-ish night of awful dreams or a frequently interrupted night of awful dreams."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 

 

...Taliar wants a hug. Taliar isn't thinking about wanting a hug, but Maitimo was inside his head, Maitimo understands him very thoroughly - 

 

- Taliar is not consciously desiring a hug because that would be making demands.

 


That's interesting.

 

He hugs him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, he didn't know he needed that but he needed that a lot. He closes his eyes and leans into it, deeply comforted. I love you so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know exactly how much. Get some sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

He keeps hugging Maitimo for just a little longer, one long slow breath, immersing himself in the experience. It's wonderful. He feels so cozy and so safe.

And then he lets go and snuggles back under his blanket. The cozy safe feeling lingers, fading slowly.

Permalink Mark Unread

(He goes back to work.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And he goes back to sleep, and it's almost an hour before he has another dream. Nahira uses her soul, this time, makes him unable to move, undresses him and pushes him into his bed, and all he wants to do is scream, and he can't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soul-tap.

Permalink Mark Unread

Immense relief and gratitude and love. And then less immense but still all those things. He curls up and wraps himself in his blanket and wraps his mind in love of Maitimo, and goes back to sleep almost immediately.

He has four more nightmares before morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, hopefully a subtle artist can help. Have a safe trip.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

He gets dressed and has breakfast and then comes to collect his soul again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hands it to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren puts on his soul and smiles adoringly at Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

And wants a kiss but isn't consciously thinking about this because that'd be demanding - 

Kiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is delighted, and happily kisses back, and—

—this time he catches it, and connects it to last night's hug, there's a similar feeling of not having known he wanted something but clearly having wanted it anyway. Well. That's a thing his mind is doing, apparently.

You know me frighteningly well, he says, with another adoring smile. Should I disentangle that restriction, or keep it?

Permalink Mark Unread

You have permission to want things; I'll ignore you if I don't want to give them. But it is kind of enjoyable knowing you better than you know yourself.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you.

He'll poke at it a little bit but not make a concerted effort to get rid of it, then. Maitimo picking up on his invisible desires and then sometimes fulfilling them seems to be enjoyable for them both, but Taliar would generally prefer to know what he wants rather than not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Go figure out how the Internet works.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's the plan! he agrees happily, and he and his trauma hop over to Nuime. He thinks he'll visit Esarkan first, see what he thinks of this Internet notion.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Escaped already, I see," says Esarkan.

Permalink Mark Unread

He rolls his eyes. "So how's the multiverse been treating you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uncommunicatively. I've been considering how long to wait and who to send asking after the crystal ball they promised."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm on my way out there to acquire one of their conveniences anyway," he says, bouncing the concept, "I can do a little diplomacy on the side."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perfect. Find an appropriately diplomatic way to say that if I ask for a means of contacting someone, and they suggest one, and I accept, and then days go by with no word on the subject, this does not fill me with faith in their organizational competence."

Permalink Mark Unread

And he also wants an Internet of his very own but he considers that to go without saying.

"Sure thing," he says. "Worth chasing Internet-related information around here, do you think, or should I go straight for the crystal ball question?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I doubt we have anything. Go on."

Permalink Mark Unread

So he proceeds directly to Revelation.

Permalink Mark Unread

As soon as he lands in Revelation he is intercepted and brought elsewhere in Revelation by a teenage girl in a frilly skirt. "Hey," she says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello," he says. "Interdimensional greeter?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My job title's actually 'Miscellaneous' but yeah," she says. "What brings you here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two things! One, Emperor Esarkan wants to know how long he will be waiting for the crystal ball Elspeth promised and if there's another means of communication he should be using in the meantime; two, Midnight wants an Internet. Do you know who I should talk to about either or both of those?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've been told there's a technical problem on the crystal balls that Boots is working on. If there's an emergency you write a letter to Cam, did you get told how to do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it more complicated than writing a letter and addressing it to someone called Cam?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nope, that's it. It is for emergencies though, he's got a lot on his plate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll pass it along. And the other thing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be inclined to say wait until Boots has the crystal ball fixed and then pull instructions off that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which leads me right back to 'and when will Boots have the crystal ball fixed?'"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have a timeframe on that. I can take you to Warp and you could see about making an appointment if you want? Or T'Mir, who probably knows how she's doing on it and you wouldn't be interrupting the fixing the technical difficulty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, I'd appreciate that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Now they're in Warp. Frilly skirt girl peers at a computer for a moment, then says, "Oh, apparently people who come through that way are supposed to talk to T'Mir anyway and she can make space for you now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Convenient!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah-huh." Pop. Here is a charming little office. Frilly skirt salutes to greenish and pointy-eared, then vanishes.

"Hello," says T'Mir. "My name is Isabella T'Mir, I go by the latter for clarity."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Raika-seren Taliar," he says. "Raika-seren for clarity. Pleased to meet you. Emperor Esarkan would like me to ask after his crystal ball."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do apologize for the lack of communication about that. One of my alts is working on something for it and expected it to be simpler than it has turned out to be, but in increments - it keeps appearing to be a day or two away. I did assign a hard deadline for tomorrow afternoon for sending someone to explain."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's she working on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The world known to you as Independence at one time had an ordinary crystal ball. Now that it seems prohibitively difficult to reliably keep track of the planet's whereabouts and activities, we'd prefer a version that would be likewise prohibitively difficult to reverse-engineer for that world and the apparently similar new Arda - has anyone selected a nickname for the new Arda?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet but if you're desperate for something to write in the file I could unofficially suggest Dawn. Why do you want Nuime's crystal ball to be prohibitively difficult to reverse-engineer? Independence turned down the offer of a new one and last I heard Tivarante hasn't asked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We suspect it wouldn't be difficult for Dawn and Independence to access the Nuime crystal ball. Inconveniently, all of our actual diplomats are Maitimos and not equipped to navigate the question with their usual grace; the rest of us are trying to figure something out."

Permalink Mark Unread

At the mention of Maitimos and their usual grace, he looks - a little sad.

"I've only heard Midnight's side of that story so far," he mentions. "Regarding his alts, I mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What has he told you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd hesitate to pass on his summary in case he'd prefer I kept it to myself," he says. "If you're interested in explaining the other side, perhaps you could start from the beginning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure where to start or how much context you already have; there's a considerable amount of peal history accumulated by now and about half of it is at least loosely relevant."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've heard that there are other Maitimos from nicer Ardas where Elves are naturally the sort of people the Valar are comfortable with so the Valar don't use nonconsensual mental alteration to make them that way," he says, "and that they're very upset about Midnight not being cast in the same mold."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The problem, so far as we are aware, has nothing to do with the innate nature of the relevant Elves and instead has to do with worse Valar, most specifically a subtler Enemy," says T'Mir. "The divergence in the Maitimo template in particular we are inclined to trace through his father to a person named Rúmil, who in all Ardas is an ex-prisoner of Utumno and has considerable influence over Fëanáro's default-badly-parented upbringing. To Boots's subtle artistry, which can normally detect alts, the Independence Rúmil does not even register as a member of the template. Standard Arda Valar who Elspeth has not visited do perform dubiously consensual mental alteration on dead Elves but do not practice such thorough surveillance on the inclinations of the living. Complicating the matter is that in a typical Arda's trajectory Maitimos are captured early in the war and spend time in Angband and have some lingering difficulty with coping with the concept of Midnight's behavior towards his Findekáno for that reason. There are non-traumatized Maitimos - the Space Arda versions are forked from a time prior to that event; the human alt is not from an Arda at all - but they remain upset about having an alt who kept and raped a prisoner under variously mind-altering oaths for centuries."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"It's an upsetting thing," he says, "and I'm not saying it isn't, I just - "

He pauses for a moment to collect his thoughts.

"...When I look at this situation, what I want to do is find some way to help all the rest of you, improve your lives and the lives of your people to such an overwhelming extent that it becomes worth it that you met him. That's - I guess you'd say my template - that's my template's favoured approach to conflict. Just keep making everyone involved better off until it goes away."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that would have been easier to accomplish before Midnight ran off with Imperial Loyalist Yeerks and his entire planet. Teleporting planets, even Flat Ardas, had not previously been tested; that could have killed everyone aboard and he didn't even bring the Valar as a safety. Yeerks are intensely dangerous to unprepared populations and according to our limited understanding of what happened after Nuime was found this fact was made manifest there, if mercifully briefly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Do you know that he didn't test it?" he wonders.

Permalink Mark Unread

"With what safely uninhabited Flat Arda? They don't work like spherical planets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Even Flat Ardas' made it sound like you consider Flat Ardas strictly safer to teleport. But that's a little beside the point. I think everyone involved in this situation is incredibly lucky that Independence fetched up next to Nuime because now your major point of contact with the Ardas you dislike is going to be me and my alt. Please let us help you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Flat Ardas lack one known danger associated with teleporting spherical planets - their suns are closer by and manually piloted. However, it would be unlikely for a spherical planet to suddenly crumple in the absence of its magical physics, as spherical planets do not require such a thing. How is it you propose to help us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have any problems that could be solved with vast amounts of arbitrary magical power? You could start by telling Elaneth-imire about those. But what I was specifically talking about was trying to straighten out your approach to Independence. It's... I might have to tell you some of my world's history to explain why I'm coming at it from this perspective, but: when you make people desperate, they do desperate things. I think Midnight's situation might have made you all a little desperate, and then you reacted in a way that made him desperate in turn, and in Nuime we have learned that when powerful people get trapped in that cycle with each other, everyone suffers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We've been told that Elaneth-imire has a portable continent-preserving means of killing Melkors, which we should assume we'll need sooner or later. Certainly we are not under the impression that we ever handled Midnight well as a collective; the entire business has been governed by unproductive emotional reactions, which is why I am the instance of my template having this conversation with you now. I am entirely willing to hear the history of Nuime."

Permalink Mark Unread

"More precisely, what Elaneth-imire has is a soul artifact a thousand times more powerful than anyone else's, which picks up new powers depending on his needs, with a lead time of three days," he says. "Soul artifacts are Nuime's local magic system. Anyone in Nuime can become a soulbearer, in theory. In practice it can be difficult, and it used to be much more so. A few thousand years ago, soulbearers were very rare because the process for becoming one wasn't common knowledge. Then someone decided that wasn't fair, and everyone should be able to have that kind of power, so he published an explanation. I actually think it might've turned out okay if he hadn't picked such a bad time and place, but as it happens, well..."

He shakes his head.

"His country was at war with its neighbour, had been for a long time. While the news of how to manifest your soul was still spreading, they put together an army of soulbearers and attacked. The neighbour was in danger of getting wiped out completely, so they got their hands on the secret and put together their own army of soulbearers. The thing about armies of soulbearers fighting each other is that both sides have enormous amounts of power but there's no way to predict anything about what that power is going to look like unless you personally know every single soulbearer involved. And even then, souls can change. It makes war very very messy and unpredictable. So what ended up happening is that both sides were terrified of being completely exterminated and thought the only way to save themselves was to exterminate the other side first. In the end, they both lost. That was the first Soul War."

A thoughtful, withdrawn look crosses his face for a moment; then he focuses on T'Mir again and continues.

"For a while, everyone agreed that armies of soulbearers just weren't worth the risk. But eventually someone decided they wanted to completely wipe out one of their neighbours; they put together an army of soulbearers and counted on everyone else's reluctance to start another Soul War to prevent them from doing the same and fighting back. They destroyed their neighbour so thoroughly that the only survivors were refugees in other nearby countries, then started conquering those places to get the refugees. Some of them fielded soulbearer armies of their own; others tried to kill or capture any refugees in their midst so the aggressors would leave them alone, and then ended up fighting the refugees, most of whom were soulbearers themselves by that point, and the whole mess just kept getting bigger until it swallowed up the world. The Soul Wars didn't so much end as gradually taper off once there wasn't enough of any individual side left to present a credible threat of total destruction to anyone else."

He considers for a moment whether it's relevant to add—

"My father was born during the Soul Wars. He saw it happen, some of it. Nuime is safe from that kind of thing now, especially since Elaneth-imire is irrevocably immortal, but it strikes me that open conflict between dimension-spanning polities would turn out similarly, and I cannot overstate how much I don't want that to happen. When I hear about how you handled him, I can't help thinking that it's sort of like that very first country in the very early days, secure in the knowledge that their neighbour didn't have a soulbearer army. It's - I don't blame you, I want to be clear about that. I know it's a hard problem and I can't say that the way I would've handled it in your place is unambiguously better. But I think the strategy of trying to restrict Independence's power is deeply counterproductive. If you'd been on good terms with them when the Yeerks showed up, if they'd had more resources and been able to trust you more, maybe they would've had better options than cooperating. I don't imagine that the Yeerks would have politely turned around and gone home if Midnight had refused to help them."

Sigh.

"So. I don't think anyone in this situation wants there to be conflict between you and Independence. I think everyone would be better off if both sides could trust each other and share resources freely. And I really, really want to make that happen, because you all sound like good people trying to do the best you can with a bad situation, and I want only good things for you, but I also care about Midnight and his country and want them to prosper. And Nuime is caught in the middle here and would really prefer if everyone got along. By the way, if you want to give things to Nuime that you don't want Dawn or Independence to have access to, I'm able to make commitments about that on Esarkan's behalf. But I am really hoping to secure your permission to give Dawn and Independence some things as well. I can't think how it could possibly hurt you if Independence had the Internet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, the Internet is fine. What concerns us more are daeva especially demons, Materian wizardry especially in the presence of Maiar, the sorcery underlying the teleport especially in the presence of an untrusted instance of Fëanáro - Midnight's Fëanáro has been working with his Space alts and not interacting with Bells at all lest we irritate him; this is open to Dawn's too - worldleapers, and spellbinding."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well," he says. "What about those things concerns you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Demons can produce adjacency-unlimited surveillance on any unsecured or inadequately secured recorded information, which is most forms of recorded information not specifically produced with demons in mind; they can in a moment destroy stars and planets; they are themselves indestructible. While demons as a group have humanlike psychology, this includes a humanlike amount of variance and much of the peaceability of Hell has to do with the fact that everyone in it has the same powers. We're keeping an eye on the demon who made the worldleapers for Midnight and so far she hasn't made a move to distribute the information or leave Hell, but that's sheer luck. We have been trying for years to come up with a solution to the demonic information security problem which doesn't involve trying to bottleneck Hell's information, but so far do not have one. Materian wizardry is extremely powerful in its original dimension, which forbids systematic experimentation; outside of that the limit its eventual capabilities are unknown but presumably enormous. Maiar have unlimited fuel of the sort it uses and their cooperation removes a soft cap on development and casting. The sorcery underlying the teleport is slow to develop but has no known hard limits - additionally, the inventor of the teleport, my alt Loki, is very personally annoyed that it has been stolen - and may or may not be possible to reverse-engineer. Worldleapers provide dangerous but not prohibitively dangerous access to new worlds whose magic systems may be as or more potentially dangerous than the above. Spellbinding is not known to have any genuinely hard power caps when it is combined with Arda magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I fully agree that demons require careful handling, and I wouldn't dream of treating them otherwise. The rest... what do you imagine will happen if Dawn and Independence gain access to powerfully general magic systems? Or is it as simple as - you don't trust them, therefore you don't want them to have significant power? Well, Dawn has Elaneth-imire. He's pretty significant all by himself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that's concerning too," T'Mir says. "We were not making a substantial priority of restricting Independence's independent work before - they had an ordinary crystal ball, although I don't think they ever did pick at it very much - we just weren't helping. Then Midnight risked an entire planet many of whose inhabitants are not even his own subjects in an unprecedented planetary teleport, stranded the subtle artists we'd loaned him on an undeveloped part of Vanda Nossëo, assisted Imperial loyalist Yeerks, and apparently secured the friendship of a world with yet another high-power magic system."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I think this situation would benefit from more guarantees of trust," he says. "Is there anyone you trust who is a Yeerk or could morph one, who could go in my head to verify that I'm - the person that I and my soul say I am? I want to have this conversation without worrying that you're going to think I'm wrong or lying or playing games with you when I'm not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My alt Butterfly can morph a Yeerk. So could I, I suppose, but she's the one who's done it before. There will remain the salient possibility that you're subject to some manner of deception or manipulation, and again as a group we do store most of our social skills which would make that clear in the Maitimos."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you're low on social skills, you're more than welcome to borrow mine," he says. "I'm pretty hard to deceive."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How so?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I find it easy to understand people, and my soul has a lie detection power, and in extreme cases it's been known to just tell me what someone was trying to keep from me," he says. "And if I understand right, going in my head actually would let you pick up my social skills?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"To an extent. Butterfly does not experience morph instincts the way most people do and it seems likely that others of us would have the same property. She would get your languages but has not mentioned retaining much else from people she's previously Yeerked. Social skills are also the sort of thing that is often heavily entwined with the personality attempting to deploy them. Lie detection alone does not necessarily guarantee anything; we do have that in magic song form. Depending on how extreme cases are defined the other power may or may not be any more reliable than Elspeth's occasional bursts of sourceless truth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if your template can't borrow my social skills, the offer stands for anybody else you trust that you think would benefit. I am very interested in making this whole thing work."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I suppose the most dramatic demonstration would probably be having a Findekáno Yeerk you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...If there's one who wants to, then sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They actually cope with the concept of Midnight better than standard Maitimos do, but I do not know whether any would take you up on the offer. I'll put out a notice." She glances at her computer.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks," he says. "Oh, while I'm here, I also wanted to look into seeing a subtle artist about some problems I'm having, can you tell me where I should go for that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There aren't very many subtle artists evacuated from Materia and a number of those now have particular Midnight-related irritation about being stranded without warning on Vanda Nossëo that might interact poorly with artist-patient rapport. There are some who practice and were not loaned to Shadow and you could inquire after their interest in taking on new patients."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks, I'll do that. Okay. I feel like the conversation between us about Dawn and Independence is going to be vastly more productive and efficient after you have someone Yeerk me, but if that's hard to arrange on short notice I can talk to you about Nuime in the meantime."

Permalink Mark Unread

And on the crystal ball - if you think it is likely to be productive, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have a volunteer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That was fast. All right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It could have taken longer but apparently Finleran was at a computer." She sends a couple more missives, then picks up her computer and attaches it to her person. "Shall we?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

So she hops them to Cube (they land in a building with a nice view of Beijing that may be familiar) and asks Finleran where he may be found.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks out the window and grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll come join them, if that's convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfectly convenient, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pop. Tail-lash. <Hello, T'Mir.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello. Finleran, this is Raika-seren Taliar; Raika-seren, Finleran, the Cube Findekáno. It seems likely wise to conduct this in Aurum on general principle."

Permalink Mark Unread

<I am pleased to meet you> he says, <and yes, it does.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Now they are in Aurum.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pleased to meet you too," says Raika-seren.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Are we waiting on Alice?>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've sent her a note. She's watching."

Permalink Mark Unread

<All right.> Morph Yeerk.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Raika-seren picks up Finleran and holds him next to his ear.

He genuinely doesn't mind a bit. Finleran is welcome to look through his head as much as he likes. He wants Dawn and Independence to have a better relationship with the peal, and this is the best way he can see to make that easier, and it's barely even a cost, he has no problem with being known like this.

Permalink Mark Unread

He leaves him control of his body. He is silent for a few minutes and then says I don't know that sharing this will advance your goals; may I do so anyway?

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I know there's some stuff in here that's not going to make them very happy, but the thing I want to get across is - what it means to be a Taliar. The rest... I don't know. I don't mind in principle if people know about me and Midnight, but I mind if they, um, understand it incorrectly, d'you know what I mean?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I do. To be clear, my concern about Midnight is not his private conduct but that he allied with - he spits it - Yeerks - and I have no desire for the peal's energy to be wasted in trying to resolve a non-problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

...he's heard the peal is allied with Yeerks too, but different Yeerks, he supposes.

Well, is there anything I could do to help with your concern, then?

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like not even Elaneth-Imire could stop the evil Maitimos if they decided to ally with the next enemy of the peal to come to their attention. I think that is the essential dilemma we will have to solve to feel comfortable with allowing them to accumulate power, but I should articulate all of this to everyone else so other concerns can be discussed. ...the thing that would really help would be ceasing to disseminate or use Loki's stolen spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I can do my best, but I'm not sure even I can manage to get Dawn, Independence, and Nuime to all give up their only distributable means of interdimensional transport. We'd be down to Nezhefena and Tyela, and Tyela's too traumatized to go anywhere. Is there a substitute available?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not that I know of. When I summarize this for everybody I will solicit suggestions on other things that might serve as sources of reassurance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, all right, he says.

...he can't quite articulate the question, but he wants to know if - if it worked, if Finleran now understands what a Taliar is and why he's so convinced that this situation desperately desperately needs one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. And I hope you succeed, I really do, but I cannot be as optimistic about it as you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. You're not a Taliar, he says, smiling. I can be optimistic enough for both of us.

His soul shines a soft and beautiful blue, the colour that represents his optimism as the force of nature it is.

(And in the back of his head, Nahira keeps whispering, as she's been doing all day. He barely thinks about it. He has a project, an even bigger one than he thought.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He demorphs. <I think> he says to T'Mir <I should write up my thoughts for the consideration of all the interested parties.>

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree."

Permalink Mark Unread

And he pops out, and a short time later:

 

 

I will note firstly that I asked his leave to share this and received it; he would actively prefer any information be shared that might lead to a positive outcome. The positive outcome he envisions is that magic and advanced technology are shared with Dawn, Independence, Nuimë, and the neighbors they anticipate seeking out, and that the instances of Taliar are personally able to provide so much value to the peal that we consider this worthwhile.  He is very competent, very resourceful, positioned with access to a lot of resources, and very very confident that he can achieve this outcome somehow, and he's willing to incur practically arbitrary personal costs to achieve it. I am less confident, in particular because both Maitimos have irrevocable continuous access to their consorts' thoughts (when in range) and the second evil Maitimo (chosen name Tivarante) irrevocably has the ability to incapacitate his husband at will. That seems like a likely trajectory of the dynamic between Midnight and Raika-seren, if Midnight decides that having a nearly-omnipotent consort is of use to him. 

The original Taliar landed in his evil Arda in its year 400, fell in love with the local Maitimo, and was informed by his soul of the conditions under which the local Maitimo was keeping his consort only when the Maitimo attempted to arrange a threesome. Taliar's soul magic gets stronger off strengthening people around him and particularly people of significance to him; confronted with a problem whose obvious solution (removing the rapist from power) presented practical challenges and also meant doing grievous harm to a person of significance to him, his soul instead lost nearly all its power. That is the moment that Raika-seren was forked from, when his alt decided to give a fork of himself as a present to Midnight; how long it will take him to build up to the power levels that allowed the other one to trivially kill the Enemy is hard for him to estimate, but not longer than a few years.

 

(The relationship between Raika-seren and Midnight would certainly meet most standards of abuse but he's happy, his stance on it was not formed while being manipulated by Midnight, it would be counterproductive to attempt to extract him and he expects to be completely fine whatever happens. I think he is right to expect this; he has more-or-less modified himself to make it true. He categorically cannot be persuaded to leave Midnight, if prevented from returning to him he will either be rescued by his alt or manifest a power to do it himself, and if Midnight is executed - as, to be clear, I think is at this point entirely necessary - he will spend as long as it takes trying to figure out how to resurrect him and given the undirected nature of his magic system plausibly figure it out eventually. He is also pretty much categorically unable to consider betraying Midnight or working against him or aiding an effort to meaningfully contain him; because Midnight can read his thoughts he is in the habit of not having any that might damage Midnight's trust in him.) You might as well assume the Taliar template impossible to talk out of their commitments in full generality.

He is very confident in his ability to persuade Midnight to participate in some kind of plan to build enough trust that his world can get advanced technology and magic, but through a general conviction he can achieve results he wants rather than any specific basis for thinking Midnight inclined toward compromise. He is genuinely very gifted at this and I am inclined to assume him correct that he could achieve it.

My assessment of Midnight's aims, based on Raika-seren's memories, is that he wants to use his consort to acquire first modern technology and then probably wizardry and any other transmissible magic, win favor by sharing these with Nuimë, and then explore for adjacent dimensions. He is contained at least to some degree by the desire to use his consort for powerful magic - Taliars will not aid him in anything overtly evil or likely to endanger civilians - and Raika-seren believes him likely not to act badly to a greater degree than this because the degree of trust present in Tivarante and Elaneth-imire's relationship - and the state of their souls, which is very informative to people in Nuimë - is in his assessment incompatible with Tivarante still being a rapist or for that matter an irresponsible ruler. Raika-seren thinks that given more power Midnight would be less inclined to desperate acts, which is how he interprets helping the Yeerks and teleporting the planet and stranding the subtle artists and so on. Raika-seren is categorically opposed to efforts to contain Midnight and thinks they're almost certain to fail. His alt has had good results from never trying to make Tivarante do anything and he thinks that is the correct approach to evil Maitimos, at least beyond intervening for specific victims. 

 It should be possible to sustain good relationships with Nuimë independent of the other two and perhaps even while acting against the other two but that'd take finesse we've so far been underequipped with.

 

He might be right, but he does not have any special advantage that would make it more certain he is right - he has extraordinary social skills but so do Maitimos - and Midnight Yeerked him and is thus very well equipped with a picture of how to manipulate him. I do not think Midnight merits any benefit of the doubt at this point and the consequences of being wrong would be catastrophic. That is why I think the compromise he hopes for may not be achievable. In the spirit of attempting one anyway I suggested they give up the stolen teleport; he thought that would be impossible. If anyone wants to offer other gestures of good faith that might help salvage this, he is certainly open to hearing them.

Permalink Mark Unread

(T'Mir, meanwhile, escorts Raika-seren back to Warp and lets him borrow an ethernet connection to inquire after available appointment slots with subtle artists.)

Permalink Mark Unread

So he makes some inquiries, and then he reads Finleran's summary.

"...The perspective gap actually managed to be even wider than I thought," he concludes. "Wow. I'd kind of like someone from a different template to do it and add their thoughts, just - to get more angles? I don't exactly feel like Finleran misrepresented me in any glaring ways, but I feel like he's... giving a more limited picture than I'd like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you be more specific?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"When you look at my soul, what do you see?"

(Integrity and compassion and optimism and wisdom and insight and charisma and contrariness and mischief and strength and resilience and determination and love and hope and the fundamental drive to give everyone what they need to be happy and safe and fulfilled—)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you looking for a list or just wondering if it works at all?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not necessarily a list, just - an impression. What sort of person you would think I was, with what capabilities, if you unconditionally believed everything my soul says about me. I hadn't actually considered that it might not work at all, although I should've."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might not work on, say, Golden, whose mental defense power has been known to be overprotective; I do get an impression from it. You come off as having very useful skills and admirable values and if that were all I knew about you I would be uncomplicatedly delighted to have you as an ally - if that were all I knew about you I would be having emotions, relevantly. The problem is that you are aiming your useful skills and admirable values at a project which may inherently balance poorly with ours however much skill you throw at it, and you are irrevocably committed to prioritizing that project to the point where there are apparently literally unthinkable thoughts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The unthinkable thoughts thing is one of the parts of that summary that was... technically not false but that I think suffered from an issue of perspective. I'm not tying my brain in knots to stop myself from thinking things that might make Midnight trust me less - I don't have to do that, because I am actually just trustworthy. And, yes, the amount of trustworthiness it takes to gain Midnight's trust is pretty extreme. But I'm a Taliar." He gestures at the summary that ensued from his casual offer to have someone on the peal's side Yeerk him. "When I want someone to trust me, I do not fuck around."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But you also want us to trust Midnight, and, well. He does not have this property."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope to eventually convince you to trust Midnight by giving you legitimately good reasons. I don't expect you to do it just because I showed up and said so. Although - can I ask, when you say you would be having emotions...? I'd been assuming you were just really good at locking them out of all the important stuff; are you saying you actually turned them off?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I can turn them back on at any time, but the reason you're talking to me in particular is because, as I mentioned earlier, historically our handling of Midnight has been governed by unproductive emotional reactions and so far our best idea for a new thing to try is 'definitely not that'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...It's kind of making it hard for me to get a good read on what you think of me," he says, "but from your perspective that might not necessarily be a bad thing. Anyway. At this point I think it's probably worth getting Dawn-shining to fork again from before he ever met Tivarante. Then we can send that Taliar to handle all this, and you won't have to worry about him being under the control of someone you don't trust."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you genuinely wish to be that casual about forking, I can see how it might help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not remotely casual," he says. "It's... this, putting everything we've got into accomplishing the impossible, finding the best possible outcome of a situation and then making it happen no matter how hard it is, this is what Taliars are for. We cannot give this any less than our best. And the fork will have plenty to occupy him after he succeeds in clearing this up - there's a whole multiverse out there, I'm sure it contains several more problems worth throwing a Taliar at."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Having a Taliar who was not devotedly attached to a - there will need to be some less loaded terminology for the subtemplate than 'evil Maitimo', presumably - would potentially be very useful in bridging the gap you observe and would certainly make it easier for the peal and Nuime to interface without complications. It will not make Midnight - or for that matter Tivarante, although he has less of a track record problem - any more trustworthy than they are willing to be, and it seems like nothing about that is liable to change in a positive direction."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am confident that we Taliars can bridge that gap," he says. "Regarding the teleport - I really don't want to keep using a stolen spell whose creator feels proprietary about it, but it's fundamentally not practical to have three separate dimension-spanning polities collectively relying for all of their interdimensional transport on two soulbearers one of whom no longer leaves her house. Is there some kind of compensation we can offer to the inventor, or official channels we can send some people through to acquire authorized copies of the spell, or any alternatives?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Materian wizardry is capable of interdimensional transit, though it has its own set of problems. I do not think it would be impossible to convince Loki to accept Midnight and Tivarante and various Nuime residents having it, but people she's never met who were not vetted by people she vetted at any degree of remove in control of its distribution is a harder sell and you would have to convince her that Midnight and Tivarante would not continue to hand it out however they pleased."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll see what I can do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anchored worldleapers can also enable travel from world to world in a stable fashion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And how interested are you in setting those up between Nuime and the peal?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would be an easier sell if the Dawn Fëanáro were stashed with some of his alts like the Independence one is and not maybe quietly figuring out how they work, but even without that more palatable than handing out high-flexibility magic solutions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll make the suggestion. Oh - unrelatedly, it just happened to cross my mind, there's a potential unfortunate interaction between eidetic memory necklaces and trauma flashbacks. Have you seen anyone get trapped in a memory loop for hours because something got them started while there was no one around to pull them out of it? I don't know how common it's likely to be, but it happened to me and I'd really rather it didn't happen to anyone else. Hopefully it was just some personal quirk of how my mind works and not something most people need to worry about."

Permalink Mark Unread

"To my knowledge none of the people with eidetic memories who've been prisoners of the Enemy or nonconsenusally Yeerked or otherwise traumatized have that problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a relief."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that what you were hoping to see a subtle artist about?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I have some lingering trouble from before Nuime's first interdimensional contact, it's really inconvenient. Would still be pretty inconvenient even without the interaction - my soul says rings of dreamless sleep are subtly bad for me, I hope that's just another quirk - but with the interaction it's really inconvenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The souls thing is fascinating."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Soul artifacts are pretty great!" he says. "Esarkan hopes he'll eventually establish enough mutual trust with the peal that he can let you send people to Nuime to become soulbearers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"To what extent are soul powers predictable in advance?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you know a lot of soulbearers, and know the person well, it's usually possible to guess some things, but not always, and not reliably. Whatever someone gets, it's always... appropriate for them, though. And powers can change when a person changes, or when their circumstances change. Taliars' souls are unusually flexible, but most people's souls change at least a little bit over time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Tivarante' is in the style of a soulname."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Tivarante Maitimo is a soulbearer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What does his do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Protection from mental tampering, expanded osanwe range, improved memory, and it protects itself against being touched - is it already known to the peal that you do not touch a soulbearer's soul?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, some of us have been looking at published materials from Nuime."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, good. It's important for people to know that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can explain what the actual problem is if you want, I know more about it than any published material you could name, but for most purposes 'just assume it's unbearable torture' will serve you well as a rule."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh? What is it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sort of... fills your entire mind with a sense of the person who is touching your soul and what you feel about them. Except that 'fills your entire mind' is an understatement, it takes up more than the amount of mind you normally have. And the fact that it's so terrifying and overwhelming to begin with means that usually most of that space is filled with pain and fear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is useful to know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Happy to help. Let's see, what else... how would you feel about providing Nuime with some Allspeak installations? Oh, and my alt and I have made some minor theoretical advances in magical engineering that you might not find redundant, who should I tell about those?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sure we can get you someone to come by with an Allspeak wand. We typically call forks that and leave 'alt' for more generic situations. How communicable-in-writing are the advances?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm his fork but he's not mine," he says. "I could have them written up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you do that we can just dump them into the network to whom it may concern."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, I'll take care of it. Ideally I'd like to go home with the means to set up the Internet for Nuime, Independence, and Dawn if they want it. I think I can manage that mostly by myself, given a crystal ball and a while to read about it; but I probably shouldn't personally summon a demon to conjure the relevant materials because they might get curious about my soul, so I'd need some help with that part. And a few hours in front of a crystal ball. Are those things available?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A world's worth of internet is also an inherently irregular order for a demon to receive even if you copy the Revelation tech tree."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can divide the order up between multiple demons. And come up with plausible justifications for all of them, given another few hours in front of a crystal ball. But at that point it's more of an inconvenience for you to put it through for me; I welcome alternate suggestions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cam could do it, or possibly Epic, or you could trade for it the long way with someone - for Nuime, anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Trade with who? I'm a little unclear on the multiversal economic and political situation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe Tide - that being the friendly Yeerk polity to whom the baby daeva were remanded - they're friendly but not quite fully in on the peal gift economy arrangement. There are a few Elendil members similarly situated too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Well, if Cam or Epic would find it worthwhile to send me home with three planets' worth of internet, I'll go for that, and if not, you can have some people whose time is less valuable summon a bunch of demons or I can suggest to Esarkan that he trade with Tide."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The last option might set precedent you find useful, it occurs to me. Trade relations are stabilizing and don't require nearly the level of personal trust that pealing per se does."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What do you mean by 'pealing per se' in this context?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, the term is derived from a pun on the name regularity of my template but has in the absence of comparable puns been expanded to include 'coming to the attention of the network while being a relevantly-similar-enough alt of a person already trusted thereby'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see what you mean. Yeah. Well, then, regardless of how the Internet question comes out, I'll suggest to Esarkan that he trade with Tide."

Permalink Mark Unread

She sends a network message then - "Cam suggests that you can save him more than enough time to compensate if you obviate some work in forensic demonology, which was probably intended as a flippant remark but would in fact pan out if you can accomplish that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What sort of work in forensic demonology might I obviate?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He feels some need to keep up on the activities of Dawn and Independence."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Elaneth-imire can produce an account of what's going on in Dawn to pretty arbitrary levels of completeness, and he will if Tivarante clears it. I can make the suggestion to Midnight but I don't know if he'll go for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The challenge here is providing an account which achieves the same or a better standard of verifiable accuracy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Elaneth-imire almost certainly knows more about the state of Dawn than you can get from even very clever conjuration. I suppose it's an open question whether you'll accept his standards of evidence, but the evidence available to him includes a soul power that lets him see everything happening on the entire surface of the planet at once whenever he likes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if he also wants to be Yeerked that would do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I can ask him about that, and in the meantime I'd still like to spend some time at a crystal ball reading about the Internet, and then maybe see a subtle artist before I go home."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You may use one of the public ballrooms here and you'll be pinged on it if anyone has an appointment slot for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks," he says cheerfully. "Let me know if there's anything else I can do for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course; likewise."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lovely meeting you. Point me at a public ballroom and I'll get out of your way."

Permalink Mark Unread

She drops him off in one.

Permalink Mark Unread

He settles in and starts reading. Rather than waste time on food or sleep - particularly given how unpleasant sleep is likely to be - he wraps himself in his healing aura. Hopefully the soft golden glow isn't too distracting. He keeps an eye on the time; if it takes more than a day and a half for a subtle artist to have an appointment slot free, he'll go home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, there are a couple with free spots in the next few days but they charge money.

The subtle artists who don't charge money were disproportionately tapped to not-charge-money in Shadow before Midnight left them stranded on an unhabited continent of Vanda Nossëo, so they are perhaps understandably inclined to turn him down.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's pretty sure he can talk one of them into it if he can get one of them to talk to him at all - is he preceded by Independence-related warnings wherever he goes, or something? He didn't even exist when that happened.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does seem to be preceded by Independence-related warnings; one of them has sent him an a-mail suggesting that patient/therapist rapport would be better served by a subtle artist with no preexisting interaction with Midnight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I agree. Can you suggest someone?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's got great things to say about one of the ones who works for money.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately, I don't have any money right now, and I would really like to get started on solving my problem quickly because an unforeseen magic interaction left me having looping trauma flashbacks for twenty-four hours straight and I would strongly prefer not to give that a chance to happen again. Can you recommend anyone else?

Permalink Mark Unread

The subtle artist feels for him but isn't sure why he's expecting to find free service in a foreign country one of his allies recently aggressed against on short notice?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a different set of cultural assumptions surrounding healing in Nuime. And I arguably didn't exist at the time, but that's kind of a long story and I'll understand if you don't want me taking up any more of your time. Thanks anyway.

(Anyone else interested in talking to him or passing him along to someone who will...?)

Permalink Mark Unread

One of them knows a recent evacuee who isn't settled in and advertising yet but might take Taliar early.

Permalink Mark Unread

He thanks them very sincerely for the referral, and contacts the indicated person.

Permalink Mark Unread

If Taliar just wants simple intervention done on something, sure, if he wants a whole course of talk therapy this guy is not ready to commit to that.

Permalink Mark Unread

A whole course of talk therapy probably isn't necessary; what are the available options for 'I sometimes have trauma flashbacks and I would like to not have them anymore'? He could do without the nightmares too, but it's the flashbacks that are significantly affecting quality of life.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar should come to the subtle artist's house to talk about this.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do that. Here he is.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the subtle artist invites him in and explains how nightmares can be blocked by topic or affect temporarily while waiting for the patient to learn lucid dreaming and how flashbacks can be treated by going over the relevant memory with the affect removed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, cool. Can he just temporarily not dream about anything that happened in Atialemain, annnnd if blunting the flashbacks is going to take multiple sessions he might like to be temporarily unable to smell daffodils or something? And he is very grateful for the subtle artist's help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Temporary stuff knocks loose, but he can have temporary perception block on daffodils, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takes a couple hours and then he gets sent on his way.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes back to the public ballroom. He spends another several hours reading about how the Internet works until he's satisfied he can make it happen if someone hands him the materials.

He returns to Nuime, passes the relevant parts of the conversation on to Esarkan with very little commentary, hops into Dawn, and says to his alt, You busy?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not at present, what's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

You need to fork again. And the peal wants you to spy on your husband for them.

He transmits the relevant memories.

Permalink Mark Unread

...he starts giggling helplessly. Raika-seren is just - such a Taliar.

Permalink Mark Unread

What charming people. My poor alt. ...also, there's absolutely no way we're handing over my father for supervision.

Permalink Mark Unread

No kidding. I am absolutely forking for this, though, Sun-dark is right, we can get it done but we need one of me who's - unattached. How do you feel about having me spy on you to win favour with the peal? It seems like a pretty reasonable trade considering they're apparently spying on you already.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not very effectively, demons can just get written records. I'm doing nothing they should object to but I think I loathe them and can't think of anything I want from them badly enough to justify helping them at all. You can hide us. Why don't we just cut off contact entirely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww. Elaneth-imire cuddles his husband.

I mean, that would be satisfying, but Esarkan will prefer to be in contact with them, and they'd still be spying on us, and they have Midnight's father, and - Raika-seren got into this on behalf of Taliars-as-a-group and now we have to see it through.

And he can see the same lurking specter of an interdimensional Soul War that his fork can. He can hide them, but he doesn't want to rely on his hiding power against all possible methods of finding, and he feels like the peal would find their disappearance provocative, and in conclusion this situation desperately needs a Taliar thrown at it. Maybe his father, too. He bets his father would have something to contribute.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm going to tell all of my people that there are demons spying on them and how to avoid being spied on. Right now. I will not tolerate engagement with them taking the form of 'we're good enough to deserve not to be murdered or captured or conquered, look at us, look how deserving of continued freedom we are, we're so virtuous, there's nothing you'd even want to fix.' You tell them nothing. They are loathsome and disgusting and worse than the Valar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that'll make the new fork's life difficult, but he's a Taliar, he'll handle it.

—also, it's not just written records, he bets they can conjure scale models of planets and so forth, that seems within their described capacity, so eliminating written records won't even solve the entire problem. The new fork has his work cut out for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I know that, but the more time they waste doing that the fewer people they can harm. And there's only so much you can learn from models. 

 

 

His soul flares and his osanwë range - is extended, good. He warns his people that they should stop writing anything down, as hostile aliens are reading them looking for evidence the planet needs conquering.

Permalink Mark Unread

And this is itself probably going to be taken as evidence that the planet needs conquering, but dealing with that is the new fork's job, and he's going to come through, because he is a Taliar.

I think I'll pop over to Nuime and make that fork now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. While you're there, can you get my father some information about modern technology? If the aliens are scared of him, I want him to have all the resources he needs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

(And again, this is escalatory, this is exactly the wrong direction - but he's not going to try to convince Tivarante not to go down this road, because they shouldn't have to placate the peal in order to maintain their independence.)

(—and Midnight's Findekano is out there somewhere too, he'll need a way home eventually - and what if the peal finds another Arda like Dawn and Independence, the Taliars will need to be there to offer its Maitimo sanctuary and a fork - no, they can't cut off contact. The Taliars will just have to fix it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

It should not be escalatory to seek out textbooks. It should not be escalatory to warn my people their privacy is being invaded. If those things are escalatory it is their fault. We have not proposed or even considered spying on or working against them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're making stupid assumptions about you. It's inconceivable to them that you could make the choices you've made in your personal life and not be - malevolent in a way that makes it frightening to not know what you're doing. And I will make a new fork and the new fork will fix it and you don't have to go out of your way in the slightest.

Kiss.

And he pops over to Nuime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren meets him there. On a cliff overlooking Lake Kalas, with their family home just visible in the distance.

They hug.

"Wonder what this one will name himself," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's find out."

Elaneth-imire pops into the palace briefly to grab some clothes for the new fork. He makes an eidetic memory necklace. He uses his landshaping power to make a nice comfortable grassy hollow, in case the new fork needs to sit down suddenly.

He closes his eyes and casts his mind back to that moment, just before he opened his eyes and saw a new world. His soul shines brightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the new fork appears, eyes closed, healing aura outstretched—

—notices that he is suddenly naked and his soul is falling without its chain, opens his eyes, catches it—

stares at the other two.

 

"What the fuck happened to you?" he asks Raika-seren.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's, uh, it's a long story." He touches his soul. "Raika-seren Taliar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I'm Elaneth-imire, and you're to-be-determined."

He pulls a necklace chain out of the ground, holds it out, attaches it to the newcomer's soul. "There you go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...thanks." He gestures at Dawn-shining's soul as he moves to put his new necklace back on. "And, uh, congratulations? What'd you need three of us for? Is the world ending? If you need three of us because the world's ending why aren't you making three like you - is there some sort of collector who wants Taliars at all available levels of exaltation - and seriously, what the fuck did you do," he says to Raika-seren.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't you love making new forks?" he says to Elaneth-imire, smiling.

"No, the world is not ending. As for what I did... I fell in love."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Are you okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Never better," Raika-seren assures him. "So, here's the deal. There are other worlds! Strange worlds full of strange people! A year or so ago, at exactly the moment you're forked from in fact, we were minding our own business using our healing aura and suddenly we were in a different world in the throne room of a foreign king. We fell in love with him. He's honestly amazing, you should see his kingdom, it's - it's so obvious that he cares? But don't fall in love with him, because we need you not to be, because there are complications."

He taps his soul.

"This is because I found out he was a rapist and didn't take it well. And that's the moment I'm forked from, out of Dawn-shining's past, because an entire other version of Dawn-shining's husband from an entire other version of his world showed up in our neighbourhood dragging his entire planet behind him, fleeing from some well-intentioned people who treated him very badly because of how he was handling his personal life, and he didn't have a Taliar and Dawn-shining wanted him to and - it wouldn't have worked, if the fork had been a sun-bright god-killer like Dawn-shining, it would've been too... intimidating. So he made me and he said 'this is my beautiful glorious husband, who has an alt in need of a me, and you can either stay with us and be uncomplicatedly happy forever, or go hand yourself over to the sad alt and probably suffer a lot but eventually you'll both be this happy'."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Is my job by any chance to mediate between the well-intentioned people and your beloveds."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's about the size of it, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you sure you're okay?" he asks, mostly to Raika-seren but somewhat to both of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I swear on my soul, I have never been happier and I don't regret a thing. And this," he gestures to his brightly glowing soul, "is him. This is being married to Maitimo."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I swear on my soul that I love him and it's worth it and I am genuinely delighted to be with him and would fight to stay if anyone tried to take me away. I knew what I was getting into and I regret nothing and never will."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...all right," says the new fork. "I'll hear the full explanation and then I'll do what you made me to do."

Unspoken: and if they ever need rescuing, he's there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elaneth-imire sends memories. Not everything, and in particular not anything he thinks will lead to the new fork falling in love, but enough to give him a solid picture.

He doesn't need to address the part about ever needing rescuing. That just sort of gets straightened out incidentally in the course of explaining the rest.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren contributes the memories of his conversation with the peal.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Well," he says. "This is going to be fun, isn't it."

His soul shines blue, deep and clear and beautiful, like a summer sky. And it doesn't stop, it doesn't fade like normal soul reactions, it just keeps right on shining. He looks down at it, touches it, looks up at his alts.

"Liran-alore," he says. 'Summer-blue'.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice to meet you. Get some clothes on. And this," says Dawn-shining, handing him the eidetic memory necklace. "I need to give you the teleporting magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm redundant to this endeavour at this point, I think," says Sun-dark. "Enjoy your impossible task."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you bet I will."

Permalink Mark Unread

He pops home to Midnight's palace.

...it occurs to him to wonder - well. Midnight did Yeerk him, so presumably he won't be that surprised by how wildly out of control this simple task has gotten. And the Internet is definitely on its way, and more good things are coming after it.

Permalink Mark Unread

What happened?

Permalink Mark Unread

I, um, had a bit of a Taliar moment, and 'get you the Internet' turned into 'have Dawn-shining make an extra fork devoted to convincing the peal to stop being so stupid about you'.

He organizes the memories and sends them all.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can see why I had to get my people out.

Permalink Mark Unread

They need a change in perspective very badly. But there's a Taliar on the job now, so it's only a matter of time.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope you're right.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope so too, he says, and his soul shines blue for a moment.

Speaking of which - Do you want my soul back while I'm at home, or would it be more convenient if I kept it until I'm done bouncing between worlds?

Permalink Mark Unread

Go ahead and keep it. Are there ways short of dramatic declarations from me to get it up to strength -

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know about dramatic declarations, I don't actually know what got Elaneth-imire's soul to acknowledge Tivarante except in the vaguest possible terms, but if you want my soul stronger you can introduce me to lots of people I'll get along with, it's slow but it works - oh, and I think Elaneth-imire's soul took another significant jump when Tivarante married him, but that still required his soul to acknowledge Tivarante in the first place... I suppose you could find someone else as amazing as you for me to fall in love with, but I can't imagine where you'd get such a person...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you. I'm sorry my soul is so inconveniently conflicted about that. If I could argue it into godhood for you I would, but I'm sure Elaneth-imire tried that and given that it took him months instead of days for him to win the war after my point of departure, I'm going to assume it didn't work. You could go ask Tivarante for advice...?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Go make some friends.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

And so does Sun-dark. He writes up those theoretical advances and pops into Nuime to hand them to his alts, who are still sitting on that cliff transmitting the teleport, and then he goes back to making magical artifacts, but with more of an intent to make friends as opportunities arise. The next step on the plan to acquire Internet is going to be talking to Summer-blue after he comes back from his first conversation with the peal. Shouldn't be long.

Permalink Mark Unread

Corino appears on the cliffside as they're finishing up the transmission. He waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Hi," says Summer-blue. "Liran-alore. Nice to meet you, Da."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice to meet you too. At this rate there's going to be an entire nation of you by the end of the century."

He hugs his newest son.

"I've heard a few things from Esarkan, and I thought I might be able to contribute to the project."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I welcome your assistance, of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sensible of you."

He pops the two of them to the Elven settlement in Nuime, and indicates that if Findekano has a moment, there's someone Corino would like him to meet.

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right.

 

He manifested his soul a while ago. It's very abstractly like a knife, a dark blue; it says that the bearer is courageous and forgiving and expects better of people than they ever really are.

 

"Hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Hi," says - definitely not the Taliar he knows. This one has only recently heard of the public/private thought distinction and has been a little too busy to put it into practice. He's thinking about how he's going to approach the peal, and - oh of course if Findekano decided to help he'd be invaluable - and how badly must he and Elaneth-imire have gotten along, for Elaneth-imire to have said so little about him -

"Liran-alore Taliar," he says, touching his sky-blue soul. Hints of gold and silver remain, but blue is firmly ascendant. "Nice to meet you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"LIkewise - what's going on -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Those people who chased the other Arda into our corner of the multiverse caught up with them recently. Esarkan wants to have a productive relationship with them, but they're inclined to look with suspicion on Ardas of the local type and anyone who's friendly with them, so there's been some tension. Taliar decided to... Taliar at it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And now I exist."

Which has been fascinating so far. He still has a lingering wariness of Raika-seren's situation, but Raika-seren swore on his soul that he's okay, so that's that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...all right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I thought that if you wanted to participate in this venture, they might find you reassuring."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"For one thing, Tivarante let you go, twice, and the second time without any external motivation, and then left you alone afterward... I think that's more than they think him capable of."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I'm uniquely qualified to testify to that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They also have this thing about alts - they know a bunch more of you, and they trust them, so they'd trust you. You might actually be the only person available who that's true of; the Ardas they're used to produce nicer versions of everyone - the nice Maitimos are all horrified by Midnight and Tivarante - and as far as I know, you're the only one who's consistent across both versions of the world."

Looking at Findekano's soul, he's not surprised by that. If there is some base version of Ardas from which the local flavour is a departure in the direction of everyone being less nice, this is exactly the sort of person who wouldn't budge an inch to follow it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can I get a more complete explanation of what's going on? Who these people are? Nice Maitimos? If they dislike us, why aren't we civilly arriving at some sort of immigration and trade deal and otherwise ignoring each other..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're—" he sends a condensed impression of what T'Mir was like when Raika-seren met her. "A bunch of that person and a bunch of people from nice Ardas. They have enormous amounts of useful powerful magic and other miscellaneous useful things which they hand out freely to people they trust but which they don't want to give to Dawn or Independence because they don't trust them and don't want to give to Nuime because they don't trust Dawn or Independence not to steal it from us. They're spying on Dawn and Independence with some of their enormous amounts of powerful magic, and the degree to which no one in this situation seems interested in avoiding an interdimensional Soul War is painful to watch, and I am absolutely not capable of leaving it alone to continue limping along in a grudging tacit truce until one day they decide they've got some clever way to come in and force everyone to submit to their benevolent oversight and they try it and it explodes in their faces."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. Okay, yes, let's go talk to them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I can send the rest of the context too if you want it...?" He's not used to this telepathy thing yet and isn't sure of the extent to which his alts dropping large chunks of their memory on him at once was just because they're his alts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The more the better, probably, though I think I'm getting the picture."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, here."

He sends it. It's a pretty complete summary of relevant events since his point of departure, although it avoids going into the details of anyone's personal life except as necessary to explain other people's reactions. His alts were clearly very concerned with making sure he had no direct focused memories of why they are in love with their Maitimos or what it is like to occupy that state. Enough of that gets in around the edges that he can understand why they're being so careful. He's a bit bewildered by the strong implication that they both enjoy being tortured, he can't reconstruct what that's like from the information available, but he very much understands the part about falling in love with someone who runs a kingdom really really well.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Is there a convenient avenue to communicate to this organization that we'd like to set up a meeting to negotiate freedom of movement between our respective nations?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we just show up in Revelation, get accosted by their greeter, and ask if we can talk to T'Mir again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...all right. ...you'd think if they have multiple Maitimos they'd be a bit more -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You'd think. T'Mir seemed to imply that their Maitimos are all too horrified to interact with this situation, but..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shall we?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Thank you for bringing the whole mess to my attention."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're very welcome. I'm glad I called that one right."

And several teleports later: Revelation! Are they accosted?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. New magic rock this time. "Hi."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi. We're here to talk to someone who can negotiate on behalf of this big multidimensional organization?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can bring you to see T'Mir?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good, thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Pop.

"Hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello. My name is Corino, and this is my son Liran-alore Taliar, and that is Findekano although I imagine you'll want him to choose a nickname."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Also you will exasperate people if you attempt to choose a letter of the alphabet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like there's a lot of exasperation to go around. I'll think about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. What can I do for you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was only apprised of this situation an hour ago and I dearly hope I've misunderstood it, but it seems to be - less stable than it could be. What do you want, with respect to my home world, and is there a way to achieve it without provoking and terrifying them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Before I start explaining do you think you might find it easier to be brought up to speed by one of your alts?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The concept is another one I was only introduced to an hour ago. Do people usually find that easier?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bells do. I'm actually not sure about Findekános."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then whatever is more convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

So she puts out a message for other Findekános.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the first one to see it comes over to Warp to give an overview. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In the meantime," says Liran-alore, "I brought those collected theoretical advances, and can you think of anywhere my city-sized healing aura could be usefully applied? I'm not as godlike as Elaneth-imire, but I'm not nothing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm curious if it works on orcs' chronic pain problem. Currently we're taking a minor security risk teaching orcs a healing spell that does it. - Oh, we would like to collect Dawn's orcs, if Dawn doesn't object, and put them on one of the orc planets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll pass that along. Elaneth-imire would be delighted. They're all dead at the moment, but he can resurrect them himself if it would be inconvenient for you. And I would be more than happy to heal orcs. Elaneth-imire didn't find out for sure, but we think the healing aura does work on them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We usually don't have much trouble getting Mandoses to produce them but have no objection to routing around him either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"None of me has ever actually spoken to a Vala as far as I know, so I have very little information on how easy they are to convince to do things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It depends on the things. Discharging orcs to be removed from his custody, given free will, and offered a nice place to live was doable even before Elspeth began offering reasonable-Valar-as-a-service."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm very impressed with Elspeth from what I saw of her in Elaneth-imire's memories! Okay, so healing orcs is one thing, what else do you think you can use me for? I can also acquire powers aimed at solving arbitrary problems on three days' notice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Shadow Melkor ran off into the multiverse while we were checking for a deadman switch, which one Sauron was known to have. Do you have anything for that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...If you want it solved fast, give me three days to become immortal and then send me and Elaneth-imire, with Shadow-cloaked Nezhefena for tracking and transport. If you want it solved with certainty, wait for Raika-seren to get up to Elaneth-imire's level and then send both of them. Raika-seren will have the most personal investment, and that matters with souls. Sending two sun-bright Taliars is enormous overkill but at the point where you've got a loose Melkor roaming the multiverse, enormous overkill is warranted. There's no telling when Raika-seren will get that powerful, though, it could be a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are concerned he may have run to Materia or one of the accessory worlds thereof, which do not obey lawful causality and instead favor certain classes of entities; Valar likely count as one of those."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I think you want certainty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My point was more that certainty isn't when it comes to Materia, but Elaneth-imire may qualify as another Materia-protected category for already having killed one Melkor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah - my logic was that if certainty might not be certain, you definitely want it - but if killing gods is a qualifier, I think they'll do fine. Maybe let Raika-seren take out the next available Melkor first if the timing on his power level works out right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They don't arrive on a particularly predictable schedule and we did recently check for Ardas adjacent to the explored map and found none, but yes, that would probably help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll see. No other tricky problems hanging around that might submit to a medium-sized amount of arbitrary magic?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'd also be very interested if you can directly affect adjacency, render things unconjurable by demons, resurrect people who in life had spirit animals or familiars, produce divinatory information about certain properties of some unusual worlds without us having to test them, duplicate certain spellbinder effects or make them more efficient to cast..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can see what my soul comes up with - might help if I heard about specific applications for these various abilities, resurrection's obvious but what are the unusual worlds, what kind of spellbinder effects do you want duplicated or streamlined... soul artifacts can't traditionally maintain magical effects on anything without a constant investment of power, but I'm pretty sure that if anyone can sneak past that restriction it's me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Stork's native human population does not reproduce and instead babies appear in random wilderness locations; we don't know if the rate will change with the population or anything else. Materia's anticausality may be inherently unpredictable but so far it seems not to react to things occurring outside its sphere, and if observed from there it might be we could learn more. One of the most commonly used high-investment spellbinder results is duplicating daeva indestructibility."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Randomly appearing wilderness babies sound - bad. D'you have a solution to that part already?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The eponymous stork golems collect them and bring them to creches."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, okay, good. Then yeah, I'll think about all those and see what my soul turns up in three days."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Happy to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

And he is fully informed and would like to talk with the peal about Dawn and handling of future evil Ardas!

 

"So it sounds like it might be useful to disentangle Dawn and Independence here, you have a lot of grievances with Independence that you don't have with Dawn."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that's true."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dawn is a responsibly run polity with superpowers that they can loan you - it sounds like you still have people dying of old age on some worlds known to you, Dawn-shining's planet-spanning healing aura could probably cover several hundred worlds in a week, and it de-ages people -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'd be happy to put together a deployment list for that, yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And - I hesitate to speak of conditions - but the way to make that work is to tell Dawn 'sorry for spying on you, let's mutually swear not to aggress against each other' and probably propose mutual freedom of movement, which is the one sort of check on his powers that Tivarante will tolerate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you be more detailed about the content of 'aggress against' and 'freedom of movement'?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Keep in mind I don't live there, I just - know him well. And I'm sure he'll agree not to do anything at all in your jurisdiction without your explicit agreement and guidance, on the condition that its citizens be permitted to leave if they want, and accept the reciprocal of that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It complicates the matter that leaving involves proprietary magic unless Nuime soulbearers ferry them around."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nuime would be glad to help move people around without the use of stolen magic if we had the teleporting soulbearers to spare, which admittedly at the moment we mostly don't," says Corino. "I know of a few people whose souls might shift in that direction, myself included, but even if the number of active teleporting soulbearers increased from one to five..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's a wizardry dimensional teleport, right? Scales a little better than soulbearers, wasn't stolen from the designer..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Requires Maiar or Materia adjacency to charge. Also the designer of the wizardry dimensional teleport we have is a yea high alt of your uncle Fëanáro." Gesture. "It hasn't been stolen, but I don't actually know what his opinion on giving it away under these circumstances might be."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dawn's not short on Maiar and he seems, ah, likelier than an alt of yours to be okay with sharing his inventions, if too young to explain all the relevant considerations -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My template isn't generically averse to sharing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I gathered. You sound like lovely people when collaborating with other lovely people, but you could not be better tailored to make Tivarante paranoid and you did express a preference that teleport not continue to be shared."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The system may be reverse-engineerable and doesn't inherently have limitations. The wizardry teleport is also much less useful as a weapon. I'll ask Epic if he'd object." Message.

Permalink Mark Unread

If all of the people in an evil Arda can leave, then we don't have to worry as much about the evil Maitimo, right? They can all have it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, there is a certain logic to that. "Epic doesn't object to sharing the wizardry teleport. The system is also reverse-engineerable but it's clear we're going to need to come to some kind of comfort with evil Ardas or whatever we wind up calling the variety possessing escalating magical power."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I assure you I'm not coming to this from a position of sympathy for him, but he's far, far more dangerous when cornered than when possessed with the resources to run a peaceful, prosperous empire. Since he acquired - ah - access to nearly arbitrary power in the form of his now-husband - he has not done anything I think you'd find objectionable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"While he is the most attention-getting concern he is not the only person or even the only monarch in the world. Doriath I believe remains separate, for one thing. I do not think he runs Valinor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think he's been coaxing the populations of both to emigrate, with considerable success. And - neither of them are ruled by people I'm fond of, but they're also not ruled by especially ambitious or provocative ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And the Valar have been fixed now, but I do worry that we're concentrating on Tivarante and Midnight to the exclusion of all else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am very curious how the other polities of Midnight's world reacted to their relocation, actually, but I have no special advantage in information there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll suggest that Elspeth make a trip to find out; she left on fine terms with the Valar and Melian both."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And then there's the question of future troubled Ardas."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. The reason I am taking point on this interaction for my template is that when Shadow was found the reaction to it took almost exclusively the form 'unproductive emotional wheel-spinning' and while I have no special expertise I do have the ability to turn my emotions off at will and therefore produce something that isn't that. An idea of what to do instead of one thing to have ruled out would be very much an improvement."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you should offer them the same terms - freedom of movement in both directions, and an agreement not to bother each other - and then let the Taliars give the Maitimo a fork. They're - into it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Will this suffice for your alts' welfare?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Freedom of movement, Maitimo's supervised - we'll leave. I - don't think you can do better than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even if your alt is found during a period of mind-altering oath and outside the neighborhood in which we can distribute free will?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Taliars can do free will."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I really don't see eye-to-eye with Elaneth-imire but it took him about five minutes to get Maitimo to stop, voluntarily, once he learned what was going on, and he spent three of them being tortured."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That was under conditions of ongoing warfare with a Melkor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's the only state you're going to find them in, that or 'we lost, everyone's dead', in which case I've made it know to Elaneth-imire that my preference is to leave him dead but we'd at least have time for planning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We might find one earlier, but I suppose then there wouldn't be an oath-related problem. We might also find them having encountered not-us multiversal interference of any kind."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't consider that. A stable arrangement in which the local Maitimo is not threatened by you is more important than getting my alt out quickly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not that I disagree, but the compromise won't sit well, so if there's a way not to have to make it which simply happens to require more than five minutes' thought..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Won't sit well with -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The standard-variety Maitimos, and to a lesser extent my alts, especially those who are fond of any of yours in particular."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not like leaving Maitimos in Angband while we get some politics sorted out - I much prefer on a personal level the trajectory of my kind of Arda to a standard one - and if you could notify me that stabilizing the place is in progress I'll prefer helping with that to getting whisked away from it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Understood. I do not mean to say that the extent to which situations like yours upset standard Maitimos is carefully considered."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I - got the picture - and also the picture that observing that their standard arc is much much unpleasant for me wouldn't be helpful - and I appreciate that you're trying to work around them."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Incidentally we don't currently have a name for your category of Arda better than 'evil Arda', which is what we were calling Shadow for a while before Boots changed it, and this seems bad for attempts to operate in good faith."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sort of absurdly pleased there are ones where it's different. Perhaps the Taliars can solicit name suggestions from Dawn's residents."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Standard Ardas, uninterfered with, are not pleasant either, but differently. Suggestions from Dawn's residents would be lovely."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I got the update - I'm not sure where the humanitarian toll is highest, but it's personally satisfying for there to be worlds full of - people different than the ones in our world. I expect Dawn'll take a while to get back to you but have something lovely."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it takes too long then the informal placeholder will probably wind up having the undesired contamination effect on negotiations."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'dark Arda' might go over better than 'evil'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I anticipate puns but nothing worse than that. I'll let everyone know." Message message.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm looking forward to helping you however I can," says Liran-alore. "Are there any orcs in need of healing right now? All the ones in Dawn that were alive when Elaneth-imire killed Melkor were in his healing aura already, but I guess that leaves plenty of dead ones..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The orcs from all the other Ardas are fine on a population level; we took Shadow's before Independence was moved. If you want to go to an orc planet and visit a maternity ward and see if you can catch someone's baby before the attending healer does that would serve as a proof of concept - although someone will need to be reading the baby's mind to make sure it works; it's hard to tell on newborns."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could do that, but if there are any other places a city-sized healing aura could do some good, might be more efficient to start there unless orc maternity wards are, uh, more city-sized than I'm picturing. On the other hand, Findekano made a good point that the really efficient thing would be to bounce Elaneth-imire around at a few minutes per solar system. In which case I guess we should go convey the nonaggression pact idea to Dawn. Or you two should go and I should heal some cities, if there are any in need."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have some preliminary requests from Stork and Hex in. Butterfly wants to know if you or your alt could conveniently de-radiate her Earth; it used to serve a strategic purpose but with the Yeerks all united under Tide no longer does."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet Elaneth-imire could do it. I could probably do it too but, again, a three-mile radius at a time instead of an entire planet or star system."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The entire planet is radioactive. It's not urgent, they've been dealing with it for some time now, so it can wait on Dawn-shining's availability."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Preliminary requests from Stork and Hex?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some cities." She scribes off a list; it has teleportation-suitable pictures.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can go handle all those and then come back, if you show me the in-between stops from here to those worlds."

Permalink Mark Unread

She produces images of the intervening path.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks!" he says cheerfully, and he bounces off to Stork and Hex to give those cities a few minutes at a time of healing aura. (His healing aura is still primarily golden, but the hint of blue is emphasized compared to his alts', not that any of these people are in a position to make that comparison.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And Corino looks at Findekano and says, "Back home to Nuime, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think so, thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A pleasure meeting you," he says to T'Mir. "You might be seeing me again on matters concerning Nuime or my children."

And back to Nuime they go.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that went well, they seem very reasonable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I feel very vindicated in my decision to include you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not sure their emphasis on working with alternate universe versions of people they already know is constructive but in this case it was useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can see how they might have arrived at that equilibrium. I think it's holding them back in some ways but I'm glad we could make it work for us, especially considering the importance of the issue."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And we have a fair bit of flexibility to do it differently here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sure if I ever find an alt, he and I will cooperate very readily, but I do not at all feel moved to base the entire structure of a budding interdimensional organization on that. And the same goes for Esarkan, on both counts."

He takes a moment to update Elaneth-imire on the situation. (Interdimensional osanwe: so useful!)

Permalink Mark Unread

He is so glad his father found a way to make those people be reasonable. He would like to go fling his healing aura over some planets immediately.

Permalink Mark Unread

(He heads home.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Healing a few hundred planets sounds like the sort of thing Elaneth-imire'd enjoy, yes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So he kisses his husband and gets the intermediary hops from his father and bounces off into the multiverse.

It's weird going out of range of home, but maybe he'll be lucky and his soul will overcome the limitations of adjacency - it is definitely correct for them to be able to reach one another's minds no matter how far apart they are -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, can still hear him. Well, that has interesting implications.

Permalink Mark Unread

- guess not. Well that's disappointing. (Unless Maitimo's just playing with him - would Maitimo do that - yes he probably would - presumably one day he'll find out which it is and in the meantime he loves his husband very much. Even if it turns out that Maitimo is deliberately leaving Taliar to miss him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

For all of ten seconds, though if Taliar's going to mope over missing him it'll be tempting to leave him for longer.

 

He gets back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar is not especially mopey. He does miss his husband, but he's not sure that Maitimo can't hear him, so it's not as bad as it could be. He'll be very glad to get back to him when he's flung his healing aura over all relevant planets, though.

He finishes flickering through all the stops between Nuime and Warp.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Come in," says a voice from inside the office he's landed outside of.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes in.

"Hi. Elaneth-imire Taliar, nice to meet you, please throw me at some planets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Certainly." She has a list ready and a map with pictures of the stopoff points.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks!"

Off he goes. Anyone within several astronomical units of a target planet will find themselves extremely healed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Presumably they appreciate it.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

It takes him an hour or so to get through them.

Then he returns to the hall outside T'Mir's office.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a brief delay this time and then he is again invited in.

Permalink Mark Unread

"All done! Anything else while I'm out here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did anyone mention to you the possibility of de-radiating Cube's Earth?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can go throw my healing aura at it and see if that helps. If not, my soul will probably branch something for it pretty quick."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'd appreciate that." Directions to Cube.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes to Cube. He floods their Earth with warm golden light. He can't tell if it's working, so he leaves it on for a minute - another minute - he probably should've asked how and whether and how fast they can check if it's working -

Permalink Mark Unread

<Dawn-shining?> inquires a mental voice. Not quite osanwë.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can respond by osanwe, though. That's me! Is it working?

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yep. Not instantly but there's improvement.>

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, I'll keep it up.

He does that. The improvement accelerates. At this rate, it looks like it's going to be all done in fifteen minutes.

Permalink Mark Unread

<On track to be as not-radioactive as it used to be in a quarter hour.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Great! I'm glad I can help!

Permalink Mark Unread

<It's much appreciated!>

Permalink Mark Unread

Anytime!

Aura aura aura.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

<All set. Thanks so much, do you care how I explain this to the media?>

Permalink Mark Unread

You're very welcome, and if they know about the multiverse I'd prefer to be personally credited but if they don't you can say whatever.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Not common knowledge yet; it's just known that I have powerful allies who give me stuff.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Well then, I suppose a powerful ally has just given you some stuff. And I think that's the last thing I can accomplish for you with just the powers I've got, so I guess I'll go home now, unless you've come up with another thing in the last fifteen minutes—?

Permalink Mark Unread

<That's all I've got. Thanks for dropping by!>

Permalink Mark Unread

I got to use my healing aura on like fifty planets in an hour, you practically did me a favour. See you later, maybe! Send word through Liran-alore if you need me for anything!

And he bounces all the way back home and informs his husband, Wow I missed you a ridiculous amount considering I was only gone for an hour and a half.

Permalink Mark Unread

The osanwë extends fine. Also, wow, that's probably more good than killing Melkor.

Permalink Mark Unread

I feel like such a successful Taliar right now. And I love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you. I'm so so happy I met you. And we should go find our own universes, fix them up -

Permalink Mark Unread

Paradises everywhere!

Where's his husband, there's his husband, now Taliar is hugging his husband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now we get all the magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fun!

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you too. Let's build a hundred paradises.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starting tomorrow. I missed you. Kiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starting tomorrow, he agrees delightedly, kissing back. Missed you, love you, light of my soul - that was all you, you know, you're the reason my healing aura is the size of planets -

Permalink Mark Unread

I am well aware.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tivarante Maitimo, savior of worlds. Kiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, no, you can save them and I can rule them, that's the correct division of labor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, you're right, obviously. I love you so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. And I'm stressed by all this nonsense and should like to take it out on you and you'll still love me, it's fascinating -

Permalink Mark Unread

Happy to help, my love.

Permalink Mark Unread

He paces anxiously even though the peal can't even find them. He monitors progress on the Internet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Progress on the Internet: the peal hasn't come through with any demons yet, but Raika-seren borrowed a minute of Esarkan's time to find a soulbearer who can make things. The scale isn't that great but he can at least figure out all the hidden technical problems and get some practice before doing it for real on Independence.

And then Liran-alore comes back and shares his memories of the conversation and Raika-seren bounces home with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

So they're probably not going to try to kill everyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably not.

And of course if they did try, the Taliars would stop them - but where Taliars really shine is in arranging not to have to stop people from doing things like that. Liran-alore seems to be managing pretty well on that score so far.

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't doubt you. Are you busy?

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you. I can cease to be busy at a moment's notice, I'd just need ten seconds to go tell my conjuror we're done for the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does that. He comes back.

Permalink Mark Unread

He pulls him into his lap without comment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay then. Raika-seren closes his eyes and leans on him contentedly.

Permalink Mark Unread

I told your father I didn't ask for this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. That's true, you didn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

If I had I'd have done it very differently. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

'Ignore you until I want you' would feel less like it was leaving you in a state of deprivation.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I suppose it doesn't help that I don't mind...?

Permalink Mark Unread

It harms you, that actually matters to me a lot more than whether you mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

And it's more difficult for me to do something about. Hmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have been rather assuming that if I pay you attention I'll find you tempting soon enough on my own.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does seem very likely.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'll help if you think about - what you actually want, why you're here beyond 'it's a challenge' -

Permalink Mark Unread

What he wants?

 

If he just drops all the intervening practicalities and reaches straight for the optimal outcome in true Taliar fashion, what he wants is what he saw between Tivarante and Elaneth-imire. He wants that kind of love, that kind of trust, that kind of joy. He wants Maitimo to look at him with that expression of utter fascination, while he is much too busy being tortured to notice - he wants to know what it's like to have imaginary strangers touching his soul, and he wants to know what it's like to hand his soul to Maitimo expecting that and laughing about it. He wants to get high on trust songs and give himself up completely. He wants Maitimo to have him and keep him and love him and treasure him and delight in him - he wants to make a gift of himself and he wants to be the kind of gift that brings exquisite unimaginable happiness.

And maybe he can't have all that, but even if he can't, there are other things he wants in the meantime. He wants to see what it's like to be held to his own standards. He wants to see just how far he can be taken apart and still put himself back together afterward. He wants to help Maitimo, solve problems for him, love him and be appreciated for loving him, give him nice things, see him smile, make him happy.

Is that the sort of answer you were looking for...?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I think so. 

 

He considers him. He kisses him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He kisses back, delightedly, without expectations.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He starts singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's lovely. He's lovely. And Raika-seren thinks he recognizes that song, which makes it even more lovely.

He can feel the change in the shape of his thoughts, and it's - it's beautiful, it's enthralling - trust songs get at something really fundamental in Taliar's mind - and he knows that the reason he trusts Maitimo so perfectly right now is because Maitimo is mind-controlling him, and he decides to let that feeling go unchecked, because it will be more fun that way, because he genuinely and wholeheartedly believes he won't be made to regret it.

Most people don't get this high on it, right - I wonder what it's like to be that kind of person, I can't imagine - I love you so much, I'm so happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just you. It barely affects me at all, normally, if I'm around people I like - Findekáno disliked it -

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't even think of a coherent comparison, I've never felt anything else like it. But it's amazing and I love it and I love you.

The closest he can get is - what Kelora said about the colours of his soul, while he was catching up, the difference between silver and blue - trust songs feel like the absolute pinnacle of blue. It is so very deeply rewarding, to feel like this. Particularly since he's been having a rather silver time of it overall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why is that, do you think you can pick it apart - I haven't hurt you that badly or without permission -

Permalink Mark Unread

I would be doing a better job of this if I wasn't so high, but—

It actually hasn't all been because of Maitimo; he's been very silver about handling the aftermath of the twenty-four-hour flashback incident, which was entirely his own fault and which Maitimo helped him with tremendously. But it was silver when Maitimo took him to that florist, and afterward - silver because that's what he needs to deal with memories of Nahira, and silver because that's what he needed to get through being tortured with only just barely enough appreciation.

There's blue in there too. It's blue to come here and give himself to Maitimo and trust that he doesn't need to do anything more than that, doesn't need to play any games or pursue any strategies, that all he has to do is be the person he is and make the choices he makes and it will all be okay in the end. But silver is how he gets through the consequences of those choices. Silver is how he can tell himself that it's okay if Maitimo does hurt him that badly, does hurt him without permission, and make that true. Silver is deciding that he wants Maitimo to have that option and then doing his best to give it to him, and succeeding. Silver is strength; silver is that infinite well of willpower that he glimpsed in Elaneth-imire's memory and immediately envied.

Silver isn't really bad, exactly. It's not what he wants the foundation of their relationship to be forever, but it's a part of him and he isn't ultimately harmed by relying on it for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmmm.

 

Kiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss. Snuggly adoring kiss.

...wow, he didn't realize how deep that internal wall ran - being this high on trust, loving Maitimo the way he does, he should be wanting Maitimo rather desperately right now, and he's not, because he doesn't know if Maitimo wants him, and that matters, it matters even when he has permission to want things in general.

Should I undo that - I can if you tell me to, even if I'm still not sure -

Permalink Mark Unread

I am not inconvenienced by you being attracted to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

It's not quite inconvenience that's the problem, but close enough. He closes his eyes for a moment and un-forbids the relevant thoughts. (He doesn't check first if he'd still want to do that without the trust songs, and he sort of half-notices that fucking with his head while on trust songs could be considered inadvisable, but he decided to let himself trust Maitimo exactly as much as he feels like, and he's not about to reconsider that decision.)

...and, yep, now he really really wants Maitimo to fuck him. Wow. Trust songs are amazing. He still feels a little fucked up from the aftermath of the flashback incident, and it just doesn't even matter at all, it's barely noticeable and certainly not getting in his way. He loves Maitimo so so much, and he wants to be his.

Permalink Mark Unread

You are. I decided that a while ago. My hangups lie elsewhere. Kiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kissing Maitimo is so lovely. Maitimo is so lovely.

Hangups...?

Permalink Mark Unread

I've spent the last decade acutely aware that getting involved with anyone would be taken as provocation, and I miss my Findekáno and want him back, and you're so - the ways I hurt you are complicated enough I might do it by accident -

Permalink Mark Unread

I trust you, he says, with only a little irony. I love you. I want you. And I can be very very patient if that's what you need from me, and I can be okay when you hurt me, if that's what you need from me. I want to be whatever you need. I want to be your gift and I want to be a better one than either of us can imagine.

Snuggle. Kiss.

...he remembers soul contact on trust songs - he remembers what you get if you let the trust song fade partway through the soul contact - and it's fascinating to watch his own thoughts on that, because he wants Maitimo to touch his soul and he doesn't want the cascade and yet he isn't afraid of it at all, he trusts Maitimo - and he can recognize that it's blatantly not true that Maitimo would never hurt him, but that's still what he feels - and under that, he feels that even if Maitimo did hurt him, it would be okay, he'd be fine, he wouldn't really be hurt, because it's Maitimo. Trust songs are kind of fucked up. In the best way possible. He loves this feeling so much, and he loves Maitimo for giving it to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

You'd feel that way about anyone. Thauron could do this to you. Kiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss. My one complaint about trust songs, he sighs, is that I can't be afraid of you when you say things like that. Ruins the thrill.

But no, actually, he's pretty sure his soul would intervene if someone tried to do this to him whom he did not genuinely trust. And he's perfectly capable of messing with his head until he disregards the feeling, he just doesn't want to because it feels great, and he doesn't have to because he has legitimate reasons to believe that Maitimo isn't going to take advantage of it except perhaps in the good way if he's lucky.

I really want you to touch my soul, he says. And I really want you to fuck me. Maybe both at once, that'd be fun, even though I couldn't feel it, I'd still be able to tell afterward, and you could show me what I was like... I love you, you're so beautiful, I love that you can do this to me, if we had the time I'd want you to keep me like this for a week straight... I want you to carve your name in me, I want to be yours forever... love you, love you so much, I'm so glad they made me for you, there's nothing I could be doing with my life that would be better than this.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think that's a usual song side effect either.

Permalink Mark Unread

What, wanting all those things? I want all those things anyway. But - there's something to that, yeah, being on trust songs makes me want - I don't quite know how to put it -

But he suspects Maitimo is likely to be curious, so he tries to figure out how to articulate the underlying drive.

...I trust you so much, and - I want you to use that, I want it to matter - I don't want you to hurt me, but I want the reason I'm not hurt to be because I love you and trust you and want you and feel safe with you - I want you to do things that would hurt me, if it was anyone else doing them - I love you and I want that to mean something. Otherwise you're just getting me high. Which, well, you won't catch me complaining, getting high on trust songs is one of the best feelings in the world, but - it's less than it could be.

Permalink Mark Unread

You are the most fascinatingly bizarre person I have ever known. Fine. ...also we need to get your soul in self-resurrection condition, I can have more fun that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you so much, Maitimo. You're amazing. I want you to have all the fun with me you want.

It's weird and sort of disappointing not to be afraid of the thought of Maitimo doing things to him that he'll need to be immortal to survive, but it's still enjoyable in its own way. He loves trusting Maitimo this much. It's the most beautiful thing he can imagine. And he wants Maitimo to make good use of that trust.

Permalink Mark Unread

He switches songs. He pulls Taliar's shirt off and kisses him and waits for the moment when they're both in effect at once -

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't recognize that song, but he can guess that it's magic and he looks forward to finding out what it does -

- and then -

- at first he doesn't even understand what's happening to him. He can't wrap his head around it at all. Something is definitely horribly wrong with the world but he can't tell what it is, he just knows that his mind is missing some deeply fundamental piece - and he starts laughing, fondly, because in what way does this qualify as not hurting him, come on - it's okay though, he still loves Maitimo, still trusts him, still wants him to have all the fun he likes -

...oh that's the thing that's missing. People. He's missing people. There's someone here and he doesn't know who they are and he can't figure it out and when he tries his mind just flails helplessly, he can't pay any attention to anything that might be a person because if he does he's immediately sucked into an endless spiral of aching confusion.

Okay. That's fine. He's not afraid. He's still gloriously high on trust. If this is what Maitimo wants from him, he's happy to give it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo kisses him and picks up his soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

His mind floods with trust and comfort and love, and the identity song can't stop him from recognizing Maitimo's touch on his soul, and it's the best thing in the world, he loves Maitimo so much, it feels so perfect, it's glorious, it's everything he's ever wanted, intense and intimate and utterly euphoric...

...and on the flip side, the trust song can't stop him from feeling the intense unbearable mind-shattering agony of - not just soul contact with strangers, he hasn't felt that but he can tell it wouldn't be like this, this is much too big, too alien, it's - the essence of strangers, it's something too vast and awful to fully comprehend -

- it feels like he's being pulled apart, torn in half between this joy and this pain, comfort and terror, trust and violation -

- he loves Maitimo so much, and he is deeply, fiercely, painfully happy to be having this experience because it's Maitimo doing it to him and Maitimo must be enjoying it immensely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, definitely! He stops singing and waits for them to wear off one at a time, this is fascinating.

Permalink Mark Unread

The trust song cuts out first. The half of him that can feel Maitimo's touch on his soul goes into cascade. Pain, and terror, and happiness, and pain, and love, and trust, and pain, and pain, and pain...

...and then the identity song cuts out too, and the cascade shatters into a thousand thousand pieces, every one of them separately occupying the same incomprehensible scale as the essence-of-strangers feeling that is now thankfully absent.

His mind is barely recognizable. Every part of this vast and shattered thing is him, but the way it's put together is nothing like anything he's ever felt, anything he's ever been. It's incredible. It's terrifying. It's wonderful. It's amazing. He loves Maitimo for doing this to him, and that love is filling his soul a thousand times over in a thousand variations, alongside pain and fear and joy and trust and comfort and the determination to endure, and all the shades in between.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwww. Half an hour, or so, while he strokes his hair and idly writes a letter, and then he lets go of his soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

For a while afterward he's totally blank, totally empty, his mind just isn't doing anything at all -

- and the first thing that comes back - before his senses, before his thoughts - before he remembers what laughter is, he's laughing. The rest follows after.

I love you, Maitimo. You're the best thing that's ever happened to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he sends it to him, in exquisite eidetic-memory-necklace detail, what it was like - you really are fascinating -

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Oh wow. Oh that's amazing - the way you see me, it's - I love that I fascinate you this much, it's so good, I feel so incredibly fucking successful right now -

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss. Now I want you. Can you move at all?

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries moving.

...not really, no. I hope that's okay.

Personally he thinks it's kind of hot, but he can see how it might be inconvenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. Not a drawback at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. I love you. I want you to have me exactly the way you want me.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea what I want but think I will enjoy figuring it out.

Permalink Mark Unread

That works too.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is delighted with his confusing unasked for present.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good! His confusing unasked-for present is delighted with him right back. So delighted. So incredibly wonderfully delighted.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good. Maintenance of the unasked-for present accomplished.

 

He is not sure how to get to the delight that his alt seems to feel. But maybe someday.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Afterward, when he can move again, he curls up cozily and his mind drifts a little and he contemplates immortality and—

—he can't figure out how Elaneth-imire did it?

He's got to be missing something. That kind of fundamental change in the soul should shine like a beacon as soon as he so much as glances down the right mental path - it should be obvious, and it's not. He has no idea what the trick was. He can guess that it involved committing to stay with Tivarante forever, but none of the ways he can think of to do that are the right way. Bizarre.

Maybe he should consult Elaneth-imire - then again, maybe he shouldn't, because he's going to feel like it's terribly unfair if it turns out that the answer is something about Tivarante and Elaneth-imire's circumstances that they can't duplicate - maybe he had to be facing the threat of death by evil god to get desperate enough... well. Raika-seren will just have to come up with a different way to argue his soul into immortality. And then he can find out what kind of fun Maitimo wants to have with him that requires him to be unable to die.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss. I don't mind having to be careful with you.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if you ever find yourself irresistibly tempted to murder me, you can always bring my soul to Dawn-shining to be resurrected afterward.

Or not, he supposes. Wow, that was a depressing thought. He giggles at himself and cuddles up to Maitimo. He does not actually think that Maitimo is going to kill him and then leave him that way. (Although there's a part of him that kind of wants to play with the possibility, now - it's scary in the good way because he really does trust Maitimo not to do that...)

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be so embarrassing, though. 'I broke my toy, will you fix it?'

Permalink Mark Unread

Between Taliars it's just - I don't have immortality yet so he's my immortality. It wouldn't read to him like you'd gone too far or messed up or anything, he'd just hand me right back to you and maybe ask what you did in case it sounded like fun, but he'd think of it as entirely your business.

Permalink Mark Unread

Giggle. It'd bother me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Then you can avoid murdering me until I'm immortal, that's fine too.

Snuggle.

I love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. He kisses his hair.

Permalink Mark Unread

He feels so good and cozy and appreciated and - small and helpless and safe. It's nice.

I'm so glad you decided to sing me trust songs. That was amazing. And, you know, when I said 'make my trust matter' I didn't exactly mean 'take my mind to pieces', but I ended up appreciating it anyway, so that works out. I like that you can do these things to me. That identity song was amazingly fucked up. If I hadn't been high on trust at the time I bet I would've been terrified you were going to fuck me like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

You said you've had enough silver recently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwwwwwwwwww. He feels a wave of deep affection, and his soul shines blue.

Yeah, it might've been a bit much. I would've handled it but - I appreciate that I didn't have to. I love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss. Yes, you do.

Permalink Mark Unread

For some reason it's really endearing when Maitimo says that. Maybe because - he definitely knows - it's lovely that he knows Raika-seren this well, that he can see into his head all the time, that he Yeerked him and understands him deeply enough to do things like set him on a stupidly difficult task to help him recover from a straight day of trauma flashbacks.

If they ever get around to exploring the concept of bad days, Maitimo isn't going to undershoot the first one at all, is he.

Permalink Mark Unread

Only if that happens to be - what's best for you - which it might -

Permalink Mark Unread

Guess it depends on when we try it and how I'm feeling at the time. I think I'd kind of rather wait until it's best for me to get as fucked up as possible, honestly, it's - I really get something out of you knowing me as well as you do, and part of that is that you can go farther with me than would be safe if you didn't?

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Snuggle.

That and bragging rights in the Taliar playing-with-fire competition.

Permalink Mark Unread

The poor new one, no torturers to throw himself at at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

We planned him out pretty carefully so he wouldn't end up getting jealous! Although I think we didn't think hard enough about the power disparity between him and Elaneth-imire - it's just more efficient to get Elaneth-imire to do nearly anything you need a Taliar's soul for, and Liran-alore is going to have trouble with that until he finds himself a niche. Or achieves godhood, either one.

Permalink Mark Unread

He could find himself someone else to fall in love with, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. But there aren't many people as amazing as you. And somehow I don't feel like your alts are going to go for it, although what do I know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Doubt it. They all act like everything to do with me is irrevocably tainted.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Snuggle.

It makes plenty of sense that they'd think that way but Raika-seren can't help feeling like someone who concludes that anything to do with Midnight is irrevocably tainted will miss out on a lot of great things. Such as Midnight himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they want me dead, so I don't think they see that as a drawback.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their loss.

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

...snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very glad I don't have to deal with them ever again.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad of that too.

Snuggle.

I love you and I want you to be happy and not have to deal with people who hate you.

And someday he'll give them all enough wonderful things to make Maitimo's presence on the periphery of their lives unquestionably worthwhile - on top of everything his alts are already doing for the peal - because he is a Taliar and achieving the gloriously unachievable is what he is for.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. That still involves engaging with them. Even if it's worth it it will certainly make me less happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

....aw. Well. It can wait. I'm sure I can find other impossible things to do in the meantime.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's hardly a shortage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Although sadly very few of them are as much fun as seducing you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is that so.

Permalink Mark Unread

He giggles. He remembers the way it felt to lose his ability to associate people with identities. He giggles some more.

Yes. Seducing you is tremendous fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're a very interesting person.

Permalink Mark Unread

It gives me great joy to be so interesting to you.

Which is part of how much fun it is, but only part. There's also the ironic part where it involves terrible suffering, and the extra layer on that where the terrible suffering is worthwhile and in its own way enjoyable, and the part where sometimes Maitimo does something like get him high on trust songs and it is legitimately entirely fucking amazing, and the part where just being in love with Maitimo and being around him and getting to snuggle him and kiss him and work on interesting projects for him is very deeply rewarding in its own right.

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs, and takes Taliar's soul again, and goes back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar very happily drowns in love. He feels so safe with Maitimo, and it's a very silver kind of safety a lot of the time but that's not necessarily a bad thing. He is glad to belong to him, glad to be with him, glad to be in his power. Glad to be so fascinating to him and glad to be the kind of person who can handle the kinds of things he finds fascinating. He is Raika-seren Taliar and he was made for this.

This time around, the overwhelming intimacy of soul contact feels satisfying and fulfilling and comforting. To be completely inescapably wrapped up in Maitimo is exactly the thing he wants most. It's perfect. Not a soft cozy painless blanket like soul contact on trust songs, but delightfully intense, unbearable in a good way.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are people whose minds haven't been untangled yet; he's going to send them all to Dawn in one trip. He sets himself to logistics.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Taliar, of course, experiences no substantial changes in mental state. Although he's getting better at noticing time passing during soul contact. His fragmentary half-thoughts are happy when he realizes he's being left like this for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's kind of a convenient way of getting things done without being bothered by the knowledge that Taliar's a little lonely.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is absolutely not lonely at all. He is the exact opposite of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Eventually he lets go.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It's a while before he's able to think again, but he is still definitely not lonely. He feels completely content.

Love you so much. It's so good when you do that.

Maybe they should find out what happens if you take someone's soul more than one world-hop away from their body - yes, it'll be embarrassing if the answer is 'instant death', but on the other hand if the answer is 'they're fine' then Maitimo won't have to return Raika-seren's soul before visiting other worlds and that can only be a good thing, particularly if soul contact still works. Esarkan will prefer that Maitimo not go around openly carrying someone else's soul in public in Nuime, but he won't otherwise care at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

I prefer not to run experiments with 'instant death' as a possible result, maybe Liran-alore can bother the peal's precog? I don't know anything about her limitations, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, fair enough, I can have him go ask. Although he might just decide to leave his soul with Dawn-shining and hop around a bit, on the grounds that it'll be faster that way. The risk of instant death is a pretty casual thing for us.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are things Elaneth-imire couldn't fix.

Permalink Mark Unread

I suppose there are in theory. But especially for Liran-alore - he wasn't made for a person, he was made for a purpose, if Elaneth-imire has to make a new fork from the same point and catch him up on everything Liran-alore was up to it won't be the kind of loss it would be if something that irrecoverable happened to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's your life. Just be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will. Love you.

If Maitimo doesn't want Raika-seren casually risking his life, then he won't. He can leave that to the Taliar who is trivially resurrectable by re-forking.

I have absolutely no idea what time it is, should I be going to sleep or getting back to work?

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you not get tired? It's mid afternoon.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm tired but it's soul-contact tired, makes it hard to tell whether there is actual-tired lined up behind it. I'll pick up my soul and go work on that prototype Internet some more, then.

And he gets up and gets dressed, and by the end of that he's wide awake again. Which he could've done nearly as easily if it had been the middle of the night, and while that is a useful talent to have, it makes it kind of difficult to use his energy level to tell the time. If he only slept when he was tired, he'd be in a constant cycle of staying up for two or three days straight and then collapsing, until he wore himself out and didn't get out of bed for a week.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

He collects his soul; he smiles adoringly at Maitimo; he goes off to work with that conjuror in Nuime. He mentions the suggested experiment to Liran-alore.

Permalink Mark Unread

Liran-alore pops into Dawn and says to Elaneth-imire, I'm about to do something stupid, if I'm not back in five minutes my soul's in your lovely road, then sends all his memories that Elaneth-imire doesn't already have and bounces away.

Five minutes later: So I think it's safe to say soulbearers can survive with their souls in distant universes. I'm sure Sun-dark will be thrilled. You people. And he pops back to Nuime and delivers the news.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't get to risk some totally unknown horrible death two seconds after I suggest it and then say 'you people' about the fact that I like it when Midnight holds my soul, he says fondly. Thanks for checking.

And a few more hours working on the Internet and then back home to Independence. The spark at the heart of his soul is bright and steady, a brilliant pale gold.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good, he says when the results reach him. Anywhere you want to go?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not right now, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. How's my internet?

Permalink Mark Unread

Coming along. I think I'll ask Elaneth-imire to branch something conjuration-ish from his landshaping power tomorrow, and keep tinkering with my prototype in Nuime while I wait for his soul to catch up, and then you will have Internet within a few days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lovely! And Nuimë and Dawn too, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's about what I was planning.

He's proud of how fast he's getting this sorted out.

Permalink Mark Unread

You should be, it's very impressive.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well now he's even prouder.

I'm a very impressive person, he says happily.

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes his soul, just briefly, then releases it. Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

Love and joy and pride and a touch of the good kind of fear and—it's over and he's grinning, feeling thrilled and euphoric, basking in the memory.

Love you so much. Do you want anything else from me this evening or should I go have dinner and go to sleep?

Permalink Mark Unread

Get some sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

He goes and has dinner and goes to sleep and has pleasant dreams.

Permalink Mark Unread

Independence is very excited at the news of impeding Internet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren wakes up in the morning and has breakfast and goes to work. He mentions to Elaneth-imire that it would be nice if he acquired the power to conjure arbitrary objects, and then he spends all day digging into technical problems, and sends Liran-alore to look a few things up in the public ballroom in Warp, and generally has a great time, and comes back to Independence in the evening to report his progress to Maitimo, and then follows the same pattern the next day.

Midmorning of that second day, Elaneth-imire turns up a conjuration power, branched as predicted from his landshaping. He creates an enormous amount of relevant supplies, and Raika-seren gleefully bounces home and starts distributing and installing them. There are a bunch more technical problems, which he solves. The spark at the heart of his soul spends the whole day brightening visibly as he bounces from place to place and explains things to people and configures software and tucks signal equipment into pre-launched satellites. Afternoon shades into evening and he's pretty sure he isn't going to sleep that night, he's having far too much fun. One all-nighter won't hurt him.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very endearing.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does in fact stay up all night installing and tweaking and troubleshooting, and all the next day making final checks and hopping away briefly to get Elaneth-imire to make a few more things, and then it's late evening and he's finished and he eats dinner and flops into bed and his last thought as he falls asleep is maybe I'll take the day off tomorrow...

Permalink Mark Unread

If he doesn't Midnight is tempted to insist.

Permalink Mark Unread

He wakes up; he eats breakfast; he considers the relative merits of taking the day off versus going off to do Nuime's internet immediately. On the one hand, doing Nuime's internet will be lots of fun. On the other hand, the extra day isn't going to hurt anyone and he just pulled an all-nighter and shouldn't put himself in a position to end up pulling another one. And he'd so pull another one.

But doing Nuime's internet will be so much fun...

Permalink Mark Unread

Internet tomorrow, come here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I love you.

He goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Forever is a very long time, it's not much use burning yourself out in the first week of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, come on, I don't burn out that easily. I'd be fine in a week even if I ran myself right into the ground with it.

...but thank you. I appreciate you looking out for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone has to. Come here.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles, and does that. 'In Maitimo's arms' is his favourite place to be. He loves him so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

He feels very loved. He gives them both a day off.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is very loved! So loved. Deeply and wholeheartedly and without expecting anything in return. Whatever he wants to do with his present on their day off, Taliar will be happy with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good. 

 

"I swore a long time ago I'd never permit - any arrangement of the kind I had during the war - to exist between any people in my empire."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's - huh. He isn't sure he understands the full context there.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you were worried. Or - not worried, but - contorting around it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh."

He contemplates the question of whether he was worried about that. Well, no. And 'contorting around it' isn't quite right either - it's -

"...I'm - actually pretty sure you couldn't keep me as a prisoner against my will? I'm here because I want to be, and I'm not going to stop wanting to be here, that's how having a Taliar works."

When a Taliar decides to love someone undeterrably, he really, really means it. And therefore the question of whether he is being held captive against his will just isn't going to come up, regardless of whether it's also impossible for other reasons.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss.

I love you. I'm happy to be your present, it's the best thing I could be doing with my life.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

He giggles. Maitimo is so cute, and beautiful and frightening and glorious and perfect, it's wonderful, he makes Taliar so happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

He frowns and stands up and goes back to work, his fingertips brushing Taliar's soul almost absently.

Permalink Mark Unread

...well that's unexpected but okay? (The moment of soul contact is still that same love, but half overtaken by confusion.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Taliar doesn't have lots to do, because he was told to take the day off, which up until five seconds ago it seemed like Maitimo was also doing.

And he can't for the life of him figure out what he did wrong, or even whether he should be trying to figure that out or just - going and doing something else - something such as what, he's too off-balance to think of anything -

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you ordinarily do on days off?

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't taken one since I got here, the closest thing was that disastrous afternoon walk - I wasn't much for them before that either - I'm sure I could figure something out but, uh, I'm not sure that would be a good idea right now—

—because despite his mind's attempts to dodge the subject for the sake of self-preservation, it's seeming more and more like the thing he did wrong was be too in love and if that annoys Maitimo, now, after Maitimo decided to keep him, then what the fuck is he even for - it would mean he's a failure on a level too deep to fix, because trying to be less in love would destroy him and it's clear that's not what Maitimo wants either - and with that going on in the back of his head, anything he tries to do with his day off will end in one of two places: either pouring all his energy into some project approximately as demanding as bringing Nuime the Internet, or lying in bed for the next week consumed by self-loathing.

Permalink Mark Unread

He turns around. He walks back over. He slaps him, hard. "Maybe the catch is that you're absurdly high-maintenance."

Permalink Mark Unread

The first thought that flashes through his head on hearing that is that if he's too high-maintenance for Maitimo's tastes he can just go - take his soul and bounce out to one of the nameless worlds in the surrounding cluster and drop himself in a randomly selected star, after which he will require no maintenance at all -

But of course he can't do that. He made a commitment. He is not leaving until Maitimo explicitly wants him gone.

He takes hold of the crisis building in the back of his head and he drags it to a screeching halt and locks it away by force of will. His soul flares brilliantly silver. In the sudden calm, his mind feels... quiet. It's a somewhat unfamiliar feeling.

"If you don't want anything further with me right now I think I'll go find a book to read," he says softly.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I want to be done hurting people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I love you very much for that," he says, although the feeling is also caught in the unaccustomed quiet, muted compared to its usual depth and colour. This is a weird way for his head to be but - it's sustainable in the short term, it's not doing him any harm.

Permalink Mark Unread

He shakes his head. He leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes and finds a book to read.

Permalink Mark Unread

He stops reading his mind. It takes some effort but - it's not improving his concentration any, he can start again when he's curious -

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will miss out on a few hours of Sun-dark Taliar quietly and comfortably enjoying a book about linguistics.

And then he finishes the book and conscientiously puts it away and goes back to his room and - what matters is whether things harm him, right, okay - he pokes gently around the edges of his locked-away emotional crisis until he's sure that it's safe to let out, and then he curls up in bed and cries very intensely for an hour, and then he gets up and washes his face and has a late lunch and goes back to his room again.

He needs to not be harmed by his doubts, and he needs to do it without any help. Okay. You've got a clear goal, Taliar, now solve the problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

He checks in on him. He -

 

 - oh, for fuck's sake -

 

 

 - he goes to his room and walks in without asking.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would be very painful if Maitimo made a habit of dropping him and walking away every time he felt love too deeply, but so far it hasn't been a habit, so far it's just been a single instance. It would absolutely wreck his head if he tried to hold back from being so in love, but that just means that he shouldn't do that

—he looks up when Maitimo comes in. "Hi."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We need to talk but first you're going to suck me off, I'm not in a mood to have a discussion about our feelings right now and I will be afterwards."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay," he says agreeably. This is a good plan and he is happy to follow it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He does that. He enjoys doing that. Maitimo is lovely and Taliar loves him.

And now they were going to talk about their feelings...?

Permalink Mark Unread

"It occurs to me that you know nearly nothing about me and that might be part of the problem. I am for all the rest of time in love with someone who I hurt very badly, and he is very resilient so he is okay, and he asked for promises I wouldn't hurt him and I gave them and then we were happy, and he obeyed me as - an indulgence, almost, and it hurt so badly but I knew I could fix it someday. And now he's gone. And now you're here, and I can have everything with you, uncomplicatedly, except if I just evaluate you as worthy of happiness and then give it to you it'll all be a play, because I still have no idea what I want and I didn't win it, and so it feels like a cruel game and knowing it isn't one doesn't lessen that it feels like one, and feels like one so overwhelmingly it can't feel anything else. It's not about not knowing you well enough. It's about knowing how to get exactly what-I-want-from-you and being terrified of wanting anything from you because the last time I was in love it would have been unequivocally better for everyone if I hadn't been."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Taliar hugs him.

It - makes it make so much more sense, and makes all the turmoil in his head so much smaller, to know that Maitimo hurt him by accident - there's a sort of reflection, a thread, a signature, that traces the shape of what Maitimo wants from hurting him in how he feels when it happens, and the signature this time was muddled and incoherent, like someone knocked over the inkwell.

"...does this mean I should be more difficult?" he wonders. If 'didn't win it' means 'didn't expend effort', then, well... it would seem like too simple a solution for such a complicated problem, but sometimes those work.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe. There are ways of being difficult that'd help, but -

- you could stop the - habit of thought - that says I can do no wrong to you or in general and so if anything's wrong it's you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay," he says, snuggling him. "I can do that, sure."

(His soul shines faintly blue. This is a blue sort of problem.)

"Anything else you can think of that I could do to help?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Stop interpreting my leaving or not reacting as evidence of some failure on your part? I - am going to be ambivalent. For a lot of reasons. Your appeal isn't one of them. It'd be nice to have a way to convey 'I like you and want you to remain here' that isn't sleeping with you because if that's the only one I have I'll use it and then feel vaguely coerced."

Permalink Mark Unread

He definitely does not want Maitimo to ever have to feel coerced about anything.

"Telling me to solve difficult problems and then observably noticing how brilliant I am at it," he suggests. "This Internet thing was amazing for that. And - I don't know if holding my soul is sufficiently unlike sex for your purposes - but it definitely leaves me feeling like I belong here."

(Is there a good way to tell the difference between kinds of being difficult that will help and kinds that fall on the wrong side of that trailing 'but', he wonders...)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Challenging me on policy choices or magic priorities or how to handle multiverse stuff is good difficult. Refusing me occasionally when you don't expect me to back down is good difficult. Don't threaten me, don't tempt me to actually hurt you -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'm not sure what tempting you to actually hurt me looks like," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm trying to not do that. I know you - know yourself to be in principle capable of liking it, I'm just not at all sure it'd be wise of me to indulge -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...more than just 'in principle', I think, but - if there's lines you don't want to cross because you're not comfortable going there, I can arrange not to be disappointed..."

And that's not a commitment a Taliar makes lightly, with something that he feels challenged over the way he feels challenged over enduring torture. But it's important to Maitimo, so it's important to him.

...he does kind of need a better idea of what to avoid being disappointed by, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

"See, if I weren't trying to stop leaning on - hurting people until they were in a configuration convenient for me - then I'd just torture you into being grateful for precisely and only what I was interested in giving you. But -"

Permalink Mark Unread

...his soul shines blue, with a hint of silver. It seems, on the face of it, really unlikely for torture to succeed in achieving that goal.

But it also seems really counterproductive to start arguing over whether it'd work, so he just says, "I think I can manage to avoid being disappointed by you not doing that."

(And falls a little more in love, that too.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. "It wouldn't even be hard. But I want - I want to undo it, as much as I can, and -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar hugs him. "I love you," he says.

"I - I think it would probably help if I stopped being so extreme about trying not to second-guess you - because as this morning demonstrates, you are capable of hurting me by accident, and I think I would've had an easier time of it if I'd let myself notice how... misaimed that comment about me being high-maintenance was."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree that - given how aggressively you steer yourself - steering as if I definitely must have intended whatever wall you crash into is a terrible idea."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles wryly. "Yeah."

...'wouldn't even be hard', really—okay. He is curious. And he can live with not finding out, but he is still curious what the angle is that makes that seem easy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pat pat. "I'm good at it and you're already very malleable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes you are, and yes I am." Snuggle. "But - the space between 'torture is redundant next to asking nicely' and 'asking nicely can't do it, so torture probably can't either' is really narrow? I suppose torture is also more fun than asking nicely, and there's always combining the two... anyway. You're not going to do it, so there's not a whole lot of point in speculating."

...and he's still left without a clear picture of what to do to avoid tempting Maitimo to really hurt him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me too. Sorry. I'll let you know if I figure it out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay," he says, leaning comfortably on him. "Love you."

It's sort of fun watching the little shifts in the background of his thoughts as the changes settle in. He's a little hesitant about pushing some of them, and there's some he's not sure how to implement at all - 'refusing me occasionally when you don't expect me to back down', okay, but how does he decide when to do that because if he waits until he doesn't want to give Maitimo something Maitimo wants he is going to be waiting a while... and at first glance it sounds sort of - well. In the genre of things that Taliar suspects he should be arranging not to be disappointed by the lack of.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What happens if you just do - less arranging? If something isn't working, that's one thing, but all this paving over in anticipation does not seem - the best possible way -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I could be doing less of that, but - how much of that thought came through, it's sort of hard to tell—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The thought about things you should be arranging not to be disappointed by?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go ahead and expand."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...It seems pretty straightforward that if you don't want to really hurt me I should stop - being prepared for you to really hurt me," he says. "Especially since it costs something to stay this way. If it was something you wanted, I'd be fine with giving it to you, but if it's not..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, please don't stay in mental states that impose ongoing costs to you so that you'll be less affected by what I do, that definitely does not sound like something I want."

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. "Okay."

...it's surprisingly hard to take it apart. He tries to figure out why that is. It's not about not trusting Maitimo, exactly, but... okay, what exactly is the trouble here?

Well, when he looks at it up close... say what you mean, Taliar: the thing he's trying to do is stop being prepared for Maitimo to rape him, and another way of putting that is 'start expecting that he can say no to sex', and - he feels like he has not been given sufficiently explicit permission for that. Which is maybe silly of him, but it's what he has to work with.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm really not seeing that even coming up, and you have a teleport -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not seeing it coming up either unless you were specifically trying for that outcome, which seems unlikely to say the least, but - it's sort of the principle of the thing - the fact that I have a teleport is wholly irrelevant, if it did come up I wouldn't leave unless I thought me leaving was what you wanted."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I - what does consent mean to you if not that you can leave even if I want you to stay -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It means, well, the difference between—"

His own memory: Maitimo having him after the song experiments, when he couldn't move, helpless in such a delightful way -

Dawn-shining's memory: nothing in his head but pain, exerting enormous willpower to make himself comply, because he did not own the right to say no but he would have if he could and he knew that and it hurt him so very badly but no amount of pain is enough to make a Taliar back out of a commitment.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So...you feel like you've committed to do whatever I want, and therefore won't say no unless I want you to say no, and - I didn't ask you to commit to do whatever I wanted!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm - sorry, I guess?" he says. "It's... it's part of what goes into making it true that I will never be hostile to you no matter what, and I feel like that's important. I don't know. I don't think I could've come here without it, but - if it's not something you want..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it just means I need to think. The way - I was thinking about it - you had a teleport, you could safely rule out any outcome you considered worse than 'you decide to teleport away'. The other one - in that memory - it didn't actually matter except to him that he was being compliant, that's a difference - and if it isn't -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh."

He smiles.

"Yeah, I think I see what you mean. But it isn't a relevant distinction for us. It's... I'm not even sure how to articulate it, but... when I came here I was deliberately putting myself in your power, and I meant for that to hold even if someday I become as godlike as Elaneth-imire? The fact that you have control of my life should not depend on you being able to keep it by force. So it - doesn't. Because I am very very very serious about never coming into tangible conflict with you."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I appreciate that. I do not want you to have your head arranged around being unaffected by being raped at ongoing personal cost."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not even that he'd be unaffected, it's -

- actually there seems to be a latent implication here that Maitimo prefers him to be affected by being raped, which - well, if that's what he wants, he can have it, of course, but even though Taliar does genuinely trust that Maitimo means what he says about not wanting to really hurt him, it still makes the prospect of becoming vulnerable in that way kind of intimidating -

He has an impulse to just rip the protective acceptance out of his head and have done with it, but that's not the way to go, here, he doesn't urgently need to get rid of it and there's no point in hurting himself just to get it over with quicker. So.

What is the shape of this problem, why is he having such trouble with this... that technically wasn't explicit permission to say no and have that respected but it's nevertheless clear what Maitimo wants him to do... he's afraid but he knows he doesn't need to be, it shouldn't be getting in his way like this...

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a bind you put yourself in, entirely, I never said I'd ignore a refusal -

Permalink Mark Unread

I was going with the best information I had at the time, never having actually met you, he says. I don't blame you at all; you never asked for me in the first place and you certainly had no obligation to correct my assumptions. But now here we are and I'm having trouble. It's fine; I'll get it figured out somehow. Do you want to help or would you rather leave me to it? Or are you not sure?

Permalink Mark Unread

I am not clear on how to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not totally sure either.

He shouldn't need to be reassured that doing this will not lead to him being harmed - he knows it won't - and even if it were going to, he is still in principle willing to do it - but it still feels irrationally frightening. That might be another piece of the puzzle, actually - he's approaching this like he's trying to change his expectations in assurance of safety, because that's the reality, but his emotions disagree. So maybe he should take the other approach.

Doing this will give Maitimo the capacity to hurt him very very badly in a way he couldn't have done before. That's frightening, even though he trusts Maitimo not to use it. But he is okay with Maitimo having the capacity to hurt him very very badly. He's Sun-dark. He's not about to deny Maitimo power over him.

Okay, that's... much better for him than just forcing himself to make the change, but still going to be more painful and frightening and - leave him more fragile, for a little while afterward - than doing it from a place of properly-felt trust.

So.

You could say reassuring things about how you really aren't going to take advantage of this to harm me, he says, which I seem to be having trouble feeling even though I know perfectly well it's true. Or you could sing me trust songs, that would also work. Or you could leave me to it and I'll do it the other way and be a little off-balance for a bit afterward but still ultimately better off than if I left myself like this indefinitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

He starts singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you, he says, closing his eyes and listening contentedly to the song. Maitimo's voice is so beautiful.

As the effect fades in, he keeps checking - does it feel right yet? no? how about now? no? how about -

And then it does, it feels perfect, he trusts Maitimo completely, more than enough for the feeling to match the knowledge. And he just - makes the change, it's as simple as that. There is a distant feeling of releasing a burden, blurred by the high of more-than-perfect trust.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks for helping, he says, snuggling up. I love you. I trust you.

And while he's here he might as well - fix the underlying problem - he has the knowledge of trust but not the feeling of it, well, there's plenty of that feeling available at the moment, it shouldn't be that hard to make it stick. It is technically objectively stupid to be doing something like this but he did specifically ask Maitimo to use mind control to help him fuck with his head so under the circumstances he thinks he will give himself a pass.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't understand why you did it at all if you were going to contort yourself like this to be totally untouchable-

Permalink Mark Unread

I wasn't totally untouchable. It wouldn't make it hurt less - not by much, anyway - the difference is mostly in the recovery. And... from a certain perspective it gives you more options, not having to worry about doing permanent damage. And it's, hmm...

He's a little too high to complete that train of thought; it trails off half-finished, something about it not being entirely a deliberate strategic self-modification, more a component of the process of deciding to do this in the first place.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't blame you for doing it, not really, it's just a reminder of upsetting things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry about that. Love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. You won't be in a position of wishing you hadn't trusted me.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know I won't, he says contentedly. For reasons unrelated to being high on trust songs, even.

And he's pretty sure he has successfully installed that feeling of trust where it belongs. He feels very successful. And cozy and comfortable and utterly trusting - without the excited desire to see that trust put to use, this time; he's in this mental state for different reasons.

Permalink Mark Unread

He stops singing and waits the song out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar waits too, snuggling Maitimo happily.

As the effect fades, his soul begins to glow faintly blue, which is very reasonable of it; choosing to trust Maitimo like this was a very blue thing to do. The glow strengthens. Taliar, with his eyes closed, distracted by the fading high, doesn't notice for a few seconds; but then he feels it, a slow tide rising in his soul, a wave of deep and glorious love...

He opens his eyes and blinks in the blue-gold light. This seems - vaguely not the time, somehow - but okay, his godhood is apparently imminent. In retrospect it's not surprising that the key component was that particular flavour of trust.

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs Maitimo and then nestles comfortably against him. Congratulations, you have your very own god now, he says wryly. I love you. Wow, do I ever...

The sensation of his love for Maitimo lighting up his soul is one of the most amazing things he's ever felt. It's a little weird that it's coming on so slowly, but he likes it, it gives him a chance to really appreciate the feeling - and there goes his mental privacy exception for Maitimo, becoming irrevocable; and there goes his protection against soul contact, with its irrevocable exception for Maitimo; and there goes Maitimo's ability to make his soul feel like imaginary strangers are touching it... and as his soul brightens further, the mental privacy exception becomes a mental link with world-spanning range, and then the range to reach from a world to its neighbour... it feels nice, having these powers fall into place. It feels right. He agrees with his soul that these are correct things for it to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

And you can take on secrecy for us -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. In three days.

Permalink Mark Unread

How come that one takes three days?

Permalink Mark Unread

Because it's - more conditional, a solution to a specific problem rather than something that I was definitely going to need no matter what? It was already holding space in reserve for the imaginary strangers thing, and protecting itself against being touched was probably something it was always going to do when it got powerful enough, and the privacy-exception stuff was all changes to an existing power and that's faster than growing a new one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense. So you can heal the whole world now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

His soul is still growing, but he can feel the approximate size of his healing aura in it and it's comfortably planet-spanning already.

I should get that sensory power that Dawn-shining has, it's kind of important to be able to see what you're doing when you can work at this kind of scale, even if all I can do right now is heal...

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. Love you. I'm glad my soul acknowledged you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I remain baffled by what it uses for criteria.

Permalink Mark Unread

It makes sense to me but not in a very - legible way, I don't think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Clearly not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Oh well.

It's - it looks different from Dawn-shining's blazing sun of a soul, when he looks at it. The gold is paler; the heart of it glows brightest, and the brightness fades softly outward until at the outermost edges it almost doesn't glow at all. It's not damage or debasement, not anything of the kind - it's just an aesthetic distinction, a nod to his chosen soulname. He likes it. It's beautiful this way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Do we need to talk about anything else?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm - not sure, getting high and achieving godhood was kind of distracting... nothing jumps out at me, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Go play around being a god or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

He lets out his healing aura. It floods the planet, pale gold touched with blue. And, that being really the only playing around with godlike power he can do at the moment, he goes to find some other way to occupy his time.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's so happy about the healing aura. He gets back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren has a quiet day off, reading and walking around the city. He goes to Nuime the next day and installs its internet. His father congratulates him, even though he left his soul with Maitimo and it's not there to shine deifically. He pulls another all-nighter, returns home midafternoon of the following day, reports his success, and contemplates taking another day off before he goes to install Dawn's. It seems prudent.

Permalink Mark Unread

He decides he'd like to manifest his soul. It seems so useful. When everyone is busy figuring out which operations can be simplified by the internet, he heads over to Nuimë to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

If he'd like a comfortable room in the palace where he can sit undisturbed for several hours, that can absolutely be arranged.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be useful, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Here it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile in Independence:

Raika-seren's day off is going well. He reads a little, he walks around the palace and admires how much of Maitimo he can see in it, he curls up in bed and delightedly contemplates how much he loves Maitimo. He's so glad his soul acknowledged him, it's so good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Tivarante apparently finds it flattering. Midnight wonders if he can condition him out of it. He takes Raika-seren's soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

And now his entire soul is filled with how much he loves Maitimo, and he feels good and cozy and happy and safe, wrapped up in the overwhelming sense of Maitimo's presence. If Maitimo wanted to condition him out of contemplating his love, this was perhaps not the best method.

Permalink Mark Unread

The invisible strangers thing! He can do that!

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It's shatteringly awful, all the more so because he had no idea it was coming, he was completely unprepared - the other thing, with the identity song, was so vast and alien he almost couldn't process it at all, it hurt more but it touched him less; this kind of torture does not have that problem - he clings to the sense of Maitimo's presence, because it's a genuine comfort in the face of this agony, because he loves him, because he knows he'll forgive him, but - he feels a little betrayed, to be hurt like this with no warning at all, and 'a little' at soul-touching scales is enormous - if this is how his trust is rewarded, maybe he was right not to feel it -

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. 

 

...he doesn't stop. It's such an interesting power.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is frozen in that moment of betrayal, barely able to notice time passing, terrified and violated and helpless, for longer and longer - in the scattered fragments of his thoughts he wonders if Maitimo can even hear him -

 

And then he - isn't. His mind is not there anymore. His soul is lifeless in Maitimo's hands. It shines bright and pale and tells him what kind of a person its bearer was.

Permalink Mark Unread

....he's pretty certain he had nothing to do with that, which means someone went and murdered Taliar -

 

- he will ask the nearest person where Elaneth-imire can be found -

Permalink Mark Unread

He's probably in Dawn, he usually is.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll go to Dawn and ask again -

Permalink Mark Unread

And this person happens to know that he's working on magic artifacts right now! Try thereish!

Permalink Mark Unread

Pop.

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances up from his work. He sees Raika-seren's soul. He sees Midnight's face.

He immediately reembodies Raika-seren, with conjured clothing because he can do that now.

Permalink Mark Unread

His soul comes to life - he collapses to the floor in the aftermath of intensely torturous soul contact -

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know what happened - no, probably not - Elaneth-imire, will you go with us back to Independence and help us figure it out -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course - what happened from your perspective...?"

He can make guesses. Midnight has Raika-seren's soul and doesn't know what killed him, and Raika-seren is insensate in a way that suggests his soul was just being touched and had been for a while, so Midnight was holding his soul - probably from Dawn or Nuime - and saw it die, cause unknown, and came straight here. Could be anything from 'a bookcase fell on him' to 'someone destroyed the planet'. Best to be prepared for the latter. He wraps the three of them in his healing aura.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was in Nuimë, I was holding him, then he - wasn't -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. Yeah, that's what he thought. Midnight'll have to be the one to teleport them there, Elaneth-imire still can't find Independence, but he's ready to leave anytime. Under the circumstances it might be best not to wait for Raika-seren to recover. Just in case it's closer to planetary destruction than a fallen bookcase.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. He takes Raika-seren with, though, he'd be upset to have missed everything -

 

Hop hop hop -

Permalink Mark Unread

They land in what's left of Himring.

It's unrecognizable, a mass of rubble, no wall still standing as far as the Elven eye can see. Other nearby settlements have been treated similarly. The section they're standing on is melted, stone become lava, and still being actively bombarded - a blast of force from above smashes the three of them into the liquid ground. The healing aura leaves them all ultimately unharmed, but the heat and pressure are agonizingly painful. Elaneth-imire reaches out his senses and teleports them to the first bit of untouched landscape he can find, then collapses - but he doesn't have time for rockslide flashbacks right now - he reaches farther, expanding his healing aura at the same time, until he can see the whole planet and the fleet of alien starships bombarding it from space.

They're using some kind of energy weapons, blasts of heat and force and both. They have hit every civilization-resembling thing on the planet's surface, leaving very few survivors, and are currently concentrating most of their firepower on Doriath.

Now there is no longer a fleet of alien starships there.

And Elaneth-imire holds the whole planet in his mind, and at the intersection of landshaping and conjuration there's a way to just—restore

Now all the destroyed places are back, good as new, every building, every book, every flower.

Resurrections next or what? he asks - he should go for general resurrection as soon as possible, Midnight had human citizens - where the fuck did these aliens even fucking come from and what is their problem and when is the next wave going to arrive, those are also important questions -

Permalink Mark Unread

Being smashed against a pool of lava wakes Raika-seren up a little. By the time Elaneth-imire asks about resurrections, he's coherent enough to sit up and look around and sort through his memories. Now is clearly not the time to react to what Maitimo just did to him - Elaneth-imire's thoughts fill in enough of the context that he can tell Maitimo's entire kingdom was just bombed to ash and that definitely takes priority over his feelings on being unexpectedly tortured -

Permalink Mark Unread

Did you kill all the aliens again - sigh - anyway, no, now we figure out where they came from, resurrections can hold a few hours -

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren goes to Nuime to fetch Nezhefena. Aliens attacked Independence, please come track them, and he comes back without waiting for a response because she is going to drop everything for this unless there's an emergency of equal scale going on in Nuime.

Permalink Mark Unread

And sure enough, there she is.

Show me an alien, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are stranded in intergalactic space. Elaneth-imire teleports her to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She floats comfortably in vacuum, wrapped in shadows, and studies the fleet.

As soon as they notice her, they all target her with their city-destroying energy weapons. It gets annoyingly bright for a moment before she pops back to Independence.

Friendly, aren't they, she remarks, sharing the visual memory. I can find where they came from, but I can't guarantee they won't notice me and they might be provoked to escalate.

Permalink Mark Unread

How'd they find Independence at all -

Permalink Mark Unread

The planet hasn't been here long enough to be visible from very far away, but they could've stumbled across it somehow, if they had methods of detection not bound to lightspeed or if they teleport around a lot...

Permalink Mark Unread

Grab one and bring it back here -

Permalink Mark Unread

Nezhefena retrieves an alien from the fleet. The alien screams and tries to attack her. Now the alien is unable to move.

Their body plan is more or less humanoid, but you wouldn't mistake them for a human or an Elf.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Both Taliars are a little unnerved by the immobilization power, but now isn't the time to get distracted by that kind of coincidental resemblance.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And what's it thinking about?

Permalink Mark Unread

Blind panic and a deep fundamental sense of being surrounded by terrifying evil and wrongness!

Permalink Mark Unread

He bounces this to everyone else - "going to check if songs help -" 


Trust?

Permalink Mark Unread

Panic! Terror! Wrongness! Panic! Terror! Wrongness!

...panic?

...not panic?

 

They're surrounded by wrong things but they're not afraid, the wrong things are trustworthy, they're safe - no! This is clearly a trick! The wrong things have mind control! But... but...

Permalink Mark Unread

The wrong things definitely fucking have mind control. 

To Elaneth-imire: can you make a recording so I can talk to him while it's playing?

Permalink Mark Unread

...sure.

He conjures a recording device and records the song and plays it. This is a sufficiently strategically necessary use of mind control that it won't debase his soul, although he still doesn't feel great about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello," he says to the alien. "What's your name?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The wrong thing can talk?! Speak in ordinary understandable language? Even if this one is somehow okay - no it's not it's using mind control - that's terrifying, that means there are wrong things out there that could spy on people and understand their conversations, maybe even attack their planets. The wrong things of this new planet have already demonstrated several terrifying powers. The fleet won't be able to calculate a light-jump from their current position for several hours at least, and by the same token they're cut off from communicating with the rest of the galaxy, they won't be able to call for reinforcements. No one is going to come rescue this one from the perfectly trustworthy terrifying teleporting wrong things with terrifying mind control and terrifying immobilization powers.

...the alien is too busy being confused and thinking through the implications of the situation to actually answer his question or even think their own name.

Permalink Mark Unread

He bounces this to everyone present.

To Raika-seren: go move their fleet over a dimension, buy us some time, then notify Esarkan.

And aloud, "we're not going to hurt you. Can you explain why your people attacked us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He pops to the fleet, hops them into the next dimension over and drops them deep in intergalactic space, bounces to Nuime and drops a summary on Esarkan, then comes back.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...you're filth creatures," says the bewildered alien. They genuinely can't conceive of why anyone would ask that question; it makes no sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So...you weren't aware we were people, or you find us an objectionable kind of people - did any filth creatures attack you at some point?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No...?"

Filth creatures aren't properly people, but they do think, that's what makes them an abomination. Things that can think but aren't people (meaning: members of this alien's own species) are wrong and need to be destroyed. Surely even a filth creature would know that - don't they see people the same way? How can any thinking creature not react this way to alien beings? This is so confusing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Bounce - "no, actually, most species get along fine with other species. You guys are probably capable of it too, though I'm curious if the disgust-reaction thing is responsive to magic, that'd definitely make it a lot easier - anyway, you made a mistake. Things that can think but aren't your species are perfectly fine and if you dislike interacting with any of them we could find you an empty dimension."

Permalink Mark Unread

These filth creatures can read minds, not just control them. This is even worse than the filth contagion of Tseiza-3. It is the end of the world and nothing will ever be okay again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Elaneth-imire, can you go get Macalaurë?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Where's this world's Macalaurë - over there, dead - here's a resurrection path.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aliens who apparently find the existence of other species deeply inherently objectionable and so kill them every chance they get - do you have anything stronger for it -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." He turns off the recording. He sings. They are this alien's best friends, it cares about them deeply -

Permalink Mark Unread

But these are filth - they're having intense feelings of friendship and caring toward filth - they are obviously irredeemably corrupted, no better than filth themselves - they are overcome by despair and want only to die.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can fix that too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now the alien is happily determined to kill themselves the first chance they get!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I'm awfully tempted to say 'kill them all, it'd be a favor, resurrect whoever else they've murdered in the course of this bizarre crusade -'"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me too. I suppose we could spare the children."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This one's a soldier in the army they sent to wreck your planet," Elaneth-imire points out, "it's possible the rest of them won't be quite so zealous. Worth checking, at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I think we should try a couple hundred variants on getting them into a more pliable state of mind, different songs for it - Cáno can improvise, and can put more into it than he is right now - you should see if you can manifest a power for turning off the disgust thing - I just won't especially mind if the end result is that they all want to die, because what the fuck.



Permalink Mark Unread

(Alien can't want to die because alien can't want anything at all, is losing all capacity to have preferences about the world.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I'm all right with trying to manifest a power for turning off the disgust thing but I can't help feeling that mind control songs are a badly targeted solution to this problem," he says. "Like, okay, we mind-control whole planetsful of aliens so they stop wanting to murder us for no reason, then they start wanting to murder us because we mind-controlled them. If I get a power for turning off the disgust thing it'll tend to be nicer and have fewer side effects."

Permalink Mark Unread

The alien's urge to die does not appear to be located wholly in its preferences - it should die because it has been corrupted by filth, regardless of what it wants.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think this scales as a fix but I'm trying to get a useful feel for what it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, fair enough. But I think you might've broken this one already."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All the more reason not to run through a dozen of them trying to get information. Subtle artists might be able to do something, come to think of it."

 

(He lets the songs wear off.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The alien goes back to being despairing and suicidal.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This seems like it might be a Taliar kind of problem," says Raika-seren. He definitely feels like if Maitimo delegated this to him he could get it solved with a minimum of mind control and psychological torture. Quite possibly not none, because holy fuck, these aliens, but a minimum.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What are you thinking you'd do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not sure. I could try finding an alien planet and attempting diplomacy - possibly send Elaneth-imire for that because he'll be less inconvenienced if they shoot at him - I could have Nezhefena bring me another alien from the fleet and see if I can get anywhere with them if I don't use lots of mind control..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Finding a planet sounds like a recipe for a disaster if you don't have a way of handling them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, but I get the impression that if finding them and talking to them would be a disaster, leaving them to gradually become increasingly panicked about the disappearance of their attack fleet is approximately the same disaster only slower. And we don't know how fast they're going to panic about the disappearance of their attack fleet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems like going to talk might be substantially worse. If the attack fleet's lost they worry that we'll come find them; if we do come find them, that's probably much worse than worrying. Agree that we need to act quickly, I just think seeking out a planet of them is really dangerous if you don't want them all dead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Could isolate the planet, at least, find a similar star in a different dimension and teleport it there, which would definitely promote disappearance-related panic elsewhere and definitely freak them right out about how powerful we are, but I don't think we're getting away without freaking them out about how powerful we are and at least it'd limit the spread of information. I want to know how many planets are in this interstellar clusterfuck and I want their locations and capabilities. I'm thinking we should grab another alien from the fleet and try interrogating it in a way that doesn't make it obvious we can read their minds. Not sure whether or not to put this one out of its misery first, but I'd definitely at least put it somewhere else."

Permalink Mark Unread

They could get a lot of this information if they had a demon - Elaneth-imire's conjuration power is way less informative - but letting the peal anywhere near this situation seems really likely to cause way more problems than it solves.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that crossed my mind too," he says to Elaneth-imire. "Eventually I was going to convince some demons to immigrate but the situation's too fraught to do that now." And to the alien - "do you want to die?"

Permalink Mark Unread

yes of course they do this is horrible the world is ending and they are helpless to stop it

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I'm happy to kill you but I want to make sure you're making the decision with accurate information. The world's not ending. We're going to take your whole species and put them somewhere where they never have to interact with any filth, probably. Can you confirm that you are aware that almost no one is going to die who doesn't prefer to, that no one is going to have to share a universe with species which they can't stand, and that you still prefer to die?"

Permalink Mark Unread

There are entire other universes out there full of filth, lots of them it sounds like, and the filth are practically all-powerful, nothing is ever going to be okay again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You object to other species existing even if you don't have to interact with them? Wow."

Permalink Mark Unread

They're filth!! Why is this insane filth creature having so much trouble grasping this simple concept?! Filth creatures are wrong, filth creatures are an abomination, they must be destroyed as quickly as possible! No one is safe as long as filth still exists! What if the filth followed them into this other universe and attacked, what then - and even if they didn't, they'd still be out there, being filth - and this filth has mind control, nothing it says can be trusted anyway - it is definitely the end of the world.

Permalink Mark Unread

"In order to die you have to confirm that, if it were the case that we were going to leave you alone in an empty dimension and not attack you, you would still prefer to die. You don't have to trust me, just say that if, hypothetically, you trusted me, you'd want to die."

Permalink Mark Unread

The insane filth creature still makes no sense. It's completely outside the realm of possibility to suggest that in universes and universes full of strange all-powerful filth creatures, none of them would find and attack civilization, even if these ones left everyone alone for insane filth creature reasons. If they really were just going to leave them alone in an empty universe, then there might still be hope for civilization as a whole - although it's inconceivable that they wouldn't eventually try to find and destroy all the filth, so the filth would have to be completely insane to do that - but this person in particular has still been extensively mind-controlled by filth creatures and should definitely be killed for the good of society, they can never trust their own thoughts again, it's horrible and they will be terrified for the rest of their life unless the all-powerful filth creatures force them not to be and that's worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

(The Taliars glance at each other, sharing a thought. The plight of the suicidal genocide alien is horrifying, but Midnight is being very Maitimo about it, and they can each guess the other's reaction even before they share it. Elaneth-imire feels a wry fondness, an appreciation for the ways Midnight is similar to Tivarante, the shared foundations of their minds that form a substantial part of what he loves about his husband; Raika-seren feels a sharp ache of very personal love.)

Permalink Mark Unread

(Just from the way that moment of love felt, he can tell things haven't been going well for Raika-seren lately, but Raika-seren is a Taliar and won't want that dealt with or even acknowledged beyond the level of a passing thought until this crisis has been thoroughly handled.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "Fine. Are there conditions under which you'd consent to be resurrected?"

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that???

The alien genuinely has no idea how to even think about that question. It's terrifying. The filth creatures are all-powerful and the world is so going to end.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, we don't have time for this, go get a couple more, interrogate them separately, figure out how many planets and if there's a safe angle on containing them, this one can hang out here until it gives an answer."

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren nods. He coordinates silently with Elaneth-imire and gets Nezhefena to fetch and immobilize two more aliens, out of sight of this one and each other. They'd like a recording of a fairly low-key calming song if possible, seems less intrusive than the trust song, less likely to lead to perverse paranoia - can Midnight and Macalaurë provide?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not a problem at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. To work.

The Taliars' own osanwë is a little too privacy-respecting to make a good interrogation tool - they could probably push it in that direction but it might take time - but they can conduct their interviews within Maitimo's range, and it actually helps for their purposes if they can't hear their prisoners' thoughts because it means they can't inadvertently reveal that capability and put them on their guard. They can step away for a moment and come back and claim to have heard such-and-such information from another prisoner who was more willing to talk, although they use that tactic sparingly because these people seem really dedicated and it would be suspicious to have gotten one of them to crack that hard that fast.

Once calmed out of their panic, the prisoners still refuse to tell their captors anything, but they can be steered into thinking about lots of things. An extensive, though possibly incomplete, list of inhabited planets. Their civilization's FTL communication and transportation capabilities - pretty good except for the part where you need to aim everything very very precisely, hence the stranded fleet's inability to call home. The nature and origin of their weapons - apparently in this universe certain metals have magically resonant properties that make them usable as magic weapons if properly shaped. They also have plenty of non-magical weapons, but they prefer to use the magical ones because they're more efficient to operate, no ammunition or fuel required.

Raika-seren manages to indirectly lead his alien to think about what the trouble is with Tseiza-3 and its 'filth contagion'. Apparently there used to be filth creatures living there, some of whom had wings, and the people who fought them sometimes also sprouted wings, which obviously meant that those filth creatures were contagious somehow, and this was absolutely terrifying and they instituted strict quarantine protocols and killed all the filth they could find, and then they found out that there was a bizarre space-warping maze hidden behind a handful of portals scattered across the planet's surface, and you could catch the filth contagion by entering it.

They left a military outpost there, and sent expeditions into the maze, all volunteers who understood that they could never rejoin society again and would have to commit suicide once their purpose was fulfilled; the support structure for the military outpost eventually grew into an entire civilian colony on Tseiza-3; and just recently, they finally found the remaining filth creatures hidden deep inside the maze, and now they're trying to finish exterminating them, but it's really hard to bring ships and weapons into the maze through its doorway-sized portals, and there aren't that many people brave enough to volunteer for the job, and last this soldier heard, it sounded like it might be decades before they finish it.

Permalink Mark Unread

What a species. I'm leaning relocate them to an empty dimension, take kids at birth and figure out whether it's innate or taught.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm mildly worried about those poor Tseiza-3 people but it sounds like they're not in danger of succumbing to genocide in the next week, says Raika-seren. Do we have any empty dimensions on hand?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, but plenty with just one inhabited planet, do you think you could get a power for stabilizing the teleport so we can move whole star systems - practice on empty ones first obviously - make sure they land smoothly for the inhabitants? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, bet I could. Although that does leave us hoping their civilization doesn't collapse in panic over the next three days.

Permalink Mark Unread

I could see about branching it from landshaping, says Elaneth-imire, seems like it might conceivably work and it'd be faster than having Raika-seren grow it from scratch...

Permalink Mark Unread

Go for it. Hopefully the whole civilization doesn't collapse over a single missing fleet?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's hard to say from just the three soldiers, but - the way they go into that spiral of terror when they start thinking about the implications of teleporting aliens with immobilization powers, even when they don't know we can read and affect minds...

Another fleet appears overhead - he catches their arrival in Elaneth-imire's thoughts - the obvious thing to do is put them in a nearby dimension, maybe even the same one as the other fleet, but a few hundred light-years away so they don't get a chance to coordinate - he waits a moment to see if Maitimo has a better idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does that.

That was a worryingly fast response to losing communications with fleet number one. I hope they dither for a while longer about the fate of fleet number two.

Permalink Mark Unread

You'd expect at some point they'd assume it's dangerous and be more careful - we should grab someone off fleet two and check what they learned from one's disappearance -

Permalink Mark Unread

On it.

He sends Nezhefena, gets the new prisoner set up in yet another location mutually out of sight of the rest but within ten miles of Maitimo, and skillfully pretends to be frustrated by his inability to procure any answers while in fact getting the prisoner to think about everything they need to know.

When the first fleet disappeared, the people in charge were worried. They couldn't tell the difference between 'communications equipment failure' and 'ran into superior firepower and died' without going and checking, but in case it was the second thing they sent a bigger, better-armed fleet to investigate. They were not prepared for teleporting aliens. Whatever the commanders come up with next, they definitely won't be prepared for teleporting aliens.

They're going to freak out about the fact that the second fleet didn't have time to send a single message before vanishing, but the freaking out is likely to be confined to purity-keepers and the military for the time being. It's hard to say what the outcome of the freaking-out might be. One thing they might try to do is hack together some kind of weapon that can be launched on an FTL trajectory and detonate on arrival with sufficient force to destroy a solar system - the prisoner doesn't know if that's actually possible, but it's the sort of thing they themselves would try in that situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just to be safe, let's move Independence a hop - not to the same dimension we're keeping the fleets in. Purity-keepers?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, moving Independence a hop sounds like a fine idea.

The Taliars prod their prisoners about the concept of purity-keepers. They seem like some sort of combination religious caste and secret police. Their job is to make sure that everything is right according to the same set of standards that declares filth creatures to be wrong. They are respected but not generally feared, even though they will certainly kill anyone who does a sufficiently wrong thing - reading between the lines a little, it seems like these aliens' innate drive to follow their bizarre moral code is strong enough that most people just wouldn't do anything worth being killed over, and can't conceive of themselves as being the sort of person who would, and if they did end up on the wrong side of a purity-keeper somehow they'd agree that this meant they should die.

...even if these prisoners are unusually zealous aliens, which they probably are... wow.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Independence gets hopped.)

Yeah. How do they feel about just turning off their innate drive to follow their bizarre moral code, have there ever been revelations about the things their bizarre moral code obliges them to do...

Permalink Mark Unread

It is also the purity-keepers' job - as an organization, rather than as individuals - to make decisions about what is right when confronted with new situations. It was the purity-keepers who decided, thousands of years ago when it first came up, that filth creatures are abominations that need to die. The prisoners assume they knew what they were doing when they made that decision; they're purity-keepers.

(That first alien, with nothing else to do, has finally managed to think their way through the puzzle of under what conditions they'd be willing to be resurrected. It goes something like: if it was generally agreed that having them alive again would be safe, and if there was some trustworthy and widely accepted means of making sure that none of the filth creatures' mind control lingered in their thoughts, then it would be okay for them to not be dead. But 'generally agreed' and 'widely accepted' both refer to the aliens' own civilization and definitely not to any other ones, so it still seems absolutely insane to think that might ever happen.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! Perfectly reasonable, and I actually expect your civilization'll be fine with that, songs don't have lasting mind-altering effects and once they learn our magic they'll be able to verify that. Do you want me to kill you or just give you a knife?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...if they were able to move they would definitely be obliged to do their best to kill everyone present before killing themselves, these are still filth creatures after all. It is probably in the filth creature's best interest to just kill them already.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it's not, my interest is in convincing your purity-keepers that they've miscategorized some things, you're entirely incidental. But fine." He teleports it into the nearest black hole.

Permalink Mark Unread

The purity-keepers sound pretty hard to convince. I'm starting to get a sense of the shape of this society and... it's honestly really a pity that they decided all aliens are evil and should die because otherwise I bet they'd make really great neighbours?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, then at least we can kidnap all their children and raise them elsewhere. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Or - I don't know - I still hold out hope that there's a way to take this puzzle apart that leaves a little more of their society intact than that - I have no idea how, but maybe I'll think of something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would be delighted if you did. And now I think I want a resurrection power.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fastest way to general resurrection is if I branch it from what I've got, says Elaneth-imire. Not sure how long it'll take. I can resurrect all your Elves in the meantime, though, or do you want to wait?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, let's put them back now. I need to explain to my people what's going on and it'll help if I can tell the families of the dead Men that we'll have it in a few days at worst.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Resurrection paths for everyone. His conjuration isn't good enough yet to trivially give them all clothes, he'd have to spend enough individual attention on each case that it would add up to being not worth it, but the reembodiment power has figured out how to appear them with braided hair.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't much mind the lack of clothes, then. Maitimo offers explanations and then assigns everyone work on handling the repopulation of the city. And then pops over to do that for the next city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren's osanwe shifts to allow use as an interrogation tool - and his range is world-spanning. He hops into the world where he left the alien fleets and listens to them panic for a couple of minutes, then hops into the world where the genocide aliens come from and starts eavesdropping on their civilization as a whole. He can't listen to that many people at once but he can still get a picture of—

—He can't hear anyone inside the maze on Tseiza-3. Since his osanwe doesn't reach to neighbouring universes, this is... suggestive. (Also, without particularly thinking about it, he is operating on the assumption that Maitimo can reach his mind regardless of the number of intervening worldhops. Maybe not to talk to him, but definitely to read him.)

Permalink Mark Unread

I can hear you fine, can you hear me? And yep, Tseiza-3 must have figured out dimensional travel somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, he can hear him. So that answers that.

Awfully tiny worlds, it sounds like, from the people who've been there but aren't in right now... unless the portal-maze is one really weird world that happens to have internal connections that look exactly like its external connections to Tseiza-3... I'm going to listen for a clear picture of the place where the survivors are hiding out, see if I can teleport there, it'll give me more information about what's going on in there adjacency-wise and if it works I'll have the option of talking to the survivors, who might have a useful perspective or useful magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'd be weird if it were adjacent, from how it's described. ...also, maybe Elaneth-imire should go, being immortal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, good point. And I have mental eavesdropping but he's got that sensory power, he'd make about as good of a spy. Send him over?

Permalink Mark Unread

He bounces him the conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Elaneth-imire joins Raika-seren in interstellar space, and waits until he bounces a clear image of the survivors' bizarre planet, and tries to hop to it. Nope.

The next obvious thing to try is seeing if his sensory power can reach through the portals. He hops to the Tseiza-3 star system.

...this is a familiar star system.

Tseiza-3 is an Earth, he says to Raika-seren.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. So the wing-sprouting species -

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably humans, although I haven't caught anyone thinking that yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd fit, every Earth so far has had a different magic system.

Permalink Mark Unread

Portal mazes, magic weapons, and contagious wing-sprouting is a bizarre set of things for a magic system to do, but we're not getting a great angle on it, hearing about it from the aliens who are terrified of most of those things. Maybe the survivors could shed some light on the underlying principles, if we could get to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The magic weapons come from the Earth?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not clear where the magic weapons originated but they do at least seem to come from this world if not from its Earth in particular. I guess they could be an unrelated separate magic system that this world has. The maze and the wings have to be related, though, if just setting foot in there is enough for some people to catch the wing plague...

Permalink Mark Unread

Can the sensory power get anywhere on the portals?

Permalink Mark Unread

He mentally nudges Elaneth-imire.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is hiding inside of Earth's moon and extending his sensory power toward the planet; it seemed like a sensible way to lurk undetected nearby. But using his sensory power this way is a little disorienting and he hasn't quite—ah, there it goes. Yes, if he tries, he can get his sensory range to extend at least into the first layer of the portal maze. He starts working on the deeper portals thereby revealed. It's slow going, but if he managed to hold his perception on a complete route from out here all the way to the humans' bizarre maze-dwelling planet, he could wait until no one was looking and then bounce all the way through unnoticed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably worth it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's my analysis. I'm going to try it if I can get the requisite view.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he gets back to putting his country together.

 

He's so much calmer than he was a few weeks ago- if aliens had done this to him then he would have just methodically gone through and teleported each of their planets into its star -

Permalink Mark Unread

 

What shall I do with the remaining prisoners? inquires Nezhefena.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are they all suicidal?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not being personally telepathic, I can't tell, but I didn't get that impression from what I overheard of the interrogations.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then we can put them all in Lórien. Mental image. They'll run into each other if and only if that's good for their happiness and stability.

Permalink Mark Unread

Useful. Thank you, I'll do that.

She does that.

Anything else you need me for? If not, I think I'll return to Nuime.

Permalink Mark Unread

By all means. Esarkan should probably send for updates if he wants them, I anticipate we'll be busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll let him know. Good luck.

Off she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a lot to do putting his kingdom back together, only part of his mind's tracking what the Taliars are doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren is exploring this alien society via mental eavesdropping.

Turns out there's a secret cult on Ityen-6 that's heard about the successive fleet disappearances and is wondering whether this is the prophesied end of the world and, if so, when exactly they should launch their revolution. He focuses his eavesdropping. Their revolution honestly sounds pretty great, apart from the ritual murder of all the purity-keepers, but ritual murder would at least get the purity-keepers out of the picture and make way for the cultists' new, non-genocidal social order.

Plausible angle: kidnap this planet traumatically enough to set off the revolution, wait for them to establish themselves, get in contact with the resulting government, ask them to help deal with the rest of their species. The rest of the species would probably be worried about the disappearing planet, and might panic unproductively, that's the major flaw he can see in this approach.

Permalink Mark Unread

How close contact is this civilization in, would they have an opening to stage some kind of natural calamity that put the planet out of touch?

Permalink Mark Unread

He listens for people who are engaged in interstellar communication. Seems like every planet is exchanging at least one or two messages per second with the rest of the galaxy, although many of them are automated; a vanished one would be noticed in pretty short order, although it might take the rest of the planets a little time to confirm that no, none of them could reach it, it wasn't just a problem with one or two communicators getting misaligned. It'd have to be one hell of a natural calamity...

...some of the weapons research people, unfortunately not on Ityen-6 in particular, are working on a weapon of the kind that one soldier predicted, something that can be launched via FTL and detonate on arrival, and when detonated it's supposed to create a black hole... hard to figure out how to arrange for them to have a testing accident that takes out a totally different planet in a different star system, though. Also, wow, these people are terrifyingly dedicated to the extermination of other sapient species. Raika-seren is glad about the cultists. The cultists give him hope.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, wow, what a disaster of a species. Alright, cultist-kidnapping it is, though they still don't have a stabilization power for planets they snatch out of orbit.

Permalink Mark Unread

With Raika-seren spying on the aliens, they can afford to wait on the cultist-kidnapping for a little while; he'll be able to keep an eye on the likelihood of imminent mass panic. Maybe Elaneth-imire will branch the stabilization power fast enough. Alternately, there's probably a way to fix an orbitally destabilized planet, and Elaneth-imire could babysit it with teleportation and landshaping for the interim if necessary.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's good to have that as a backup plan. Still trying to figure out how to throw a black hole at where Independence used to be?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, they sure are still doing that. They're very clever and brave and resourceful and why did they have to aim these resources at such terrible fucking goals.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a good question!

Permalink Mark Unread

As far as he can tell the answer is literally just 'the ancient purity-keepers made a call', with maybe a latent implication that the ancient purity-keepers expected that all the other sapient species would probably consider them abominations so they might as well be sure to strike first? It's honestly really depressing. But there are the cultists to eavesdrop on whenever he starts feeling down. The cultists are so sensible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Only the one planet has any cultists?

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a few of them who are visiting other planets right now, but they haven't branched out substantially - they don't have the numbers to accomplish a second planetary takeover, so they're concentrating themselves on just the one planet in order to be ready for the end of the world to arrive at any moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, here it is. Being very restrained about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are such a restrained end of the world!

Permalink Mark Unread

Elaneth-imire finally gets his sensory power all the way through the portal-maze to the planet of the contagiously winged humans. He waits for a moment when there will be a clear path he can flicker along without anyone glimpsing him on the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

He writes Esarkan an update.

 

...just for the sake of completeness he writes the peal an update too, noting that their involvement is not required.

Permalink Mark Unread

Esarkan does in fact send someone in search of news, after a little while.

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's one species they've made contact with that survived their genocide sprees, humans, have some kind of dimensional maze ability, Elaneth-imire's chasing them down. There's a planet of them with some potential for being dissuaded from the genocide spree, we're thinking of kidnapping it and trying to complete the conditions of their apocalyptic prophecy, I wrote Esarkan a letter -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, I'll take it to him. I assume Raika-seren's busy, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, but it's possible he'd get something out of summarizing the situation for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can spare the time. Where do I find him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where we evacuated Independence, using his healing aura to handle the vacuum, monitoring the aliens."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

He goes there. He brings air with him; his soul can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Hi, Dad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Elaneth-imire couldn't spare the time to make you a little space station on his way past? Well, far be it from me to tell you how to manage your own comfort. What are you up to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He explains about the eavesdropping and the genocidal aliens and the sensible cultists and Tseiza-3 and what Elaneth-imire is currently uninterruptably up to, half out loud and half via shared memories.

"So obviously we're hoping Dawn-shining branches a power to stabilize the orbits of teleported planets before the mass panic arrives. There's definitely going to be a mass panic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can see that. These aliens sure are something. It sounds like you've got the situation pretty well in hand, but - bounce me some more of your eavesdropping?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He does that. Corino suggests some things to focus on to get a broader sociocultural analysis. They work very well together and it's a big help in refining his picture of the aliens' society.

Like, if you trace out these patterns of thought, it sounds like the underlying reason for a lot of their cultural trends is that their species is heavily shaped by having started out on a world overrun by absolutely terrifying diseases. Their public health programs are amazing, and their paradigmatic taboo is breaking quarantine, it's an idiom for an unthinkably wrong action. That in turn ties into their drive to follow their bizarre moral code - which, with the cultists to compare against, turns out to actually be a drive to follow societal consensus, and the cult stays stable by having its own consensus separate from the wider context of civilization as a whole.

This is also how they manage to run their tidy little galactic civilization with thirty-four inhabited planets and no formal central governing authority: these people just don't make war on each other. They used to, in the very distant past, but once a single overarching civilization emerged, it immediately became unassailably stable. Well. Until they went and set themselves up to fall apart as soon as they met aliens too powerful for them to exterminate.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a while:

"I think that's as much time as I can spare to this fascinating exercise; I'd better get home to deliver Esarkan his letter. Enjoy your vacuum."

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs his father goodbye.

(There's something about that last remark—oh, of course, he noticed that Raika-seren is having relationship problems, and also noticed that he's putting his personal feelings on hold to deal with higher priorities, and so is not actually openly commenting on any of it but is just sort of aware of it in the background as he comments on the somewhat related subject of Raika-seren hanging out in interstellar space with no air continually healing from vacuum-related damage because he can't be bothered to care about his physical comfort when it isn't impeding his effectiveness and there's a crisis to handle. Well, fair enough.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs his son. He goes home. The air he brought with him dissipates.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not sure what kind of relationship problem 'his soul manifested the ability to let Maitimo affect it in various ways, Maitimo did that' is, and he doesn't have a place with air to recommend him, so he gets back to making sure everyone everywhere knows what's going on and has assignments for reconstruction and is assured that the humans will all be restored to life as soon as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Elaneth-imire sees a clear path into the maze.

He takes it.

He arrives in the middle of the strangely shaped planet, in midair between two distant floating jungles. There's no gravity here; he floats freely. 'Above' and 'below' him, the two halves of the planet float separately, flat discs curving in at the edges to not-quite-meet around their jagged rims. Through that gap, the arcs of the celestial circles shine, bringing a dim light to the planet's inner surface. Although he can't see them directly from here, his sensory power shows him the planet's sun and moon, vast beads of light sliding along their shining cosmic strings.

The view is kind of amazing. He pauses, floating there for a few minutes, to give it the appreciation it deserves.

Permalink Mark Unread

A winged stranger approaches. Bat wings, dark brown with silver accents. He also has claws, fangs, a tail, and long pointed ears.

"Who are you and why are you glowing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...alt of Grandfather.

This is good. This is very good.

"My name's Taliar," he says. "And it's kind of a long story but let's start with this part—" and he conjures a globe of rock bigger than he is, twists it with landshaping into the form of a snake and has it fly in a circle around them, then burns it away with his god-killing power.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is a story I'm interested in hearing," he says. "Faidre Kevarsin. Good to meet you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, there are multiple worlds," he says. "The genocidal aliens come from a different one, linked to this one by a maze of tiny worlds with portals between them. I come from yet another one that's farther away. Someone I know had occasion to move his planet into a different world, and it happened to be the one the genocidal aliens come from, and they found it and attacked it. So he brought me in to help because I'm a very useful person. We got away from the genocidal aliens and now we're trying to figure out how to get them to stop being so genocidal without wiping out their entire civilization, because we can afford to do that because we are just that stupidly powerful."

Pause. Does he - yeah, he should.

"Also, there are sometimes versions of the same person in different worlds, and I'm pretty sure you're an alt of my grandfather."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really."

He studies Taliar thoughtfully.

"Eldest of a set of triplets, by any chance?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Arguably yes but not in the way you mean," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Close enough. I'll take you to see the king."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is the king by any chance sarcastic, amoral, a good friend of yours, and with a name that sounds vaguely like Zierni Esarkan?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, yes, yes, and not really, unless you can find an appropriate resemblance in 'Dalvor Iserra Zaranye Aluvanna'."

He turns and heads for the surface.

Permalink Mark Unread

"My grandfather's name is Kazaryne Fariol. And my mother is Kazaryne Aeleva and my father is Nirahn Corino."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...My son is Azair Kevarsin and his wife is Kyralaine Evniar. And their children are Ashras, Inlaith, and Elarron."

Permalink Mark Unread

He teleports periodically to keep up.

"Mother as a man and Father as a woman, that's going to be interesting. And you didn't recognize me, so something odd is going on in this family tree, unless - are your grandchildren girls, it's ambiguous and I don't know how to read local names for that...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can see a little Kevarsin in you if I look hard, but I might be fooling myself, and you're too Ceirene anyway. If you recognized me as your grandfather, though... I'm going to guess that you take after your father and he looks nothing like Kyralaine. And perhaps that all of you live on your planet's exterior."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Planets don't commonly have interiors like this, actually, you'll find just about every human in the multiverse looks - 'Ceirene' to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bizarre. And you said the Enemy came in through a network of Spheres?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that what these little worlds are called? Yeah. Worlds don't customarily have edges, or portals between them. They do have an adjacency thing going on but you could roam the whole place and not know there was another one next to it unless you happened to have the right magic-or-whatever."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting implications there. ...Do you not know what a Sphere is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not any more than you know what a soulbearer is, I bet," he says, indicating his glowing golden pendant.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You might have noticed I have wings," says Faidre. "Anyone can get them but not everyone does. Winged people don't age past adulthood, are harder to kill, and have Spheres. We can make portals to our Spheres from anywhere we happen to be, and close or reopen those portals at will. A portal between the Spheres of two living people requires both their permission to open and can be closed by either side, but a portal between two dead Spheres that's open when the second person dies stays open forever. Between a dead Sphere and a live one - or a live one and the outer world, but I suppose you're implying that what I think of as the outer world is also a dead Sphere - the portal is entirely under the control of the living Sphere owner."

Permalink Mark Unread

...And he can't even tell Raika-seren because world-spanning osanwe doesn't reach through the maze. Well, it might not be the insanely useful breakthrough it appears to be.

"I'd love to experiment with how that holds up outside this, uh, cluster of worlds," he says. "I had to sneak past the genocidal aliens to get in here, but I might want to take a winged person with me on my way out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Snuck past them all by yourself, eh? With your numerous magical powers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pretty much. I killed a god once," he says cheerfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The resemblance to my eldest grandson just gets more and more striking," says Faidre, swooping down to land on a balcony. This stone building on a hilltop is probably a palace, although it's not nearly as impressive as the one in Nuime.

Permalink Mark Unread

He pops onto the balcony beside Faidre.

"I can't wait to..."

A column of white light wraps around him, extending upward into the for-lack-of-a-better-word sky. When it clears after a few seconds, he has acquired a pair of wings, massive and elaborately feathered, glowing in the colours of his soul.

"...meet... him...? What—?" He stretches the wings, folds them around in front of him to study them, runs a hand along the edge of one.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Ah," says Faidre.

"One gets one's wings by accomplishing something. Apparently it's possible to do retroactively."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well," says Taliar. "That's... going to be interesting, isn't it. Okay, your call - do I talk to your king first, or fuck around with my exciting new powers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"King first," he says. "This way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have wings now," he says, following Faidre into the palace. "This is weird."

But then - there's sort of a - he does something, takes an unfamiliar but somehow entirely natural action, and the wings vanish. Reverses it, and they reappear. "Okay, that's convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Isn't it? I suggest keeping them out, though. Prestige."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm about to meet an alt of Esarkan. I don't need to look prestigious, just useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, the wings can be a good proxy for usefulness."

And here they are.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Faidre. Who's the kid?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's from another world, he can teleport and make rock move like water with a thought, and I'm pretty sure he is in some bizarre metaphysical way a version of Ashras," says Faidre.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at the kid with renewed focus.

"All right, you have my attention."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So! The world I'm from is called Nuime. Its emperor is a version of you - it's called being 'alts'. I know for sure Faidre's an alt of my grandfather, and I have no reason to doubt him when he says I'm an alt of Ashras, although I'm an only child so that bit's weird - anyway. The teleportation thing can move planets around. Someone I know had occasion to pick up their planet and move it around, and accidentally landed within reach of the genocidal aliens. They attacked. We teleported their attack fleet away, and then the followup attack fleet they sent in a little while afterward, and used our various absurdly powerful magic to capture and interrogate some of the aliens, and I ended up coming here after we found out that this place existed. I would like to rescue you all from the genocidal aliens. Ideally I would like to do that without causing the genocidal aliens' entire civilization to collapse, because the majority of them have never actually killed anyone and don't really deserve to die, and there's something like a hundred billion of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you can rescue us from the genocidal aliens without killing them all, be my guest," says the king. "I'm hardly about to complain. But I do prefer to be rescued sooner rather than later."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm also probably going to acquire the power to resurrect arbitrary individuals sometime in the next few days," he says, "so the situation is not quite as urgent as it looks, but yeah, overall I prefer people not dying in the first place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps you should explain your absurdly powerful magic," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Okay, I'm a soulbearer. That's a thing that happens in Nuime. Getting wings can only happen in this world—what's it called?—and becoming a soulbearer can only happen in Nuime. This is my soul." He points at it. "Pretty, right? It has a bunch of powers, including land-shaping, object conjuration, a planet-sized healing aura, a planet-sized sensory power to go with all the other things I can do at a planet-sized scale... and when I need another power, my soul can usually come up with one, but if it's new and can't be branched off an existing power, it takes three days. I already have a resurrection power that only works on some people - soulbearers can be resurrected from their souls, and there are other people who uh, leave behind ghosts, sort of, and I can do those too. But since that planet got wrecked by the genocidal aliens, now I urgently need to resurrect a whole bunch of people who didn't leave behind ghosts or souls or anything else, and as such I'm pretty sure I'm finally going to turn up general resurrection."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Suranse. At least that's the name of this planet. How exactly does one become a soulbearer?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's no, uh, entry requirements like I heard there are for getting wings, but it's definitely something you do, not something that happens to you - you have to sit there for a few hours, looking for it and then pulling it out into the world, sort of by thinking about who you are and imagining what your soul is going to be like. And then you're a soulbearer. Oh, don't ever touch a soulbearer's soul, it's nearly always unbearable torture for them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nearly always? Never mind that. The, ah, broadcast effect, is that particular to your soul, or...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You mean the thing where it tells you who I am? No, all souls do that, mine is just unusually loud about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And the powers? How much variance is there among those?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Enormous. My soul is also self-resurrecting - your alt's is too - I don't know of anyone else who has that. It makes us really, really immortal, though. I don't actually know if Esarkan has any powers other than the immortality, but there's soulbearers who can do... well, just about anything, in theory, except that we can't sustain ongoing magical effects without an ongoing investiture of power. Although I'm pretty sure we Taliars are going to break that barrier at some point. ...Uh, I have a self-duplication power for largely irrelevant reasons and there's now three of me. I go by Dawn-shining, the other two are Sun-dark and Summer-blue, they're our soulnames, it's customary for soulbearers to pick one of those and then go around being addressed as 'Dawn-shining Taliar' in formal contexts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I want one," says Dalvor. "In fact, I think I want one for me, one for my granddaughter, one each for the entire Kevarsin line, and I'm sure I can think of more after that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My parents and grandfather are all soulbearers - your alt's granddaughter isn't, actually - people can't become soulbearers unless they genuinely want to on their own behalf, but I bet that won't tend to be a problem with the sort of people you'd pick," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I note that you apparently got your wings the minute you arrived. What have you done of which Ashras Kevarsin is going to be ragingly jealous?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Killed a god. It was an evil god and needed killing."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He laughs.

Permalink Mark Unread

He grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So. In your judgment, god-killing extradimensional Kevarsin, what's the best way to proceed from here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I really, really want to try to connect your planet to somewhere safer than the portal maze," he says. "Apparently I can do that through my Sphere?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, if you make a portal here and then leave and make another one elsewhere. Not directly inside the palace, please, you may be an extradimensional Kevarsin with a personality-radiating magic soul but I still don't know you that well yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah... so that'll be what I do on my way out. In the meantime - do you happen to have any droughts or famines I can help with, would it be worthwhile to cover your planet in my healing aura - it's a really good healing aura - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"To clarify," he says, "I don't actually rule the entire planet, just the interior. But feel free to put your healing aura over the whole thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

He does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Your healing aura does the personality thing," he observes. "Faidre, fetch your descendants, they're going to want answers."

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. He goes off to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The wildlife here is really something," Taliar remarks, examining the interior of the planet with his sensory power.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You sound just like Kyralaine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can't wait to meet her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sure it won't be long. In the meantime, I would like to be better informed."

Permalink Mark Unread

So he sets to explaining the multiverse.

He's really starting to see what the peal gets out of their working-with-alts strategy. An alt of Esarkan or his grandfather is just... so familiar, so comfortable to interact with. It could easily get to be a habit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Faidre comes back.

"I found descendants," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So this is the guy who's radiating my personality all over the planet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's fascinating."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's weird."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, which ones of you are which - I assume you're Ashras - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"Inlaith."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Elarron."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice to meet you! I'm Taliar. I'm probably going to save the world."

Permalink Mark Unread

Inlaith gestures to Taliar's wings. "What did you do?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Saved a different world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are there any of those going spare?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I actively welcome your help with the saving of this one, it's going to be a bit of a project. We might want to have you all become soulbearers first, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In case one of them starts off with a useful power?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

Faidre leaves, perhaps in search of more relatives.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Useful magic powers? Count me in," says Ashras.

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's drawbacks - you know what, I'll just - " and he sends Ashras a summary of how soulbearers work. He includes the part where you can fuck yourself up a little if you try to manifest your soul before you're twenty, but, for fairness's sake, also the part where he totally did it at seventeen and was fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Whoa, telepathy," he says. "Nice one. Yeah, I am undeterred. Bring on the useful magic powers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If Ashras is in, then so am I."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Same here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a little weird having the one of you be clearly my alt and the other two just - people I've never met who are definitely my alt's brothers that he's known his whole life."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can make it weirder," says Inlaith brightly, in an exact imitation of Ashras.

Ashras snorts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, yes you can! Congratulations!" laughs Taliar. "How - what even was that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know him so well it's effectively as though I can become him at will."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. I'm glad to see that having more people in it doesn't make my family any less crazy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What an entrance line," says a voice from the doorway.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Wow, are you their mother? You must be. You're so... young."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How old is my alt?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two thousand and change. And you're - not that. Are you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I admit I am not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So how is this strange glowing version of my child going to save the world?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. He goes into the explanations again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And as I understand it, you're not currently in contact with Raika-seren?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not directly. We have a line of communication in case of emergency, but we can't reach each other through the maze."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In that case, I think perhaps you want to get out there again quickly, with the means to return via portal. Azair, take him out to put a portal nearby. Then go with him if possible, in case his wings are cut-rate somehow and you can create portals to your Sphere in places he can't do the same."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It won't be a comfortable trip," he warns, "there are stops on the way that have no air. But my healing aura will make sure you don't die of it. And taking two people out won't be significantly harder than one." He glances at Dalvor. "I think I'll go all the way to Nuime first thing. If portals from there don't work, I'll come back and try one from closer by."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Suits me. Get going."

Permalink Mark Unread

So Azair leads Taliar out of the palace and a little ways down the hill. "Try there. Making the portal should be fairly intuitive."

Permalink Mark Unread

He thoughtfully examines the indicated spot.

He... makes a portal.

He glances at Azair and says, "Come on in?"

Permalink Mark Unread

So he follows Taliar into the Sphere.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's... beautiful.

He pulls in his healing aura just to make sure - yes: this place has its own version of the healing aura, filling it with soothing golden light. There's a... castle, sort of, something in that genre, and it's built like his road through the Helcaraxe, graceful and sweeping and gorgeous. The edges of the Sphere, its 'sky', are an enchanting swirl of blue and silver and gold.

"Wow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I agree. May I link my Sphere to yours?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

So he opens a portal.

"All right. Time to leave?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, as soon as I have a clear path out. This is going to be disorienting and uncomfortable," he warns, and casts his attention out along the path, and—a dizzying series of abrupt transitions later, they're floating in vacuum wrapped in golden light, just long enough for Dawn-shining to drop an update on Sun-dark—and after a somewhat more sedate series of hops along a somewhat more comfortable route, they're standing in the imperial palace in Nuime.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nice place," he says, squinting. "Little bright, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's Esarkan's palace. Okay. You know what, I'm going to be self-indulgent," and they're on the cliff overlooking Lake Kalas and he opens a portal into his Sphere.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Actually, how does your soul avoid hurting everyone's eyes with all that glowing?" he wonders as he steps through the portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It just kinda does. Souls are convenient like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm looking forward to having my very own."

Permalink Mark Unread

As soon as they're back on the hill by the palace, he says to Dalvor and the Kevarsins, It worked, come see Nuime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dalvor and the Kevarsins emerge from the palace.

"Has your emperor been warned?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not as such. I'll tell him when I bring you to visit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Troublemaker."

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs.

They all troop through his Sphere and onto the cliff, and then he pops them over to the palace and tells his father to come meet them and pops unannounced into Esarkan's office with Dalvor.

"You have an alt!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Dalvor and Esarkan look at each other.

 

They continue looking at each other.

 

Yep, that's still happening.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is some intense looking that's going on there.

"...Should I go away and leave you to get better acquainted?"

Permalink Mark Unread

They simultaneously burst out laughing.

Dalvor recovers first. "Dalvor Iserra Zaranye Aluvanna," he says. "King Dalvor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dekha-fanshel Zierni Esarkan. Emperor Esarkan," he says. "Taliar, give me everything you know about this man's world and then go away."

Permalink Mark Unread

He dumps a mental summary on him and says, "Have fun."

They're going to do politics, of course. Wonderfully efficient politics.

All right, has Corino already found places for all the rest of them to sit and manifest their souls?

Permalink Mark Unread

He has!

"I'd like to step into Suranse and get my wings," he says. "I imagine Esarkan would be delighted and Dalvor wouldn't mind at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I imagine you're right. They looked like they were considering merging into a single being," he says, laughing. "I should find Nezhefena and see if she feels sufficiently accomplished. Mother too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good idea."

And he pops to the cliff and steps into the open portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

When he fetches Nezhefena:

"Just how accomplished do I need to be? Never mind, let's find out."

Permalink Mark Unread

And when he fetches his mother:

"Sun-dark and Summer-blue are going to envy you deeply. Well, until Sun-dark gets this genocidal aliens problem sorted out and joins you in the ranks of the winged. Or do you suppose Atialemain will do it? Are your standards too high for that? Whose standards are applicable?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good question."

He fetches Summer-blue.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Getting kinda crowded in here," says Summer-blue when the two of them step into Dawn-shining's Sphere.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is true. It turned out that Corino didn't need to go all the way to Suranse to get his wings; Dawn-shining's Sphere was close enough.

The wings are cloud-white with sky-blue accents, huge and feathered like Dawn-shining's. They're absolutely beautiful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nezhefena's wings are also feathered, but sleek rather than fluffy, and black as shadows. She looks quietly pleased with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aeleva's wings are not at all the colour of her soul; they're pure silver, more a bat's than a bird's although the structure isn't quite right for either.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Summer-blue's wings are much like Dawn-shining's, but the colours are different. Predominantly blue, with gold and silver highlights.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...So," says Elaneth-imire, "I want to make some kind of sane portal hub structure in this world, so people who want a portal between their Sphere and Nuime can have them organized. I'm thinking near the capital. I'm also thinking on the moon, for people who want their portals only accessible via teleportation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go right ahead and put a portal hub on the moon. I wouldn't dream of stopping you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He puts a portal hub on the moon. He installs appropriate air recycling systems and so forth. He comes back.

"Who wants a moon portal?"

They all want moon portals. Pop, now they're on the moon. The view is stunning; he made the ceiling transparent.

As each person puts up their portal in one of the provided archways, he reshapes the stone of the arch to write their name on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want a moon portal of your very own?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I think I do."

He makes one.

"Okay. I'm... going to find Raika-seren and tell him to pop into my Sphere and think of Atialemain. Yes, that's a reasonable next step. Wow this has sure been a day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you need to take a minute?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I cannot take a minute."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "All right, go on."

Permalink Mark Unread

Back to Raika-seren. Dump updated memories on Raika-seren.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, you've been busy. ...You'll need somewhere with air to put the portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll conjure you a space station.

He conjures a space station around them. He puts a portal to his Sphere in it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He pops to the other side, expecting all of his eavesdropping to suddenly go dead...

...and that does not happen.

Okay that's convenient but first: he thinks of Atialemain, and feels accomplished, and the feeling fills him up and shines out in a column of bright white light—and he has his wings. They're built in the Taliar style, big and feathered and fluffy. But the feathers are predominantly black, edged in blue and silver and gold. The colours shift and shimmer as he moves.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"You win. That's the most utterly stunning pair of wings I've seen today."

Permalink Mark Unread

He beams.

"Okay but more importantly you don't have anything better to do so go figure out what the deal is with Spheres and osanwe. Is it because I'm close to the door, is it because your Sphere is 'living', I don't know, figure it out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"On it!"

Father?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes?

Permalink Mark Unread

Osanwe works inconsistently across Sphere portals and I want to find out what the fuck. Help?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

He brings Nezhefena into it, since otherwise the experiments might be tainted by Elaneth-imire's ability to consistently reach his father's mind from an adjacent world. They string all their Spheres together and open and close various portals and have Dawn-shining and Nezhefena stand in various locations.

The conclusion seems to be: if a living Sphere has an open portal to another world, it can count as 'part of' that world for osanwe purposes if the Sphere's owner wants it to. This effect can extend all the way across at least the three available Spheres if all the owners are cooperative.

They experiment with teleportation. The conclusions are similar: link two worlds with a chain of cooperative living Spheres, and you can hop straight from one to the other. Close any of the intervening portals, or have one of the intervening Spheres stop cooperating, and it stops working. You can still teleport into an uncooperative Sphere from any Sphere or world that has an open portal to it, but the portals behave like adjacencies at that point, you can't pass through it like it's all part of the same contiguous space.

This is going to be very useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Isn't it though?

He updates Raika-seren on their conclusions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who has the prettiest wings? Raika-seren Taliar has the prettiest wings. It's him. He does. They are so gorgeous.

He kind of wants to see what his Sphere looks like, but he's busy right now, he doesn't want to spare the attention away from eavesdropping to fuck around with making portals. That stuff about how living Spheres interact with adjacency is amazing, though. Also, his wings are the prettiest. Although Elaneth-imire's are admittedly a close second.

Permalink Mark Unread

And portals are unspeakably game-changing, though I'd be more excited about them if my people hadn't just all been murdered. And only one of them came out of it with compensatory pretty wings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, now he feels less smug and more sympathetic.

I love you. Dawn-shining will resurrect everyone and then you can send as many people as you like into somebody's Sphere and have them think about their proudest accomplishments.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. Trust me, without him I would have reacted by teleporting all thirty-four planets of aliens into the nearest star. Are they still stable, incidentally?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

...he envisions the consequences to Suranse if Tseiza-3 had been teleported into its sun with the portals still attached. Ouch.

Happier thoughts: here's what the weapons development people are up to (not getting anywhere), here's what the military hierarchy is up to (arguing about the weapons development progress), here's what the galactic media is up to (no word whatsoever about any vanished fleets), here's what the cultists are up to (collecting the information they're getting from their spies in the military and debating what to do if this turns out to be the beginning of various possible end-of-the-world scenarios).

Permalink Mark Unread

What a useful power you've manifested. Okay. Let's pick out a place to teleport them if we do get a stabilizing power or if Taliar's landshaping can handle it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, let's.

He delegates the search to Dawn-shining, whose Sphere still connects this world to Nuime for world-spanning osanwe purposes. Find me a compatible star in a nearby world - or a non-nearby world you can teleport-link with your Sphere, he says. In case we can do the planet but not the star, I feel like including the star would be much easier to fuck up.

Also he wraps himself in his wings. They're so soft. His wings are the best.

Permalink Mark Unread

He wants some. Once none of his people are dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon, Elaneth-imire has some candidate stars in mind. He passes on his suggestions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren thinks this particular one is the best fit for the observed characteristics of Ityen, although maybe Elaneth-imire should go use his sensory power on Ityen for a better comparison, can he do that safely?

Permalink Mark Unread

He can. He does. Raika-seren was right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Try it now, or wait to see if any of our upcoming powers come in - what do you think? he asks Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wait, since nothing's falling apart yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

He continues eavesdropping. The military decides to send another expedition to somewhere near the site of the previous two disappearances. They're hesitant to risk another fleet the size of the first two, so they make it a covert scouting mission, one small stealthy ship with good sensors and fast engines.

Should I vanish the scout or let it report back? he asks, focusing his attention on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...whatever seems likelier to delay their next action - probably vanishing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He listens closely to see if there's any evidence that changes that prediction.

The scout prepares to jump. Nobody's thinking about what they'll do if they find no evidence of either fleet or the planet they were attacking. The crew of the scout ship are mostly terrified, but determined to do their duty. They're definitely going to put their absolute best effort into communicating as much information back home as possible. Not much time left to make a final decision—

—although if they manage to enact some kind of subtle sabotage on the scout's communication equipment, he'll have more time to see them react to the situation without any information getting back to their commanders. He transmits this idea to Elaneth-imire; the sensory power makes him the obvious person for the job.

Permalink Mark Unread

So Elaneth-imire hides himself near where the scout is going to emerge, and extends his sensory power, and ever so carefully uses precisely applied landshaping to introduce a small flaw in the communicator's alignment apparatus that will have it directing its messages uselessly into interstellar space. With how finicky these communicators are, it won't be any more than circumstantially suspicious; this could absolutely have happened by accident.

Permalink Mark Unread

The scout sends back continuous reports, unaware that none of them are reaching home base. They cautiously examine the area where the planet is supposed to be.

...the planet isn't there.

They run an alignment check on their jump system. It comes out clean; they're in the right place. They run another one, incredulously. There are no fleets and no planets in evidence. Not even any debris. Just. Nothing. Nothing at all.

Someone thinks to run an alignment check on their communicator, and that fails. They start tinkering with it, urgently trying to get it working again.

Raika-seren judges that Maitimo's guess was right; vanishing the scout will help more than letting it report in - it'll keep them on the distant ominous fear of the unknown they've got going on now, rather than the more urgently bewildered and alarmed fear of the unknown that the scouts are feeling. He tells Elaneth-imire to get it done.

Back at headquarters, everyone's getting increasingly nervous as there continues to be no word from the scout. He predicted their reaction correctly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Test teleporting a planet with an uninhabited one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elaneth-imire finds a bunch of uninhabited planets.

It takes really good timing and placement to move a planet between one star and another in a way that sensibly preserves its orbit and rotation. He uses his sensory power to check his work, and then conjures computers to run analyses, and then does not allow himself to get distracted trying to figure out how the analysis software works, and finally after all ten uninhabited test planets have been flawlessly-as-far-as-he-can-tell restored to their original placements, he declares that he could definitely kidnap a planet without fucking anything up. He can even include moons, which is good because Ityen-6 has two, and artifical satellites, because of course he conjured and launched a bunch of those to test that, it would've been silly to go to all this trouble and then find out at the last second that his precision wasn't quite good enough and oops sorry about that hail of debris.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Let's not do it until they seem on the verge of something worse than paralysis - actually, let's do the 'accidental' tamper with communications equipment somewhere and let them get it back up and running, so their first hypothesis when the planet goes dark is just that we're causing communications glitches -

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. On it.

He sneaks up to a planet. He glitches their communicators.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren listens for reactions.

Some people are mildly alarmed. (A cultist hears about it and gets excited.) The planet has one of its communicators back online in five minutes, and they start notifying everyone that they're fine and it was just bad luck. (The cultist is disappointed, but glad they didn't pass on the exciting news immediately, they would've looked silly.) News of the incident makes its way into the military, where a few people hypothesize that it might have to do with the vanishing fleets, but after the followup reports come in, consensus is that it was just a coincidence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two more false alarms, then the real thing -

Permalink Mark Unread

He eavesdrops and considers and plans and tells Elaneth-imire which planet to hit next and when. It's incredibly fulfilling work and he's having the time of his life, in an intensely focused, high-energy high-stress sort of way.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's so tired of war but it's nice at least to have a concrete advantage, in this one.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a Taliar. You couldn't ask for a better advantage than that.

After the second planetary sabotage, people are starting to wonder if the problem is with specific models of communicator, or maybe radiation damage, or, or, or... He listens to the technicians' investigations and advises Elaneth-imire on how to conduct the next sabotage to make all three of the top theories more plausible.

The question of whether this is related to the fleet disappearances comes up again among people who know about the fleet disappearances. They argue about it. No definitive conclusions are reached.

Raika-seren decides they should wait an hour or so before the third false alarm. He suggests to Elaneth-imire and Midnight that Elaneth-imire could go fix Independence's internet in the meantime - his restoration of the planet's surface didn't put their satellites back, but he could easily do that now, and with landshaping and conjuration he could trivially lay fiber optic cable under the whole continent without having to so much as pry up a cobblestone, so they could have even better internet than the satellites alone were giving them.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be helpful.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he sends Elaneth-imire everything he needs to know to get the job done, and Elaneth-imire goes off and does it, and it takes about an hour and ten minutes to get all the infrastructure in place and up and running, and then Raika-seren tells him which alien planet should have its communications sabotaged next, and he does that.

Having an entire extra self to delegate to - with different powers, at that! - makes everything so much easier. It's an interesting change of pace, but he doesn't think he'll miss it much when this is all over with. Two sun-bright Taliars would be enormous overkill for the vast majority of problems, and he would be happy not to see another problem of this size for at least a century.

Permalink Mark Unread

Centuries go by faster than you'd think. I want longer than that off.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not even twenty yet, a century still sounds like a while to me. But if you want a thousand stress-free years then you should have them. Feel free to make me deal with all of your problems, I knew I thrived on stress but I had no idea just how true that was until today.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm more just hoping we won't have any. Should I have mixed feelings about you not being twenty yet?

Permalink Mark Unread

I would also prefer we not have any but if problems insist on bothering us anyway, might as well make the best of it. What mixed feelings were you thinking of having?

Permalink Mark Unread

Elves that age are nowhere near maturity.

Permalink Mark Unread

Twenty is the official age of majority in Nuime, but I have considered myself an adult and been treated as one by my society since the day I manifested my soul. I don't think you need to worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Worry was not going to be among my mixed feelings; you can obviously take care of yourself.

Permalink Mark Unread

I honestly find it a little hard to imagine what form those mixed feelings might take, possibly because my parents have a two-thousand-year age difference and I've never observed it to bother them...

Permalink Mark Unread

If someone my age were marrying an Elf just turned fifty I would - make sure I'd talked to them both, at minimum -

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess I can see the logic in that. I don't know. I don't feel like I need to be talked to. He laughs a little, shifts the focus of his eavesdropping to keep up with developing trends, asks— What would you even say, if you were talking to - us -

Permalink Mark Unread

That's quite a question.

Permalink Mark Unread

I imagine it wouldn't be what Elaneth-imire said to me right after he forked me, but besides that I really have no idea.

As he recalls, what Elaneth-imire said to him was 'I'm about to convince you to do something nobody in their right mind would willingly do.'

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'd worry about the wisdom of our choices, yes. But - hmm, secondary to worrying that there were too many instrumental goals being conflated with more fundamental ones? We can discuss this after saving the genocide aliens from themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Love you.

He's definitely still on top of the situation. Now it's just a matter of picking the exact right moment to kidnap the planet, and planning out the theatrics...

It would be interesting to include the healing aura. But it would interfere with them ritually sacrificing the purity-keepers - but if he just had Elaneth-imire burn all the purity-keepers on the spot, that would undermine the cult's self-determination - perhaps if Elaneth-imire burned all the purity-keepers individually as each ritual sacrifice was about to begin... yes, that feels right. And, hmm... light and darkness. Have the planet arrive in total darkness - use conjured obstacles to block light from reaching the destination, maybe - and then take away the obstacles and flood the place with healing aura and announce the end of the world. Yeah. They can do this.

The prophecies they're trying to match are kind of astonishingly pragmatic. The cult's criteria for the prophesied end of the world are very very close to just being exactly the criteria for a situation in which their revolution would be likely to succeed if they tried it. There is a prophesied figure called the Destroyer, but they seem like more of a metaphor than a person and could easily be interpreted that way. Fortunately, they could just as easily be interpreted as referring to Raika-seren, at least once he claims credit for the world ending.

He passes the plan to Elaneth-imire, confers with him about it for a few minutes while watching for the right moment, and then gives him the go-ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sixth planet in the Ityen system vanishes, and reappears in perfect darkness orbiting a similar star in a different universe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren focuses most of his eavesdropping on them, keeping track of their panic. And oh boy are they panicking. Except for the cultists, who are getting increasingly excited and then finally springing into action once they reach consensus that it's really definitely the end of the world this time.

The revolution is beautifully organized. Raika-seren is impressed. They hit hard and win fast, while everyone else is still panicking over the sudden darkness and total cutoff of communications with the outside world. A few of the cultists wonder whether the world might be ending a little too thoroughly for their efforts to matter, but they don't let those doubts slow them down: they have a job to do and they're going to do it.

Two hours in, he has Elaneth-imire burn the planetary blackout curtains, and he floods the planet with his healing aura and broadcasts to everyone on it: The world has ended. A new world begins.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the cultists are kind of alarmed to discover that the Destroyer is a real person who can talk and everything. But they adapt.

As soon as enough reports have confirmed that everyone really did hear that and the whole world really is covered in highly restorative golden light, they call for volunteers to try talking back directly. Of the volunteers, they select the one with the highest rank. It takes them about five minutes from the moment the healing aura appears to the moment their chosen representative says,

Um, hello. Are you the Destroyer?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. What's the best approach to take with this particular alien...

That would be a fair description, yes. Who are you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Assistant Coordinator Sikyal Tegati! How can I help you?

Permalink Mark Unread

...he likes this one.

I am enriched by your acquaintance, Assistant Coordinator Sikyal Tegati. I would like to assist you in establishing order.

Permalink Mark Unread

Assistant Coordinator Sikyal Tegati has an almost Taliar-ish combination of sociability, optimism, and willingness to dig into hard problems. They're delighted to be the liaison between the cult and the unexpectedly helpful Destroyer.

The ritual sacrifices of the purity-keepers go forward on an accelerated schedule, with Elaneth-imire dramatically incinerating them on cue. The cult handles almost everything by itself, but here and there the Taliars lend a hand. It's astonishingly tidy for a revolution. Whoever founded this cult understood their own society on a very deep level.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile, at around the fourth hour, someone finally dares to send a ship to the Ityen system actually looking for the vanished planet.

The cult isn't quite ready to take on the rest of the galaxy yet. Raika-seren vanishes the exploratory vessel.

The military concludes that it's definitely all part of the same problem. They tighten their information security so as not to cause a mass panic. Sure, everyone knows something happened to Ityen-6, but everyone does not yet know that what happened to Ityen-6 might have been planet-eating filth creatures, and they'd like to keep it that way. Raika-seren is happy to let them do his work for him. He goes back to coordinating with Sikyal.

Permalink Mark Unread

How long before the coup's ready to handle another planet?

Permalink Mark Unread

I dream of letting them have a whole day, but I don't expect to be that lucky. I'd give them maybe another four hours before I'd expect it not to be a disaster? The condition the other planet is in when it arrives also matters. I'm hoping to be able to just kidnap planets one by one and bring them here to be dealt with by the cult, until enough of them have accepted the cult's consensus that I can put them all back and let them convert the rest. Have to leave Tseiza-3 where it is because we have no way to test teleporting a planet with dead Sphere portals attached, but any of the others are theoretically kidnappable, it's all down to which ones look most promising when the time comes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Dawn still have their set of Silmarils? In principle you can do crazy time dilation with those, give the cult as long as it needs, but I don't know if they'd have developed it yet, we were admittedly handicapped by my father being dead but it took us years...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, we have them, says Elaneth-imire. I haven't heard anything about crazy time dilation, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Encourage your alt of my father to figure it out before the next ridiculous large-scale crisis, it's very useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren has to vanish three more ships from the Ityen system before the cult has their planet stabilized well enough to think about outreach. They're really starting to pile up, and some of them aren't supplied to last indefinitely floating in space, so he does the obvious thing and lets them find the planet they're looking for.

As a test case, it's very promising. The crews of the exploratory vessels observe that an alien force with no discernible physical form has been moving them around like someone playing a cosmic board game, and they see the cult planet covered in golden light and efficiently adapting to the new situation, and they join the consensus in front of them after only a few minutes of dithering each.

It's going to be harder than this when it's a whole planet at a time. Society versus society, instead of society versus individual.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Any planets that seem better-suited -

Permalink Mark Unread

He's thinking about it. There are a few candidates. It's easier to think of planets that he wants to do early-but-not-first than planets that would work well for the very first try. It would be nice to use the planet with the smallest population first, but that's Tseiza-3 by a wide margin, and keeping Tseiza-3 cut off from the rest of the galaxy long enough without moving it anywhere would be difficult to the point where they might actually slip up and let a message get through, and that would be bad. The planet with the next smallest population is one of the candidates he's considering; the two that he wants to do early-but-not-first are the aliens' first-ever colony world (their homeworld is abandoned) and the galaxy's most renowed center of culture and learning.

 

And then a rumour escapes the military about two fleets and a scout vanishing exactly the way Ityen-6 vanished, from the location of a newly discovered planetful of filth creatures.

He tracks it. Skimming the surface thoughts of thousands of people at a time is starting to be second nature, it's kind of amazing, but no time to think about that now - it's not quite to the point of mass panic but people are definitely getting worried - they're not going to make it another hour before the first riot. Okay. He tells Sikyal to get ready, and he watches all his candidate planets, and when one of them hits just the right point - widespread unease, but not yet to the point of disrupting social order - he has Elaneth-imire kidnap it.

Ityen-6 welcomes their new neighbour.

There's some violence, but not much, and mostly disorganized. He timed it right. The biggest problem is the purity-keepers, and Elaneth-imire incinerates those whenever one tries to hurt someone. They get the picture. They switch allegiance to the cult of the Destroyer, most of them sincerely. Elaneth-imire floods the planet in his healing aura for a few minutes when the conversion is complete.

Next planet. This one is already rioting. This is going to be the least fun part of the whole process, when people are dying and the best thing Raika-seren can do for them is not to intervene but to watch

The rest of the galaxy freaks the fuck out. But the cult of the Destroyer establishes their hold on the second planet even faster than the first. Raika-seren picks out a third and has Elaneth-imire bring it over. Four. Five. Both vanished fleets and the vanished scout. Six. Seven. Eight. And all of the ships sent to look for all of these planets, they're coming pretty fast now, it's getting difficult for the two of them to keep up; they pull in Liran-alore to help with miscellaneous teleportation. There's mass rioting in the galaxy at large, but they're going as fast as they can, the best he can do for them is watch, the best he can do for them is watch...

The tenth planet they kidnap is the home of the military headquarters. This is going to be the hardest one. He drops all his eavesdropping on the original galaxy - very few things that could happen there would affect what he's going to do in the next couple of hours - and focuses on the situation at hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elaneth-imire uses his sensory power to spy extensively on the planet while the emissaries from Ityen-6 approach. It looks like the rioting has been surprisingly minimal on this one. He's not sure if that's a good sign.

The weapons development people don't have their long-range black hole generator fully worked out yet, but they have enough of a prototype to set it off on the surface of their own fucking planet, which they manage to do because the Taliars were watching the launch infrastructure, not the payloads themselves, because who fucking does that—he catches it in time to mitigate the damage with landshaping, and then he decides that enough is enough and systematically destroys every large-scale weapon on and around the planet.

Permalink Mark Unread

They find this very intimidating!

Raika-seren - can't be horrified he's too busy to be horrified he has to keep on top of this, it sucked down half a city before Elaneth-imire stopped it but he did stop it and it's not going to happen again - he listens as hard as he can, listens to everything, he is the flow of information -

Permalink Mark Unread

And they'll have resurrection pretty soon and altogether this is a very clean handling of genocide aliens. He doesn't interrupt this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The tenth planet is stubborn, but they're outnumbered, local consensus is against them, and also they have no weapons, and most of them disagree with the decision of the technicians who set off the black hole device. They accept the cult of the Destroyer as the new foundation of society.

Which is good, because it was getting a little crowded in this star system.

Raika-seren has Elaneth-imire put all the planets back where they came from. They send emissaries and reassuring messages to their neighbours. The neighbours' reactions are mixed. The Taliars keep one planet-sized healing aura active on Ityen-6 at all times, for the symbolism, and they have the converted planets send their emissaries to the planets that are having the worst trouble with rioting, and they deploy the second available planet-sized healing aura to reward conversion. It goes... more smoothly than they had any right to expect. So of course Raika-seren is disappointed in himself for not doing an even better job. People, probably millions of people, have died today who wouldn't have died if he'd made better decisions.

But if he'd known what the better decisions were, he'd have made them. He's not going to waste time hating himself while he has shit to do.

He coordinates with Sikyal and eavesdrops on the galaxy and directs his alts for hours. When the last planet converts, it's been about a day in total. What a day. He feels like going home and sleeping for twelve hours, but there's something he needs to do first...

Permalink Mark Unread

Assistant Coordinator Sikyal Tegati consents to be teleported to the Destroyer's home to meet them.

When they see Raika-seren standing inside the anonymous conjured space station, they need a moment to collect their thoughts.

"You're - really an outsider," they murmur wonderingly. "I - I wasn't sure - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah," he says. "You really need to push the point of view that lets you say 'outsider' instead of, uh, a certain other phrase. First of all because your people attacked my planet and killed almost everyone on it, and second of all because I'm not totally sure that every single member of your species hasn't caught the wing contagion from my healing aura."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Sikyal has to take another moment to absorb that.

 

"I am enriched by your acquaintance," they say after a few seconds. "I'll make sure we prioritize reintegrating the people from the Maze of the Dead - they've started withdrawing already, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Thank you. I really appreciate your work. I should send you home and officially leave your planet now, though. Reconstructing your society is ultimately your job, not mine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand. Thank you as well."

Sikyal finds themselves back on their home planet, exactly where they left it. The golden light fades slowly from the air, but lingers on them for a few seconds before it goes.

They suspect they are not going to stay a mere Assistant Coordinator for much longer.

Permalink Mark Unread

And now -

He is only still awake because of his healing aura, and while in theory he could continue being awake because of his healing aura indefinitely, he's pretty sure he shouldn't. He could keep eavesdropping on the aliens for the next twenty-four hours straight, and mostly this would just work out to listening to a lot of things that he wanted to intervene in and then not intervening in them because he needs to stick to his resolution to let the aliens keep as much independence as possible. The new society is... not perfectly stable, but hovering over it and fucking with it constantly isn't actually going to help, the cult of the Destroyer has their shit together and they need to experience that for themselves.

He teleports home. He flops exhaustedly into bed.

How'd I do? he asks wryly.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

I love you too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

He curls up and stops needing to be awake, and then he isn't.

He sleeps for ten hours, mostly without dreams.

Permalink Mark Unread

...he rests too. The rest of putting his world back together will have to wait on resurrection.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

When he wakes up, he snuggles into his blankets for a few seconds, and then his thoughts turn back to the takeover and he starts going over how he could've reacted better and prevented more deaths, and a few seconds into that he decides that no fuck this he is going to be nice to himself for the next twelve hours minimum unless an actual legitimate emergency presents itself and he has to go back into crisis mode.

Permalink Mark Unread

Your alt looking out for that?

Permalink Mark Unread

I assume so. I definitely carried most of the stress on this one, my alts are probably both fine today.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. That went astonishingly well, considering. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He grins.

Yeah, it did, didn't it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I like being powerful enough I needn't hurt anyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a really good feeling, he agrees, and he falls a little more in love again, and feels it in his soul, and it's so utterly lovely, he still isn't used to it being so tangible... he closes his eyes and makes his wings appear and hugs himself with them, basking in the sensation.

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. What are they like?

Permalink Mark Unread

The wings? They're - I don't know, you're reading my mind, you tell me.

When they're not there he doesn't miss them, but when they are, they feel exactly like a perfectly natural part of his body, as familiar as his arms or legs. And his feathers are so unbelievably beautiful, and so soft to the touch, he is so cozy right now... it's a little bizarre, suddenly having wings, but he doesn't regret it for a second, he loves them, they're amazing. The prettiest wings of any Taliar, with their soft black feathers edged in shimmering blue-silver-gold. He's terribly smug about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

As you should. How's your alt, what's he like?

Permalink Mark Unread

I technically still haven't met him, I only know him from Elaneth-imire's memories. I think I remember catching half a thought from Liran-alore indicating that the Suranse alts had all manifested their souls and gone home to tell everyone the good news, but I don't even know if they've picked soulnames yet. I really want to meet his siblings, actually, that's so weird - and the thing Inlaith did where he just put on Ashras's entire personality for a second, what's with that - and he grew up in a world with no soul artifacts, I bet he's not nearly as good at steering his head around as I am, he'll pick it up fast though, he's still essentially a Taliar...

Permalink Mark Unread

And you don't have to worry 'oh no, what if this is a paragon-of-virtue-who-wants-to-murder-me alt'...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah that must be really fucking unsettling. No, I do not. And I genuinely can't imagine what it would take to get it to go the other way - if I met an alt of myself who'd done things so horrifying I wished he didn't exist, I wouldn't kill him, I'd, I'd Taliar him. And if he was in any sense actually an alt of me, he'd be delighted about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww.

Snuggle. Feathery snuggle. Except that the wings take up enough space that he doesn't feel so small in Maitimo's arms, so after a moment he puts them away so he can get that feeling back. He likes that feeling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perhaps I should get a pair myself.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet they'd be beautiful, he says, hugging him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you fly with them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't actually tried but I get the impression everyone can.

Oh, and he still hasn't seen his own Sphere yet. Maybe he should make a portal and Maitimo can step in and think about his proudest accomplishments.

Permalink Mark Unread

I cannot be proud of anything until all of my people are alive and safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

...hug.

I love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

He snuggles contentedly into Maitimo's arms, and feels his love for him shining in his soul, and - he doesn't ever want to die on him again...

...oh so that's how Dawn-shining became immortal—the thing that was missing was being loved, being loved and knowing it—

"I swear on my soul I will never let anything take me away from you," he says, and it clicks and it's right there, a golden glow rising from his skin, the light lingering for only a moment but the power staying rooted in his soul, as irrevocable as Maitimo's access to his thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...convenient. Sorry it couldn't come in earlier -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles and cuddles him some more.

—and then he remembers—oh, right, he was upset about being tortured unexpectedly—he isn't upset anymore, he managed to work through it in the back of his head while he wasn't looking, but it's probably still worth having a conversation about at some point.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll warn you." He kisses his hair.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I love you."

Snuggle.

"What would you say to us?" They dropped that conversation to get back to the ongoing emergency, but there isn't an ongoing emergency anymore.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That it's really inconvenient and not conducive to the health of the relationship that your magic powers are contingent on certain conduct from me - must've been worse for Tivarante, they still had a Melkor -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

Snuggle.

"Sorry about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not your fault. If it were that'd be a whole different problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it were my fault that would imply I could do something about it, and I would."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know." Squeeze.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

"I love you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Love you too. Do you regret trusting me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You going to regret trusting me if I want you, right now-"

Permalink Mark Unread

He grins.

"Not at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's convenient, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Far from being regretful, he is in fact utterly delighted and adoring.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can definitely see himself getting used to that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then he is comfortable and cuddly and adoring. It's so lovely to feel so safe in Maitimo's arms. It's so lovely to feel so welcome in Maitimo's arms.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is approximately as relaxed as he can get until his people are returned to life.

Permalink Mark Unread

His thoughts drift lazily; he remembers the feeling of an imaginary stranger touching his soul, and - it was awful but he can definitely see the appeal; it would've been so satisfying to come back from that, if he hadn't been knocked straight out of it by an incoming emergency...

...hm.

He's thought before about how there's a signature to it, when Maitimo hurts him. He doesn't have a lot of practice at reading them yet, but he can tell they're there, he has a sense of them. And the signature of that incident, when he looks at it—to be hurt in that way, in that moment, after what he'd been doing beforehand, after what had happened the previous day—it reads as a pretty clear stop that.

Maitimo said he was trying to stop leaning on torturing people into more convenient configurations. Apparently he hasn't been completely successful.

Taliar isn't sure what to do with this realization. It doesn't make him angry or afraid, just... thoughtful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle.

"...it really would destroy me to stop doing that," he says after a moment. "But if that was something you needed - we could try to figure something out..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What I needed was - this - today - to see you being you at a problem other than me -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh," he says.

He reflects on the events of yesterday.

"...you sure got that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wasn't the circumstances I'd have wished for, but -yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, me neither."

Snuggle.

"Seems to keep happening," he says, thinking back to the twenty-four-hour flashback incident. "We get the things we need, but not in the ways we would've liked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm - not used to coming out of horrible things stronger. That's not how it worked before."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Coming out of horrible things stronger seems to be the essential trajectory of being a Taliar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's good."

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

"I wish horrible things wouldn't happen to you at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds lovely. Isn't the way things go, I don't think. Horrible things happened to all my alts, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, eventually I suppose I'll have to figure out why that is and put a stop to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fate. It stops once someone shows up, but no one seems to show up in time, unless they show up before I exist at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I guess the thing to do is either find more Ardas faster, or figure out why Fate insists on being that way and make it stop."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good luck with that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm a Taliar. I can do anything," he says serenely, cuddling him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll believe it when I see it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

Not that he has any idea how to do such a thing. But he's sure he'll think of something eventually.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's pretty sure that Independence's current dimension is outside an Eru's reach anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is that.

Anyway, right now Raika-seren is not solving any cosmically important problems. Right now he is cuddling Maitimo because there are no emergencies to deal with and he gets to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a while - let's check on the situation -

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

He gets dressed and pops over to the relevant world to eavesdrop on the aliens.

The aliens... are doing really well. He made the right call in leaving them alone. They've pulled out of the Suranse portal-maze, they're working on reintegrating the ritually-dead soldiers into society, plenty of people are very very nervous about the idea of the wing contagion spreading throughout society but the cult of the Destroyer keeps emphasizing that the time of outsiders being filth is over.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's about the best they could have hoped for. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

He returns home and snuggles up to Maitimo again.

Permalink Mark Unread

And:

I have general resurrection, says Elaneth-imire.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Everyone - please -

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course—can you show me where to put them—

He shows Maitimo the way it works. It's pretty clearly targeted very specifically at this exact problem - it branches from his existing resurrection but also ties into the sensory power, he can look at a place and see who has died there and pull them back into the world - but there is probably a better way to do this than just simultaneously restoring everyone to the exact spot where they died, and Maitimo would know -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, he would, he has it all organized so everyone can be pulled together in a place with someone who can explain what happened and that yes, death is over forever now and their dead relatives can also come back but that'll take some time, and here are resources while everyone's recovering.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect.

Then—here they are. Everyone who died in the aliens' attack, exactly where he wants them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Happy to help."

And now he'd better be off to find out who else needs resurrections. He goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he - actually relaxes - and directs resettlement -

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren's planetary untraceability power comes in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. He really should manifest his soul, so useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren isn't directly needed for anything right now, and Maitimo's busy, so he goes out to see how he likes flying with his new wings.

 

Flying is awesome.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can imagine, with the tiny fraction of his attention that's following Raika-seren.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's just something so satisfying about it. And the sesnory experience is kind of amazing - feeling the air under his wings, every feather contributing its own individual understanding to the picture as a whole - like a miniature version of eavesdropping on a thousand minds to get a sense of the thoughts of a society. Yeah, he likes it a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone is settled back in. The Internet is back up; he can make public statements over broadcast. The people responsible will never do anything like this again; a couple hundred million of them died in the retaliation but it was restrained, and in any event they're now clear of where the aliens could harm them. The procedures for lost pets, lost data, and lost magic items are as follows. The procedure for eventual reembodiment of people less recently dead is as follows.

 

It's nice to be able to talk directly to all his people, all at once. He never did ask the Space set how they ran a modern nation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, and now that it has the room, Raika-seren's soul has taken over the functions of protecting him from nightmares and daffodils. Although it will let him turn off the protection at will, in either case. Useful.

He can do magic items near-instantaneously now - are any of those urgently needed, should he quit goofing off and come do some work?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not especially; he's earned a break, and they're not supposed to give out the teleport any more, and immortality's handled by a much neater method.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. He keeps flying.

He still wants to find out what his Sphere looks like, but not urgently, and flying is so much fun. His wings are the prettiest.

Permalink Mark Unread

He handles a couple hundred inquiries on complications of abrupt restoration to life and then finds some people who are handling it well enough to have the rest delegated to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Raika-seren eventually says -

Do you have any preferences for where I put the portal to my Sphere on your planet?

Permalink Mark Unread

You can close it at will, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then wherever.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

He can teleport, so it doesn't have to be convenient to get to; he goes looking for somewhere pretty.

...his sensory power comes in.

It's differently focused from Elaneth-imire's. Instead of a blanket of perception that he can extend outward from himself and reshape or refocus at will, it's countless separate points of view that he can move around freely. He examines the surface of Arda from a thousand angles, giggling delightedly as he circles the sky over Himring.

The spot he finds is an anonymous rocky hillside, no civilization visible for miles around. He teleports there. He makes a portal.

He steps inside.

 

It's a fountain of light. The golden glow of his healing aura fills the space, and the crystalline castle floating at its centre reflects and refracts that glow until it almost seems to be transparent through and through, a vast crenellated chandelier—but no, when he takes a second look, there's real stone in there somewhere - he takes off and flies up to it.

It is, if possible, even more beautiful up close. He wanted to explore, but he finds himself just sitting down in front of the palace's beautiful front doors, too overwhelmed to continue. The glass platform encircling the base of the castle has faint, intricate patterns engraved in it, a graceful twisting swirl of thin lines glittering in the light, mesmerizing in their complexity. The stone of the castle's inner walls is a soft silvery colour like the mist at the edges of his soul. Why is it so pretty. How is it so pretty. He's not even smug, he's just floored.

Permalink Mark Unread

I missed that they come with castles. Or is that just you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Elaneth-imire's Sphere has a palace in it, which is also beautiful but not quite this outrageously beautiful, and the design sense is way different - I think they often start out with somewhere to live, and the exact details depend on the person, and apparently what suits me best is... this...

Even the ground below the castle is lovely, when he looks over the edge. Soft grass rippling in a gentle sourceless breeze, streams of water flowing over beds of white pebbles. It's too much, it's perfect, it's wonderful, he might actually cry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwwww.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits. He smiles. He wraps himself up in his gloriously pretty wings. He does actually cry a little. It's so beautiful, and so perfect, and entirely, perfectly his, his very own place made of his very own magic - he is the source of this beauty... and it's only going to get better, a Sphere grows for as long as its owner is alive...

He stands up and folds his wings to his back and walks through the doors. The doors are beautiful. Everything is beautiful. Soaring arches, white stone aglow in the golden light, perfect in every detail. He loves this place so much.

...I think I'm not going to want anyone in this castle except for you, he says. It would feel too intimate. Thinking back to a few things Elaneth-imire noticed, subtle tells about Sphere-related customs in Suranse, he suspects that's a common way to feel about one's Sphere. He doesn't think he'd mind so much about people being in his Sphere at ground level, but this floating castle is... in a weird way it feels like being inside his own soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

That should be easy enough to arrange - can't you keep people out of your sphere at will -

Permalink Mark Unread

Not by default, I think, only by controlling access to the portals, which is much less effective when so many people can teleport. With how strongly I feel about it, my soul might come up with something, but I think it'd only bother manifesting the power if asking people nicely to stay out looked like it wasn't going to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

He walks around the inside of his castle. It's still outrageously beautiful, but he's getting used to it. He could pretty clearly live in here forever; there's food, places to sleep... he'd have to go outside eventually to avoid being consumed by boredom and loneliness, but besides that, it's perfect.

Purely out of self-indulgence, he flops into one of the enormous cozy beds and has a nap. With his wings put away he'd practically drown in this thing, but as it is, his feathers trail on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's probably psychologically healthy for him. He fields questions about the safety of their current dimension and the technology the aliens wielded against them and whatever else people think to ask. They're rattled. Asking questions helps.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very psychologically healthy for him! He gets a lot out of having a place that's so completely his own, and he gets a lot out of having it be so beautiful and perfect, and after the week he's had, he gets a lot out of having the time to just take a nap for no reason other than because he feels like it. And then he wakes up and he feels like exploring the rest of his castle and going flying, so he does that.

He meant what he said about not wanting anyone in here except Maitimo. He doesn't want anyone else in here, but he would genuinely welcome Maitimo. It would be lovely to see Maitimo enjoying the beauty of the castle, and lovely to be the place where Maitimo gets his wings. And it makes him feel vulnerable, and - there's probably something objectively crazy about finding it intrinsically rewarding to make himself feel vulnerable to someone who keeps hurting him when he does that, but nevertheless, he does find it rewarding and he's going to keep doing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, he'll come visit the castle. When's a good time?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well now Raika-seren is delighted.

Of the two of us I think you have the denser schedule at the moment, he says, laughing. Now would work. Any other time you like would also work.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he teleports in. It is beautiful. He smiles at it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren lands on a balcony and then teleports next to Maitimo so he can hug him. It's a very feathery hug.

"I love you. I'm glad you like my castle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This magic system is made for Elves, makes pretty things and makes people prettier..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Soulbearers are a little bit the same way but not nearly as much, it's true. I do think this is unusually pretty for a Sphere - the ones in the Suranse maze are generally not this amazing - but every pair of wings I've seen so far has been gorgeous. Although none as gorgeous as mine."

He has no idea why he has the prettiest everything, but he's hardly about to complain.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And here I was thinking that was just that I was biased."

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwww. He grins and hugs him some more. His wings are very soft and cozy.

"No, it's not your imagination, you really do have the prettiest Taliar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's good. Elves're very shallow, you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

He giggles. "Lucky me, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss!

The sheer peace and happiness of the moment makes him half expect that something is going to go disastrously wrong any second. But that is not actually how things work, and they're going to be fine, and constantly fearing another emergency will not make him any better prepared to handle one if it appears. As demonstrated, he is pretty good at handling emergencies even with absolutely no warning at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hopefully won't be a necessary skill very often."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I hope not. But I'm glad I have it."

It's both satisfying and reassuring to know the depth of his ability to come into focus quickly and completely when he has to. Solving the actual problem - well, he's a Taliar, of course he's confident in his ability to engineer galactic takeovers if a galactic takeover is required. What he didn't know until it came up is just how bad a state he can be in and still be ready to handle invading alien fleets at a moment's notice. He's proud of himself for not wasting time being upset when there was work to be done. It's... again probably objectively crazy, but it's the kind of crazy a Taliar should be.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That Silmaril time-stop effect would be useful for that if we can get it working."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Useful for - galactic takeovers, emergencies in general, allowing me to waste time? I'm not actually sure that having time to waste improves my results any."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does it improve your sanity any? That's lovely too, being happy, even if it doesn't affect results."

Permalink Mark Unread

Taliar laughs and hugs him.

"I am happy. I'm incredibly happy. I wasn't - I didn't need to take any time there, I wasn't depriving myself. The crazy thing about it isn't that I bounced back instantly from being tortured because someone needed me for something important. That's just the state of being a Taliar. The crazy thing about it is - you hurt me in a way I trusted you not to, and I didn't take the time to figure out if I was okay with that, because I knew no matter how it came out, at the end of it I'd still want to be right where I was, helping you save your planet from genocidal aliens. And it turns out I am okay with it, but I didn't need to know that to know I still loved you and wanted to help you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was not remotely under the impression you were trying to stop the genocide aliens as a personal favor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, genocidal aliens are definitely a problem that needs solving regardless, but - I was working for you, there's a pretty big difference between that and just independently solving the problem that's in front of me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "What would have been different?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess that depends what exactly you're asking..."

It's hard to build a coherent hypothetical because it's almost inconceivable, there's really no circumstance Raika-seren can imagine in which he'd feel like he couldn't work with Maitimo anymore if there was an emergency and Maitimo wanted his help and didn't seem inclined to get in the way of him giving it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo pulls him in and kisses him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, okay then. Taliar happily kisses him back.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he's still not in very much of a wing-getting mood but - his people are all alive, and safe, forever, it all worked -

Permalink Mark Unread

And the feeling of accomplishment grows into something almost solid, almost tangible, and wraps him up in a column of white light - Raika-seren giggles and hugs him - and now he has wings, huge sweeping feathered wings like a hawk's or an eagle's, the feathers a deep warm grey only a few shades up from black, patterned with a red that exactly matches his hair.

"They're gorgeous," says his Taliar, gazing adoringly at him. "You're gorgeous."

Permalink Mark Unread

He extends them experimentally. "Oh, I like this magic system."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a pretty great magic system."

...and Raika-seren's wings are still the prettiest. But Maitimo's are absolutely lovely and Raika-seren adores them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yours really wouldn't suit me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They really wouldn't," he agrees. "Yours suit you perfectly." Hug. "You're so beautiful and I love you so much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am so very glad I have you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad too."

Hug.

"You're my favourite Maitimo. In which assessment I am unapologetically biased."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, well, you're my favorite Taliar and that's not biased unless you count my general bias towards people I can count on."

Permalink Mark Unread

He beams.

(Being made for someone the way he was leaves him very aware of how he could just as easily have been aimed at someone else if things were a little different - but he'd be a different person, a different Taliar with a different soulname and different wings. He, Raika-seren Taliar with his glorious dawn-edged feathers, belongs to this Maitimo in particular, and he wouldn't have it any other way.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"And if we find more of me we have more data points on the success of throwing a you at them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I'm wondering if it's possible to throw a me at someone without him noticing he's a present - almost certainly not, honestly, we're a very perceptive bunch - what would your advice be, if we found another you? Or would it depend too much on what else was going on with him?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Too much on what else was going on, but - end the war, obviously - I'd want to be told that I needed to transition the situation with Findekáno to something more sustainable but I don't know if that's - possible -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yeah, regardless of what else happens, the very moment anyone finds another Melkor, Elaneth-imire is smashing him flat... and I guess that depends, but I know we're not handing out any Taliars who would have to coexist with the sort of thing that was going on with you during the war, that would just be a disaster. Other people getting hurt is sort of the one thing we can't handle. Well - on second thought, I'm not saying we definitely wouldn't do that, but we'd need a really, really good reason because it would really, really fuck him up. And I'm having a hard time seeing what could make that worth it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I don't think there's any point in hurting one of you, just - kidnapping Findekáno out will really upset the me -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can imagine, yeah. We'd all be quietly miserable about it but - I don't think we'd go for kidnapping because that would fuck up the optimal solution - on the other hand, we wouldn't be able to stop any Findekáno who wanted to go rescue their alt, and there's a bunch of them and many are capable of doing that..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think they'd do that. The peal ones maybe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I was thinking of the peal ones. We wouldn't let the Maitimo get hurt if we could help it, but we really can't step in to keep someone a prisoner like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I know, that's why I said 'if it's possible' - we don't need to tell the peal we've found another Arda anyway -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

"This is kind of miserable to think about but it's probably a good idea to have thought about it in advance..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think there really is a solution where everyone's happy and I don't lose anyone but I recognize that the interim would be really hard on you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It really would."

Taliars fundamentally do not operate on an Elven timescale. A transition that would be slow enough for a Maitimo seems like it would almost certainly be a very long time of being very miserable for every Taliar in reach of the news. And they really deeply believe in not fucking up the optimal solution, so they'd do their best, but - it would hurt them a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, there are apparently several time dilation solutions in the works."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...who gets time-dilated in this situation?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"..speed them up so you lot spend less time being miserable?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If they'd agree to it that... works really well, I think..."

Of course, Taliars being Taliars, it's not completely satisfactory to him because it doesn't involve everything instantly being okay for everyone. But everything instantly being okay for everyone is probably not actually achievable.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, it's not. And I doubt they'd object."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well - until everything is instantly okay for everyone, we're always going to wish for better solutions. But we're not going to let wishing for better solutions get in the way of doing the best we can."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is a good solution, I think it'll legitimately make everyone happy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

He has no reason to think Maitimo is wrong about that, he believes him, but - it's not without costs, and that bothers him a little, the same way it bothers him that some of the aliens died in riots before the conversion was complete even though by any sane standards that was probably the most amazingly bloodless galactic conquest ever accomplished and much better than they could reasonably have hoped for. In the long run, the outcome matters more than the process, but the process still matters some.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can resurrect the aliens who died. And I'm not even sure that kidnapping the Findekános is better for them, though I can't ask mine -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The solution I'd be tempted by looks less like kidnapping, more like erasing all their oaths and giving them an irrevocable teleport power somehow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Erasing all the oaths would be fine, teleport - maybe if you told the me that you want to give everybody a teleport, but will take your cues from him on when to roll that out without it being disruptive -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'd be a lot less miserable about it with the oaths erased, and even less miserable than that if the Findekáno also had a teleport. Not completely unmiserable, but it'd help. Not that I'd actually want to make these decisions based entirely on what would make me more or less miserable, what I actually want is 'everyone is instantly okay', and everyone being okay in the long run is more important than everyone being okay immediately but I still prefer more immediate-okayness to less..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What would you still be miserable about with no oaths and a teleport?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I suppose that depends on whether no oaths and a teleport would make him instantly okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If he left and the Maitimo was really unhappy about it that would also make us sad, just in a different way, and - if he didn't leave, and wasn't okay... and I don't get the impression that Findekános can make themselves okay the way Taliars can..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In Elf time. To you I suppose that's the same as 'never'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely not, there is an immense difference between 'a long time' and 'never'. It's just that there's also a pretty big difference between 'a long time' and 'hours or days'."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or seconds, I think it took you last time. He'll - eventually get to the level of fine he prefers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did take about a day to become okay all the way down instead of just functionally okay and suspending all not-okayness until I was less busy. But yes. It's good that he'll be okay eventually - although 'the level of fine he prefers' is kind of an unpromising phrasing, what does that mean..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not know that he will prefer to be entirely fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"I love him. I am pretty sure I can get it right eventually."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. I'll be really glad when you do."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle.

That seems like maybe it's enough of the miserable topic for now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Instead, hugs. Beautiful feathery hugs in Raika-seren's outrageously beautiful floating castle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they can settle back in to bringing their world up to date with modernity?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds perfect. Raika-seren is delighted to be tech support for an entire planet. It keeps him just about sufficiently busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. 

...the peal kidnapped his father, and his father probably wants to come back. Can that be arranged?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, Raika-seren can pass the request on to Liran-alore and Liran-alore will make it happen somehow or other.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great!

Permalink Mark Unread

Liran-alore's preferred way to make this happen is by getting those agreements established between the peal and Independence (and Dawn) regarding mutual noninterference and freedom of movement. Also, he can combine this visit with Elaneth-imire's first hey-I-have-resurrection trip into peal territory.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elaneth-imire has general resurrection!!! Who wants some?

Permalink Mark Unread

How general is general?

Permalink Mark Unread

How general would they like it to be? Now that he has it, it can be branched pretty readily to handle assorted edge cases. He hasn't yet tested resurrecting someone from a world nonadjacent to the world they died in, but besides that, he's confident in his ability to tackle fairly arbitrary challenges.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can he do spirit animals belonging to dead people? Can he do spirit animals that belong to living people who never bound them - in some way that doesn't endanger the person -

Permalink Mark Unread

Bound spirit animals belonging to dead people come back unproblematically with the person, he's got that one right off. Dead bound spirit animals belonging to living people are also doable if there's any of those around, he's heard that's a problem. Unbound spirit animals... he can feel the power starting to branch, it shouldn't be long, maybe he can do the rounds and come back when he's got something?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well in the meantime here is where the unmade are institutionalized he is encouraged to cure them all now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Healing aura, a few seconds to identify everyone and another few seconds to reembody their familiars, done.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Happy to help! Anything else, or where do I go next? I'll come straight back here when I've got something for unbound spirit animals."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll put together an itinerary."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great."

Having general resurrection is the best.

Permalink Mark Unread

If he can do adjacent to the world they died in there is a certain dead Fëanáro -

Permalink Mark Unread

He's happy to try.

—he thinks he's maybe got something, but he's not quite sufficiently adjacent—if he pulled the kid from Materia while standing in Warp, it would be a fork, leaving the original in what is presumably some Materia-adjacent afterlife beyond Warp's direct reach. This seems... unsatisfactory.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't been able to earwire him from any explored world but that doesn't guarantee that whatever afterlife he's in isn't adjacent to any of them, it could just be an earwire limitation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If somebody maps me a tour of explored worlds I can go through and see if he's retrievable from any of them, shouldn't take me too long."

Permalink Mark Unread

Map.

Permalink Mark Unread

Bouncebouncebouncebouncebouncebouncebouncebounce—

"Nothing. Sorry," he says. "But Raika-seren's got his godhood now, so we could potentially gear up to go Melkor-hunting anytime, we'd just need three days' notice to be sure our souls were aimed in the right direction powerset-wise. And after we kill Shadow's Melkor we can pick up the kid on the way back out. It might be prudent to wait and see if we get more and better resources to throw at the problem, but we could do it now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's - probably not going anywhere," says Boots. "And his relatives can wait a bit assuming 'a bit' isn't Elf timescale, they have... low, Materia-calibrated expectations."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Let us know if you change your minds, I am always up for killing a Melkor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're concerned that if you go into Materia's cluster and you aren't ready for it, Materia will increase how powerful you'd have to be to be ready for it next time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Okay, waiting it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

And then her pocket mirror bleeps and she pulls it out and "ooh", because that would be the news about Suranse hitting the network.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm gonna guess that was Liran-alore's good news," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The place that confers wings and adjacency-cheating powers, that news?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. That news."

He manifests his wings. They're pretty glorious. Soft feathers glowing in a subtly shifting pattern of blue and silver and gold.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah T'Mir's going to go meet the relevant king to discuss this aspiration of ours."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wish her the best of luck - is she already getting a summary of how to deal with Zaranyes from Liran-alore, because that would be time well spent, they're very straightforward people but there's some things it's good to know ahead of time -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I assume so but the update doesn't mention that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I'll assume Liran-alore's got it covered, then. Anyone else in this world for me to resurrect today, or should I move on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you do an entire planet or should we invite you back once Cam has done the planet part?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do a planet!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What kind of detail do you need about where it needs to be - and, relatedly, is it a problem if there is some space debris where it used to be."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Show me the location, more detail is generally better - is the star okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The star's fine, the planet was nastily destroyed with a bunch of people aboard some years back - you don't do redundant resurrections, do you? T'Mir's father jumped the queue."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I'd get him if he was already alive, and even if I might, it seems like my power warns me when I'm heading in a direction that'll end up forking somebody, so I could avoid that. I can clear space debris and put the planet back. If you can get me really precise information about its orbit and rotation that would be good, but I can make adjustments afterward if it comes in wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really precise information is available, although I assume none of it will be in units you're familiar with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can use the size of the planet itself as a comparison point - I nudged my resurrection power into showing me planets as well as people, but it only shows a fixed image, can't get orbit and rotation off that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right -" She pulls up stats on Vulcan.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can work with that."

He goes to the former location of Vulcan. He clears space debris.

He puts the planet back, people and buildings and books and all, as of the moment of its destruction minus the black hole about to devour it. And wrapped up in his healing aura. He keeps an eye on it with his sensory power to make sure it's moving right. Looks good.

Permalink Mark Unread

It spins redly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Worked fine, I assume you've got a plan for announcing everything to all these newly resurrected Vulcans?

Permalink Mark Unread

T'Mir does.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Glad I could help! Next?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's more! Hither and yon!

Permalink Mark Unread

General resurrection is the best power!

And after a few hours his spirit animal embodiment power comes in, very tidy, and he bounces over to Hex to give Iobel the good news.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's delighted! Bells who are not being deliberately emotionless conspicuously radiate delight about resurrections!

Permalink Mark Unread

Conspicuously radiating delight about resurrections is an extremely charming quality!!

He can embody spirit animals and they will be all physical and able to interact with the world but they won't have that unfortunate interaction where if they die their person becomes a vegetable - won't be able to be bound afterward either, by default, but if a lot of cases pile up where he embodied a spirit animal who now mutually desires to become their person's familiar, he's pretty sure he can branch a fix if they can't get anything put together themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yaaaaaaay!

Permalink Mark Unread

Elaneth-imire is so happy. General resurrection is the best power. He's embodying all these familiars! He resurrected a planet!!!

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually the peal is out of places that can be mass-resurrection-powered at without creating more complications than they can deal with, but they promise to rearrange their priorities towards complications-handling.

Permalink Mark Unread

So Elaneth-imire delightedly goes home to snuggle his husband and giggle about resurrection.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Liran-alore asks if they wouldn't mind making him indestructible, because he thinks his soul might be able to put together a power to hand that out like candy if he got a close enough look, but having it actually done to him might be the only way to get a close enough look.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he can absolutely be next in line for the next spellbinder assembly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool!

Permalink Mark Unread

And in the meantime, King Dalvor is available to meet with a peal representative in Nuime.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be T'Mir again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello," replies T'Mir. "My alts and I are interested in getting our wings; it sounds like it has no meaningful drawbacks and the Spheres will allow some interesting adjacency-related applications."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'll just about turn your map of worlds into a heap of tangled string once it gets out," he says. "Which I'm sure it will eventually do even if you don't intend it to at the moment."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It also doesn't seem like the sort of thing we'd need to be particularly paranoid about sharing, although it does change some strategic possibilities."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyone with a Sphere, a passenger-enabled teleport, and quick reflexes can trap someone in their Sphere for eternity," he mentions. "Close all the portals and it's impossible to teleport out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Has this been tested against Materian wizardry summoning?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Since nobody in this corner of the adjacency map has Materian wizardry, no it has not. But the going theory is that with no open portals, the Sphere has no conventional adjacencies."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, that wasn't clear. That does affect how widely it might make sense to distribute it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes," he says. "But it's going to be really difficult to keep a lid on. You probably can't count on it staying under wraps indefinitely. Not when anyone who steps into a Sphere and feels sufficiently accomplished gets their wings on the spot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does mean we'd want to keep track of Sphere-independent adjacencies for moving most classes of passenger."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. But what do you do with winged visitors who want to show someone their Sphere? I'm going to be discouraging that sort of thing, but it's a losing battle. I expect wings to be commonplace around here within a few centuries."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would probably still be possible to dismiss and resummon a daeva visitor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that's true. So daeva would be harder to trap this way. Mind you, I don't think it's likely that anyone would want to sacrifice their Sphere to eternally imprison someone. But it's possible to do it, and short of finding that person and forcing them to open a portal, it's hard to see how to rescue their victim."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What happens if they die?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you die with all your Sphere portals closed, no one can ever find it again, at least not while you're still dead. ...if you die in your Sphere with all the portals closed, I'm not even sure you can be resurrected, at least not with the current state of the art. Now that would be a nasty way for a highly motivated individual to permanently cut someone off from the multiverse."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Demonic conjuration is adjacency-independent, so we'd be able to receive any correspondence they managed to record, but yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

He shrugs.

"No one's ever trapped someone that way in Suranse that I know of, but then again in Suranse murder has historically always been a significantly more convenient option, and you've got all that indestructibility and so forth going around. And if the victim is themselves winged, they can escape via their own Sphere, but only if they had the chance to set up a portal somewhere first."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So the problem is only significant in the case where you have someone with a Sphere who really, really hates someone that has no Sphere but isn't conventionally mortal either. Might not ever come up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might. But it does not seem poised to happen soon, at least if our agreement with the dark Arda Maitimos as communicated via Taliar is stable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't had the time to meet them myself, but Esarkan hasn't found them at all difficult to work with. My impression is that the agreement will be as stable as you make it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway, I'm satisfied with your understanding of the situation. If you want to step into my Sphere and get your wings, I have a portal just down the hall that I can open."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes please."

Permalink Mark Unread

So he steps out of the meeting room and goes just down the hall and opens a portal.

His Sphere is... impressive. A misty plain of dew-silvered grass stretches away into the distance under a soft grey sky; presumably there are edges, maybe even some buildings, other portals perhaps, but none of that is visible from here. It's just a seemingly endless expanse of unused land.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her wings appear at once, and when the column of light clears there they are, brown like her hair and sleek-feathered and folded neatly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Congratulations," says Dalvor.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Any other questions, or will you be heading back to distribute this to your alts?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there anything else I should know or that you'd care to ask?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's another magic system attached to the Suranse cluster, and we haven't bothered to extensively test exactly how portable it is yet, because the weapons that make it worth using at scale don't work outside the cluster and it seems to be mostly useless compared to interdimensional niceties anyway. But if you have anyone you want to send to Suranse to try to pick up combat magic despite its uselessness, I can make arrangements."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sure someone will be curious. I can set you up with a crystal ball so we can write you when someone is, if you like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be very convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where would you like it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"In my palace in Aluvanna would be a reasonable place to put it, I think." He opens another portal about ten feet away.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she installs a crystal ball.

Permalink Mark Unread

It goes very well in the nice little conference room in his palace.

"Thanks. Let me know if there's anything else I can do for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course, and likewise."

She explains the use of the ball and goes home.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Dalvor peruses the available information on the crystal ball and makes a mental note to get one of the Taliars to give him an Internet at some point. Should be an interesting technical challenge what with the shape of the planet.

Permalink Mark Unread

And now it is just about time for Liran-alore to become indestructible!

Permalink Mark Unread

Spellbinders do that!

Permalink Mark Unread

Annnnnnnnd yep now he can freely distribute indestructibility, who wants some of that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Here is the waiting list!

Permalink Mark Unread

He clears out the waiting list. It's great being a Taliar.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is highly appreciated.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's definitely one of the great things about being a Taliar!

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Meanwhile in Suranse -

"I think we should go visit the originator of the teleport spell and thank her for indirectly saving our world," says Inlaith.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...the teleport spell that got stolen from her? That teleport spell?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The very one. Why not?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because it's not your job to get us in trouble for no reason?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm branching out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Okay. Let's go bother the teleport lady."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At least we won't have to use her stolen teleport to do so."

Permalink Mark Unread

Off they go to peal territory! Three identical boys with claws and fangs and tails, distinguishable mainly by the souls around their necks - Ashras's bright silvery sphere, Inlaith's black glittering four-pointed star, Elarron's flat coin-like circle with its subtly shifting colours.

Permalink Mark Unread

A magical girl looks at them appraisingly when they appear in Revelation. "Hey there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! Is there a particular procedure for visiting people in this corner of the multiverse? We have somebody we'd like to thank for indirectly saving our world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're keeping an eye on it but you're allowed, who are you and where are you going?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm Ashras Kevarsin and these are my brothers Inlaith and Elarron, and we'd like to talk to Loki if possible."

Permalink Mark Unread

The magic rock looks some things up and makes some notes and says "D'you know the way?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Well, we know how to get to the relevant world, at least."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can tell her to expect you, where are you going to land?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Inlaith describes the waypoint Liran-alore gave him for Edda.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, cool. She might be busy but I'll let her know you're going to be there to say hi."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks, we appreciate it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

And off they go.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have a forty-five minute wait and then there appears a Loki.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You must be Loki," says one of the triplets. "I wanted to thank you for inventing the spell that saved my planet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I heard about that. You're welcome, saving planets is the original use case."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And - well, they probably still would've managed to save my planet without it, but things might not have turned out so well for the hundred billion genocidal aliens who are now happily non-genocidal. I hear they had to juggle a lot of planets around to pull that off."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad that worked out. We've got just the broad overview of genocide-alien information - are their previous genocides being put back like Vulcan was, do you know -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet," says Ashras, "they want to give the aliens a while to calm down before they put the new lack of xenophobia to the test."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But later?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's the plan."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. So what are your names? I'm Loki, if you found me by a non-name parameter of some sort."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm Ashras Kevarsin, and this is Inlaith and that's Elarron. I'm an alt of the Taliars and as far as we know my brothers aren't alts of anybody in particular."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We feel very deprived," says Inlaith.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, there's a Bell with a twin and I'm adopted and I have a sister, other than that we are siblingless. Well, Golden has adoptive in-laws and often drops the in-law to talk about them. Alts! They're weird!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Although I bet," says Inlaith—

Permalink Mark Unread

"—I've got a never-before-seen way to confuse the issue."

"He does a perfect me," Ashras explains, "it's probably more impressive if you've known me and/or an alt of me for years."

Permalink Mark Unread

Inlaith reverts to his original mannerisms with a grin. There's a definite contrast, but if anything, it's his natural state that's more familiar...

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, fooling me isn't that impressive anyway, our standard althood-checking procedure involves Maitimos."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Haven't met one of those yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's two kinds. I'm not sure anyone who first encountered your neighborhood variety has met a regular one yet, the regular ones are mostly steering clear of your neighborhood's goings-on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, we've heard a bit about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's why T'Mir was point person, she can turn her emotions off and not perseverate on evil Maitimos' personal lives. Also she's not individually attached to any of them or any Findekános."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Calling the category 'evil Maitimos' seems a bit much," says Inlaith.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a bit of a habit; we'll switch properly to 'dark' over an awkward transition period. I think T'Mir already has it down."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, fair enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We did get the hang of saying 'Midnight' pretty much as soon as he picked it but now there's this entire category, so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Evil' is not a categorization that comes naturally to me in the first place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's what Sigyn said. It's slightly distancing - in comparison to 'rapist' - shorthand for 'psychologically distinct thataway'. We'd have to get creative if we found more Maitimos who were psychologically distinct in some different unpleasant direction."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it were my alt with this problem I'd just go for 'rapist'," says Inlaith.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I cannot imagine you having an alt with this problem," says Elarron.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, the regular Maitimos prefer 'evil'. And advocate killing them on sight, we're actually the voices of moderation here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not lining up for the Taliar solution, but 'kill on sight' does seem kind of extreme," says Ashras. "They do a good job with their kingdoms and that matters a lot. The Zaranyes don't discernibly have consciences, but they make really good kings, and I'd stand between Dalvor and an interdimensional execution any day. Granted, the Zaranyes have no personal lives to speak of, let alone horrifying ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yeah, we don't have problems with their governance on an absolute scale. It compares badly with other Elf populations but that's not the Maitimos' fault, we're pretty sure that traces back to the Ainur sucking extra much and the Melkors in particular being subtler." She glances at their souls; she's been looking at Ashras's, since it's loud, but when she peers at the others her gaze stops on Inlaith's.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ashras's soul says much the same things as Taliars, although he seems to be less - extreme, refined, developed. Elarron's soul says nothing discernible at all.

Inlaith's soul...

...says he is clever and insightful and good with puzzles, but very troubled in the area of social skills, and his sense of humour is like so...

"Yes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Your soul reminds me of my best friend."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Curious."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. He's not a triplet, but I suppose if one of you can appear alone... And he doesn't look like you but that too is known to be a thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe I have an alt!" he says delightedly. "Presumably not even a rapist alt!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He is indeed not a rapist! He is however incommunicado at the moment; Shadow Findekáno needed to be away from all the everything so Sigyn toted him a couple hops away. We could with the abilities we had to acquire to track down the Yeerks find them now, but I don't think they'd appreciate that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems like they wouldn't, yeah. Well, whenever they return, I'd like to meet him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll make sure you have the chance. We are not expecting them to be gone more than a century all told, but, well, Findekáno is an Elf, so it might actually be that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have forever ahead of us. A century's not so long."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Speak for yourself. I definitely have the Taliar affliction of wishing I could get everything done yesterday. I wonder if I'm going to grow out of it? We haven't met any of me older than eighteen and a half yet..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You'll mellow out a little, but a two-thousand-year-old Ashras is still fundamentally an Ashras," Inlaith predicts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sigyn is... mellowed out..." (grown up?) "compared to you. Some," says Loki, squinting at Inlaith's soul. "I'm not sure how much of it is context and how much of it is the fact that he is in fact two thousand and change."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh? What are the differences?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...he has social skills and self-esteem."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Inlaith laughs.

"All in all I think I'll take that as a good sign!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would imagine it would be!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It means I can likely look forward to developing those things in less than three thousand years!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Possibly even less than a few hundred, Asgardians have distressingly prolonged childhoods!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even better! How distressingly prolonged are they?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Factor of fifty relative to humans!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ouch. My sympathies."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It didn't bother me till I was about three hundred and then I was promptly distracted by my very time-consuming spell development process."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've heard about that. It sounds like it would drive any member of my family insane," says Inlaith.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sigyn never picked it up, the more popular version or mine when I told him about it either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did he say it would drive him insane or was he not interested for other reasons?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The insanity thing. I have an alphabet; everybody else works from fragments of whole text that they can't actually read; neither approach would apparently have been kind to his composure."

Permalink Mark Unread

Inlaith laughs. "Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I am simultaneously tempted to ask you for a hug and inclined to not do that because I would inevitably wind up wanting to pick you up and fling you into the air and since this is not something I'm normally inclined towards with Sigyn - who is taller than me - I have no guesses about how you'd appreciate it."

Permalink Mark Unread

...he giggles.

"You may pick me up and fling me into the air if you like."

Permalink Mark Unread

Scoop. Hug. Fling!

Permalink Mark Unread

He is very scoopable and very huggable and very flingable, and lands in an easy crouch as though he does this every day. For a seventeen-year-old baseline human his grace, balance, and reflexes are amazing, but maybe for a seventeen-year-old Aluvai they're normal, like the claws and the fangs and the ears and the tail.

"That was fun!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Giggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like you. I'm glad you're my alt's best friend."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I like you too and I'm glad Sigyn has an alt."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should probably go home before I say something atrocious and ruin your opinion of me forever."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's best friends with your alt," Elarron points out, "she's probably used to it. Then again, she did say he had social skills..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're kind of weird social skills, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds about right," says Ashras.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I met Sigyn when he disguised himself as a girl and snuck into a combat practice hall."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds like exactly the sort of thing I'd do if combat practice halls were commonplace and I had to appear to be a girl to be allowed into one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's how this alts thing tends to work, yes." She conjures up a mini illusion of the scene.

Permalink Mark Unread

He examines it in fascination, tail swishing delightedly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The illusion proceeds! There is fighting! And dialogue!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, he is just like you," murmurs Ashras.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Except I can't wield a sword like that," says Inlaith, "a flaw I intend to correct immediately."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are there lessons conveniently available somewhere around here or am I going to have to make Ashras solve it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Asgard continues hopelessly sexist but I might be able to princess you in somewhere. Or apply to some Elves, who will do fine for the basics - you'll need later timeline Elves than my set for more than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be happy to disguise myself as a girl if necessary."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, but your brothers, who definitely want in on this, would be slightly less so," says Ashras.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm very tempted to teach you myself but I am afraid I haven't the time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Understandable. Although, speaking of, if you can think of any problems we might be able to help you solve, we're all itching to get our wings after the parade of interdimensional visitors fledging by the dozen."

Permalink Mark Unread

Loki materializes her wings, long pointed swift ones, and folds them smugly before dismissing them again. "My personal energies are spent on being a princess of two planets, one of which kidnapped me from the other, and on spell development and on things best handled by deployment of magic items it's not safe for anyone to try touching; I'm not sure I'm the person to go to for things that respond particularly well to outside help..."

Permalink Mark Unread

He shrugs. "For wing-getting purposes it works just as well if you pass us along to somebody else. Although I hear the Taliars can replace you as free will distributors, so it's not all hopeless - Ashras is going to be just about equally general-purpose, we're pretty sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm really glad to be replaced as a free will distributor! My free will distribution solution was both imprecise and highly uncomfortable!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Any more imprecise and highly uncomfortable magical artifact effects I could try replacing, or was that the last one?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anything else I'd need the Aether to do, pretty much. Handling the Tesseract isn't uncomfortable and the time stone isn't - well, it's uncomfortable but not painful, it's weird. And none of these work more than a hop from Edda so outright copying me is potentially useful too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe that can be my niche. It would be nice to have a niche."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do not ask if you can touch the unsafe magic items just to see if your soul copies them," says Inlaith.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would normally ask the Tesseract if the unsafe magic items might be expected to get along with people but the Tesseract is in a bad mood because it learned there are locations it isn't spatially omnipotent over."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aw. My sympathies to the Tesseract."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The poor thing. I am avoiding doing certain experiments with the limits of its powers because I don't want to piss it off even worse."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems prudent. What are the normal use cases for spatial omnipotence?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Killing Melkors. I rounded a Flat Arda. Fun with colocation. Lets me borrow the other rocks from where they normally live."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mostly all things that Elaneth-imire can already do, worse luck. Although I bet he'd have an interesting time trying to round a flat Arda with all the people still on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't stir a hair on their heads. Tesseract is great."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds it! I'm very impressed." Thoughtful pause. "And we didn't tell anyone where we were going, so we should probably go home before someone starts thinking we were eaten by a giant snake. Do you still intend to find me sword-wielding lessons? We can stay in touch via Suranse's crystal ball, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can. If you want actual computers, Cam can hand out the state of the art and they'll hook up fine to the latest crystal ball model and you won't have to check the ball all the time to know when I've found you a teacher. Are giant snakes endemic to Suranse? Do they have mirrors for faces?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're endemic to Aluvanna, which is the interior part of Suranse. If it's convenient for you to send us home with computers, by all means feel free."

Permalink Mark Unread

Loki pulls out her own computer and sends Cam a message.

Permalink Mark Unread

And here he is! "...you are some novel sort of human so we should do your brain surgery in Aurum just to be sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Brain surgery! Exciting!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, all right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's very unexciting as brain surgery goes," cautions Cam, but hop hop here's Aurum, and he writes Alice a note.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's conceptually entertaining whether or not the brain surgery itself is exciting as such. Nice wings."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks. I had them before too but now they're upgraded." Wag.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a little rude to ask someone what they did but I keep being tempted, and you're all from different cultural contexts anyway..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it rude? Well, I don't mind, I rolled out summoning daeva to my home world and thereby ended material scarcity."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Congratulations!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Specifically it's a little presumptuous," Ashras explains, "it's the sort of thing you don't ask someone unless you know them pretty well or they bring it up first. Anyway, what's this about brain surgery?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"State of the art computers are controlled by thought. Also means I can't read your stuff, if you lock it. And this involves a little chip in your brain."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How tidy. All right then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The precog says nothing awful happens to you if I give you chips, congratulations, you have anatomically human brains at least in the relevant areas. Any questions before I emplace chips?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are these things straightforward to use or are we going to have to spend time learning how to think at them correctly?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You will have to spend about ten minutes training your computers to respond to being thought at in a you-friendly manner."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's reasonable. Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

And Cam chips them and hands out computers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you very much," says Inlaith.

The triplets spend ten minutes figuring out their computers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No problem. Questions, comments, do you need a ride out of the universe?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a teleportation soul power, but thank you for offering. It was very nice to meet you, and Loki too, and we had probably better go home and reassure our parents that we haven't been eaten by wild animals."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. And if you ask Bells in general what gets us our wings we will take it as an excuse to brag, FYI."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a good thing, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I strongly suspect that it is," says Ashras.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is." Wag. Vanish.

Permalink Mark Unread

So the boys go home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Liran-alore arrives back in Nuime and updates the other two Taliars on how everything went.

Permalink Mark Unread

...so Liran-alore can hand out indestructibility now. Huh.

Raika-seren is pretty sure Midnight is going to want it; he isn't sure whether Midnight is going to want him to have it. On the whole, he thinks he would personally prefer to be the sort of thing that can be injured even when he doesn't wholeheartedly want to be. And he's already plenty immortal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, if it doesn't make you safer I like you all human and fragile.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're both highly trusted forms of immortality, I don't know that stacking them would achieve anything, and I like me all human and fragile too. I love you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Ashras know the secret to ultimate cosmic power is falling in love with a me?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably. On the other hand, I'm honestly not sure it is, for him... maybe in a few years, but if he tried it now... he didn't grow up in Nuime, he isn't built around an understanding of his own soul the way the rest of us are, he can't steer himself the way we can, I'm not sure he could pull off the infinite willpower trick, and yet if anything I suspect he's more competitive... he'd be 'the Taliar who is very obviously the worst at being in love with a Maitimo' and almost no matter how he chose to respond to that it would really fuck him up.

He smiles slightly.

Why, did you want an extra? he jokes.

Permalink Mark Unread

I want more fantastic cosmic power running around but I don't want to damage an alt of yours.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you, he says.

He might do all right with Dawn-shining and Tivarante. I wouldn't dare suggest that he go for a new Maitimo if we found one. I don't think he'd do well with us, we're kind of still working things out in a way that wouldn't be good for him.

He contemplates, slightly wistfully, the idea of having another Taliar in this relationship...

...maybe I should be setting him up with Liran-alore. Now that would be some fantastic cosmic power. If it worked. And wouldn't hurt either of them particularly much if it didn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pfft. It's so odd to be compatible with yourself.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's kind of odd not to be! I wouldn't want to date a me and no one else, but I bet Ashras and Liran-alore would work out well like that. And I'm pretty sure two Taliar forks couldn't achieve fantastic cosmic power that way, they'd be too similar, but I think maybe Ashras and Liran-alore could.

Permalink Mark Unread

Let's hope so.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm going to suggest it.

Having Spheres to link the worlds for osanwe purposes is so convenient. He says to Liran-alore, Go seduce Ashras and become all-powerful together.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that's a brilliant idea, why didn't I think of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe because we never bothered seducing you. A tragic omission which you should immediately correct. With Ashras.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll see what he thinks of it!

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren giggles delightedly.

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs too.

Permalink Mark Unread

But first - I'm done with Nuime's first round of indestructibility distribution, does Independence want to be next?

Permalink Mark Unread

Certainly.

Permalink Mark Unread

So Liran-alore bounces into the world. Who do you want made indestructible? It's an extremely irrevocable thing so I'm trying to keep it to people who definitely want it and for whom it is definitely a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

My family. I'll draw up a longer list but start there -

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Then Midnight and his family can all be indestructible, and Liran-alore bounces away to distribute first rounds for Dawn and Suranse.

Permalink Mark Unread

He feels much much better.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good! That is very good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Raika-seren feels...

Having and declining the opportunity to become indestructible makes him very aware of how human and fragile he is. It's a nice feeling, scary in the good way, and oddly compelling. In a way similar to how being on trust songs makes him want Maitimo to do things that make use of his trust, this awareness makes him want Maitimo to do things that make use of his fragility.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you want a bad day you know how to ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I love you.

He's not sure if that is quite what he wants, though. He wants... he wants to be hurt and scared as a celebration of his ability to be hurt and scared. He wants it to be nice. He still looks forward to someday having a really bad day and getting as fucked up as possible, but he doesn't think he's ready for that right now. Right now he's still getting settled in his new expectations.

Feel like indulging my desire for friendly torture? he asks wryly.

Permalink Mark Unread

I could probably be persuaded to give it a try.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would appreciate that very much.

Raika-seren happily contemplates ways to make use of how easily injured he is. He suspects that if he gets the chance, he might end up with a thing for pain the way he's already starting to have a thing for fear. Which will be new and different and interesting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss. Teleport. Teleport that leaves Raika-seren's own clothes and eidetic memory necklace behind.

Permalink Mark Unread

...he starts giggling. He can't help it. It's just so - perfect, he never thought of taking away his teleport necklace but in retrospect it's such an obvious thing to do, and he loves Maitimo so much, it's scary but only and exactly in the good way - he wouldn't have tried to escape anyway, even if he'd needed to, he wasn't getting anything out of having the option - it could have been awful if he were a different person but he is himself and it's perfect and Maitimo knew that because Maitimo pays attention and this is going to be so good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss - to be fair, I cheated -

Permalink Mark Unread

Giggly shivery kiss.

I love how you cheat.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good. You did such a lovely job saving a species, it was marvelous, are you terribly sure that I will not be conditioning you to expect terrible pain as your reward for fantastic accomplishments? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Awwwwwwww, now he is all proud and happy in addition to giggly and scared and happy.

I think whatever you're going to do to me will be an excellent reward for my fantastic accomplishments.

Permalink Mark Unread

He kisses him again and puts a hand lightly on his throat to angle him better and then closes it - tightly - his Taliar is not indestructible -

Permalink Mark Unread

It hurts and it makes him feel so small and fragile and vulnerable and scared and—it's a good feeling, incredibly good, it's like trust songs, like everything in the world is perfect, he's so happy—also kind of dizzy, but that's okay, Maitimo has him, everything is going to be okay...

Permalink Mark Unread

He's really adorably easy to torture. He lets go when his Taliar seems on the verge of losing consciousness - that's no fun - and kisses him and pulls a feather from his wings, what does that feel like -

Permalink Mark Unread

As Maitimo takes hold of the feather, Taliar wonders that too. He bets it'll hurt, but he has no point of reference for how much, he's never had feathers before—and then a bright flare of agony erases his train of thought.

He blinks, coming down from it - wow that was bad, 'worse than he expected' doesn't begin to cover it - but it's a rush, it's kind of amazing, the really bad part was over in about a second and now it's just a sharp lingering ache, no worse than a bad bruise although differently flavoured - he wonders what happens if something puts pressure on the place the feather was pulled from, and then immediately wishes he hadn't because the answer is almost certainly 'it hurts a whole fuck of a lot' and now he's terrified of finding out - but it's the good kind of terrified, all shivery and nice. He likes it. He likes it a lot. This was such a good idea and he is so happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It hurts a whole fuck of a lot!

Not quite as bad as having the feather pulled in the first place, but it's more sustained, which is worse—on the other hand, having it drawn out for longer means he has more time to notice that he's definitely starting to get a thing for pain... it still hurts, it's still aversive, but now there's this lovely little spark of pleasure to go with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kiss. "Give me your soul -"

Permalink Mark Unread

He grins. He shivers a little, because Maitimo is so wonderfully terrifying, but this is one thing he's not afraid of at all—he hands Maitimo his soul, and drowns in love and joy and trust and exactly the right kind of fear. This time around, the overwhelming intimacy of soul contact feels good and warm and safe, familiar, as close to comfortable as something so intense can really get.

Permalink Mark Unread

Such progress. He kisses his insensate boyfriend and carries him off to bed.

Permalink Mark Unread

His insensate boyfriend is very happy and loves him very much and trusts him unreservedly and is delightedly afraid of him and feels utterly at home with his soul in Maitimo's hands.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is starting to get used to this. Eventually he will let go. He's singing when he does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo singing is so lovely—what is this one, he doesn't recognize it—

—he can't move—

—he knows Maitimo wasn't holding his soul for that long...

Permalink Mark Unread

Magic, he says teasingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love you so much, he says. You know me so well. This is amazing, it's like that time after the identity song but better, I am so completely fucking helpless and I love it, I love you, you're terrifying in the best way, you make me so happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another feather? That sounds fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

It hurts, it hurts really intensely, and there's nothing getting in the way of him paying attention to how much it hurts, there's just his body and his senses, no need to spend the slightest fraction of a thought on what to do because he can't do anything... oh yes, he likes his song. He likes this song a lot. He is so fragile, so helpless, so utterly at Maitimo's mercy, and there is absolutely nowhere he'd rather be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. He kisses him and ruffles his hair and tortures him and it's lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is lovely. It's incredibly lovely. It's awful and terrifying and agonizing and wonderful and peaceful and safe, and he is crying with pain and joy.

I love you so much, he says, you're so good at this, it's everything I wanted, it's better than I could've imagined, I'm so glad I'm yours.

His thoughts are dreamy, scattered, wrapped in a haze of pain. He's so happy. Maitimo makes him so, so happy, he really wants Maitimo to know that, if he could move he'd hand Maitimo his soul again to communicate it as clearly as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo can read his mind, and it is communicated very clearly. He doesn't want to take his soul again, though, that'd make it harder to torture him.

Permalink Mark Unread

An entirely reasonable set of priorities.

His eyes sting with tears and his breath comes in quiet sobs and he can't move, can't do anything - he doesn't actually know if he could put away his wings, he's certainly not going to try it, not when Maitimo is doing such wonderful things with them - Maitimo could do anything to him right now, anything at all, but he feels so safe, terrified and delighted and completely, perfectly safe.

And lit up like a bonfire, that too. Being Maitimo's helpless toy is incredibly hot. He kind of really hopes Maitimo is going to fuck him at some point during all this, preferably while he is still a helpless crying terrified mess with half his feathers torn out, that would be amazing.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does sound lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raika-seren loves his favourite Maitimo so much.

Also, as much as he enjoys being tortured, all crying and terrified and loving it anyway, he also really appreciates the kinds of pain that are just thoroughly nice. Like when Maitimo was choking him, or any other time Maitimo's hands are on him with enough pressure to leave a bruise - it's pure bliss, it's like trust songs, it's like he's going to melt. He is delighted beyond measure that this is a reaction he can have now.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is very convenient. Kiss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kisses are lovely. Maitimo is lovely. Being helpless in Maitimo's hands is lovely. Everything is lovely. But Maitimo is definitely the loveliest.

Permalink Mark Unread

He lets the song fade.

Permalink Mark Unread

His Taliar grins at him the very moment he is able to do so.

"I love you," he says, stretching his tattered wings just to feel them leave glittering trails of agony in his mind. "And I love that song. Wow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are fascinatingly easy to please," he says, and kisses him, and takes his soul again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Love. Endless oceans of love. And trust and joy and contentment and - the feeling of being welcome, the feeling of being home. Maitimo makes him so very happy, and he is so very glad that Maitimo finds that a worthwhile pursuit. There is nowhere he'd rather be, no one he'd rather be with.

Permalink Mark Unread

He pockets the soul and leaves Taliar crumpled there dizzy with delight and goes off to shower and get back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Taliar, of course, stays right where Maitimo left him, happily drowning in more love and trust and intimacy than his mind can hold. Soul contact is such a good thing for Maitimo to be able to do to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually he'll put Taliar's soul around his neck where he's not touching it. Can you heal yourself from there?

Permalink Mark Unread

Technically yes.

The healing aura always starts from his soul, though, so healing himself from here would involve expanding his healing aura until it reaches him. And he could avoid that by popping into his Sphere, which has a permanent healing aura in it, but someone took away his eidetic memory necklace and he's not making a portal to his Sphere from Maitimo's bedroom without being explicitly invited to do so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems like a perfectly good place for one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay then.

He makes a portal directly into his castle, and steps through, and shivers as the golden glow wraps him up and soothes away all his pain. His feathers are good as new after a few seconds.

I love you.

And he definitely does not remember where that necklace got to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Left it with your clothes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

In which case he should probably find his clothes and his necklace and get back to work himself. Always something more to be done around here.

Permalink Mark Unread

And also that was nearly twelve hours. You don't have much sense of time when I'm holding your soul, and I suspect it's off even when I'm merely torturing you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I think you're right.

What's that saying, 'time flies when you're having fun'...

He giggles to himself, and sends a few hundred fragments of his sensory power out to check on the planet's computing infrastructure. Everything looks good. He gets dressed and puts on his necklace and pops over to a network hub to fix a minor problem. The obvious complement to this sensory power would be ranged telekinesis, maybe a different angle on the same set of abilities that Elaneth-imire branched from his landshaping... conjuring things, moving them, altering them. And maybe the ability to fragment his healing aura the same way, send it directly where it's needed instead of being bound to a single location. That seems like a good all-purpose direction for his power to start heading in.

Permalink Mark Unread

While you've got the spying capacity for it, yeah. What're the genocide aliens up to, and how is replacing the populations they genocided going to go?

Permalink Mark Unread

He pops over to find out.

The genocide aliens are still adjusting. The first shock has passed, and the new consensus is taking hold; they haven't had any cases of the wing contagion yet, but they're phasing out the quarantine procedures on Tseiza-3 and dismantling all the infrastructure in the portal maze, and the level of unease in the population about these things is low.

I think the resurrections are going to go well, but I also definitely think I want to wait until they've had to actually deal with somebody growing wings at least a few times, and probably also wait for Dalvor to make diplomatic overtures and see how they handle that, he says. Seems very much the kind of thing better done right than fast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Definitely. And resurrecting their dead?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm going to wait on that a little too, because I think Sikyal would appreciate more time to get everything settled before being faced with the decision of when and how to bring back the rioters.

On the one hand they died recently and in a way that is fresh in everyone's minds and a lot of people are going to prefer to get them back; on the other hand, they're likely to be a disruptive influence at a fragile time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. Is there some way to check our current dimension for impeding disasters -

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll see what I can do.

He pops back to Independence's current location and tries to figure out if he can use his spying-inclined infinite-range osanwe to just directly locate all of the other minds in the galaxy.

Yes! He can do that! There they are.

...and they're really weird...

After some investigation with his sensory power, he figures out that it's the stars that are doing the thinking. And they're really, really, really, really slow about it. He can't even tell what scale they're thinking on, except that it doesn't involve any discernible changes to anyone's mental state over the few minutes he's been observing them.

...I think we are safe from the locals, he says. At least for the forseeable future.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Wow, star-people, I would not have predicted that.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a lot out there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Raika-seren thinks he likes living in a multiverse filled with so many astonishing and unexpected things. Although he definitely prefers to be familiar with all the nearby ones so they don't have the chance to unpleasantly surprise anyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I also want to check all our neighbors but I realize I'm being paranoid.

Permalink Mark Unread

We can check all our neighbours anyway, if we can figure out how to find them all...

Permalink Mark Unread

We aren't even totally sure they're finite.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they were infinite I'd expect more traffic!

Permalink Mark Unread

...that's a really good point. All right. Go for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a good project to have. Raika-seren likes having a project, and this one is particularly difficult and enormous and interesting and useful.

Love you, he says happily, and - let's see - now would be a good time for him to have a conjuration power of his very own but in the meantime he can chase down Elaneth-imire... on the other hand he should probably wait for those other powers to come in before he starts making a lot of random jumps... he can start by practicing world-spying on all the found-but-unexplored worlds in this corner of the map. All right.

It doesn't occur to him to go back for his soul until he's already several hops away in one of the worlds not bridged by anybody's Sphere, and... yet all his powers still work? He'd been under the impression that being worlds away from your soul made it impossible to use its active powers. Maybe it's the godlike power that's doing it, or maybe it's having a Sphere - you can open a portal into your Sphere from anywhere, so in a sense it's always adjacent to you, and if your soul counts as 'you' in a similar way then the Sphere could bridge the two. On consideration, that's really really useful. If his soul stays with Maitimo while he goes around poking new worlds, then if he finds anything dangerous he'll end up self-resurrecting safe at home with Maitimo instead of right in front of whatever killed him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wouldn't count on it working that way, but that'd be useful if it does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I definitely trust my resurrection power to work, and I'm pretty sure I'd resurrect where my soul is instead of where my body was. I guess it's always possible I'd hit some kind of really weird edge case. I'm not planning to be careless, but if I didn't trust my immortality I'd pass the project to Liran-alore or something. He doesn't care if he gets killed because Elaneth-imire can just make another one.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't resurrect you?

Permalink Mark Unread

He could, but if I was already not trusting my immortality - I'm pretty sure there's no way to completely prevent Elaneth-imire from resurrecting me, but anything that could prevent my own soul from resurrecting me might be able to prevent him from retrieving my last several days of memories, or something like that, and I care more about losing several days of memories than Liran-alore does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. Be careful. Take occasional breaks and everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will.

Okay, so where are all the minds in these previously-found universes and what can his sensory power tell about their locations? (It's not urgent, so he doesn't spy on anyone's mind directly; that would seem unnecessarily hostile.)

A bunch on the 'single inhabited planet, preindustrial, nothing obviously useful or threatening going on at a glance' theme, it turns out. Plus a handful with multiple inhabited planets, same pattern. And one world where the single inhabited planet is actually a huge cloud of gas looped around its star, full of floating plants and flying animals. It's really pretty. He pauses to admire it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, the peal also found that most planets are 'boring'. We should involve ourselves anyway, at least once we've checked everyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I wonder if the Zaranyes will start forking - they're going to want to accept interdimensional immigrants, but they're also going to feel personally responsible for the well-being of all their subjects, and Nuime is already close to having too high a population for Esarkan to be as closely involved in running it as he prefers - he has solutions to that but I bet they're going to prefer forking as soon as one of them thinks of it. Fork, give the fork their own planet to run their own empire on, repeat as necessary.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can see the appeal.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's particularly appealing to Zaranyes because they have pretty much nothing going on in their lives other than governance. They like their granddaughters and acquaintances and so forth, but they wouldn't miss them if they ended up having to share with a few hundred forks.

Although now that he thinks of it, he suspects that the Zaranyes' vision of a perfect future involves every forked Zaranye having his own complete set of forked Kevarsins or Kazarynes as appropriate, and the relevant granddaughter, and maybe miscellaneous other useful and socially tolerable people. This is unlikely to happen, and they'll get by perfectly well without it, but if they could have everything they wanted he's pretty sure they'd want that.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds horrible. Shudder. I wouldn't want to fork much more than my family, and having no - people -

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww, he says sympathetically. Yeah, I wouldn't like to live like that either. Esarkan and Dalvor are just - very narrowly focused people.

They must have had something resembling a close personal attachment once, given that they both have granddaughters. But Esarkan didn't ask Elaneth-imire to make an exception in the resurrection schedule for his wife, so it can't have been all that close.

Permalink Mark Unread

Would he have asked even if it were -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, he's offering exceptions for dearly-missed loved ones to particularly useful and valuable people, and he certainly fulfills both those criteria. I don't think he's the type to deny himself something he actually wants if getting it wouldn't make his empire worse off, it's just that he wants very few things.

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems - likely to annoy his wife when she actually is back, no?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. I have no idea what she was like, he never talks about her, the only reason I know she must have existed is that Esarkan's son had a legitimate imperial inheritance title. Kuleakala Rekhanthel Tekhesin Zierni Seofar. Therefore at some point Esarkan was in a spring marriage. For all I know they divorced immediately after Seofar was born.

Permalink Mark Unread

...humans. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Humans. Are capable of ceasing to be married without magical intervention.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not that, it's the doing it with a small child!

Permalink Mark Unread

Humans are also capable of growing up perfectly fine with only one parent. Although granted maybe not if that parent is Zierni Esarkan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seofar isn't - the failure mode I'd expect from being raised by your emperor.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, he really isn't, is he. I have no idea what made Seofar into Seofar but I'm pretty sure it wasn't bad parenting.

He reviews some fragments of memory that have been passed around between the Taliars.

...huh, Dalvor might actually have raised his granddaughter by himself? And from the couple of times we've seen her she seems, well, like a Kelora with a better childhood, not that Kelora's childhood was at all difficult to improve on...

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's good. Have they met?

Permalink Mark Unread

Rokarai and Kelora? Yeah. I assume they get along really well but I haven't actually asked. Been busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't say.

Permalink Mark Unread

He giggles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Come be less busy, finding all our neighbors is going to take a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

He returns to Independence and finds Maitimo.

Love you.

If he's going to wait three days for new powers before he starts in on actually checking new neighbours - which seems like a reasonable precaution - then maybe he could visit Kelora. Maybe he could introduce her to Maitimo. He feels like they'd probably get along...

Permalink Mark Unread

She got on with my alt, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they get along great, it's adorable. But I feel like you won't be starting from the same place with her that he did - for one thing, I hardly think you need her advice on how to torture me...

Permalink Mark Unread

Not especially. I am sure she has other areas of expertise?

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. Yeah, she does. She's the first person I'd ask if I wanted an opinion on politics, for one thing.

That's not the central trouble, anyway, it's - he knows that Kelora agrees Maitimo will eventually be good for him; he doesn't know if she'll agree that Maitimo is currently good for him. He thinks she will, but he's not sure. And if she doesn't, then, well, she'll be perfectly polite about it, she's very patient, but she won't be friendly and welcoming and affectionate. You have to clear a pretty high bar to get 'friendly and welcoming and affectionate' out of Zierni Kelora.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you think I'm currently good for you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

He is not remotely conflicted in that judgment. He has so much to do - and all the more traditionally relationship-like parts of their relationship are going reasonably nicely too, of course - there's just really something to be said for a boyfriend who will casually hand you huge difficult important world-spanning projects. He is flourishing.

But he recognizes that there's an argument to be made that some of the things that have happened between them are really bad signs, and he doesn't know where Kelora draws that line. Most people would see it as - well, non-trivial - that Maitimo implied an intention not to torture people into more convenient configurations and then tried to torture his Taliar into a more convenient configuration. Raika-seren is genuinely not bothered over it, but he has noticed that it is the sort of thing it would be reasonable to be bothered over.